ವಿಕಿಕೋಟ್ knwikiquote https://kn.wikiquote.org/wiki/%E0%B2%AE%E0%B3%81%E0%B2%96%E0%B3%8D%E0%B2%AF_%E0%B2%AA%E0%B3%81%E0%B2%9F MediaWiki 1.47.0-wmf.18 first-letter ಮೀಡಿಯ ವಿಶೇಷ ಚರ್ಚೆಪುಟ ಸದಸ್ಯ ಸದಸ್ಯರ ಚರ್ಚೆಪುಟ ವಿಕಿಕೋಟ್ ವಿಕಿಕೋಟ್ ಚರ್ಚೆಪುಟ ಚಿತ್ರ ಚಿತ್ರ ಚರ್ಚೆಪುಟ ಮೀಡಿಯವಿಕಿ ಮೀಡಿಯವಿಕಿ ಚರ್ಚೆಪುಟ ಟೆಂಪ್ಲೇಟು ಟೆಂಪ್ಲೇಟು ಚರ್ಚೆಪುಟ ಸಹಾಯ ಸಹಾಯ ಚರ್ಚೆಪುಟ ವರ್ಗ ವರ್ಗ ಚರ್ಚೆಪುಟ TimedText TimedText talk ಮಾಡ್ಯೂಲ್ ಮಾಡ್ಯೂಲ್ ಚರ್ಚೆಪುಟ Event Event talk 10 2650 15712 9768 2025-07-13T15:27:12Z meta>Pppery 0 Deeper revert 15712 wikitext text/x-wiki {{#invoke:Documentation|main}} luikhwbwvdtumpb22702sp0wax3ql0s 15713 15712 2026-09-07T05:50:34Z A826 1864 ೧ revisions imported from [[:meta:Template:Documentation]] 15712 wikitext text/x-wiki {{#invoke:Documentation|main}} luikhwbwvdtumpb22702sp0wax3ql0s 828 2820 15716 9562 2026-06-28T06:36:31Z meta>NguoiDungKhongDinhDanh 0 Per [[Special:Permalink/30742714#Proposed Improvement for Action Links|discussion]] 15716 Scribunto text/plain -- This module implements {{documentation}}. -- Get required modules. local getArgs = require('Module:Arguments').getArgs local messageBox = require('Module:Message box') -- Get the config table. local cfg = mw.loadData('Module:Documentation/config') local i18n = mw.loadData('Module:Documentation/i18n') local p = {} -- Often-used functions. local ugsub = mw.ustring.gsub ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Helper functions -- -- These are defined as local functions, but are made available in the p -- table for testing purposes. ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- local function message(cfgKey, valArray, expectType) --[[ -- Gets a message from the cfg table and formats it if appropriate. -- The function raises an error if the value from the cfg table is not -- of the type expectType. The default type for expectType is 'string'. -- If the table valArray is present, strings such as $1, $2 etc. in the -- message are substituted with values from the table keys [1], [2] etc. -- For example, if the message "foo-message" had the value 'Foo $2 bar $1.', -- message('foo-message', {'baz', 'qux'}) would return "Foo qux bar baz." --]] local msg = cfg[cfgKey] expectType = expectType or 'string' if type(msg) ~= expectType then error(require('Module:TNT').format('I18n/Documentation', 'cfg-error-msg-type', cfgKey, expectType, type(msg)), 2) end if not valArray then return msg end local function getMessageVal(match) match = tonumber(match) return valArray[match] or error(require('Module:TNT').format('I18n/Documentation', 'cfg-error-msg-empty', '$' .. match, cfgKey), 4) end local ret = ugsub(msg, '$([1-9][0-9]*)', getMessageVal) return ret end p.message = message local function makeWikilink(page, display) if display then return mw.ustring.format('[[%s|%s]]', page, display) else return mw.ustring.format('[[%s]]', page) end end p.makeWikilink = makeWikilink local function makeCategoryLink(cat, sort) local catns = mw.site.namespaces[14].name return makeWikilink(catns .. ':' .. cat, sort) end p.makeCategoryLink = makeCategoryLink local function makeUrlLink(url, display) return mw.ustring.format('[%s %s]', url, display) end p.makeUrlLink = makeUrlLink local function makeToolbar(...) local ret = {} local lim = select('#', ...) if lim < 1 then return nil end for i = 1, lim do ret[#ret + 1] = select(i, ...) end return '<small>(' .. table.concat(ret, ' &#124; ') .. ')</small>' end p.makeToolbar = makeToolbar ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Argument processing ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- local function makeInvokeFunc(funcName) return function (frame) local args = getArgs(frame, { valueFunc = function (key, value) if type(value) == 'string' then value = value:match('^%s*(.-)%s*$') -- Remove whitespace. if key == 'heading' or value ~= '' then return value else return nil end else return value end end }) return p[funcName](args) end end ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Load TemplateStyles ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- p.main = function(frame) local parent = frame.getParent(frame) local output = p._main(parent.args) return frame:extensionTag{ name='templatestyles', args = { src= message('templatestyles-scr') } } .. output end ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Main function ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- function p._main(args) --[[ -- This function defines logic flow for the module. -- @args - table of arguments passed by the user -- -- Messages: -- 'main-div-id' --> 'template-documentation' -- 'main-div-classes' --> 'template-documentation iezoomfix' --]] local env = p.getEnvironment(args) local root = mw.html.create() root :wikitext(p._getModuleWikitext(args, env)) :wikitext(p.protectionTemplate(env)) :wikitext(p.sandboxNotice(args, env)) -- This div tag is from {{documentation/start box}}, but moving it here -- so that we don't have to worry about unclosed tags. :tag('div') :attr('id', message('main-div-id')) :addClass(message('main-div-class')) :wikitext(p._startBox(args, env)) :wikitext(p._content(args, env)) :done() :wikitext(p._endBox(args, env)) :wikitext(p.addTrackingCategories(env)) return tostring(root) end ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Environment settings ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- function p.getEnvironment(args) --[[ -- Returns a table with information about the environment, including title objects and other namespace- or -- path-related data. -- @args - table of arguments passed by the user -- -- Title objects include: -- env.title - the page we are making documentation for (usually the current title) -- env.templateTitle - the template (or module, file, etc.) -- env.docTitle - the /doc subpage. -- env.sandboxTitle - the /sandbox subpage. -- env.testcasesTitle - the /testcases subpage. -- env.printTitle - the print version of the template, located at the /Print subpage. -- -- Data includes: -- env.protectionLevels - the protection levels table of the title object. -- env.subjectSpace - the number of the title's subject namespace. -- env.docSpace - the number of the namespace the title puts its documentation in. -- env.docpageBase - the text of the base page of the /doc, /sandbox and /testcases pages, with namespace. -- env.compareUrl - URL of the Special:ComparePages page comparing the sandbox with the template. -- -- All table lookups are passed through pcall so that errors are caught. If an error occurs, the value -- returned will be nil. --]] local env, envFuncs = {}, {} -- Set up the metatable. If triggered we call the corresponding function in the envFuncs table. The value -- returned by that function is memoized in the env table so that we don't call any of the functions -- more than once. (Nils won't be memoized.) setmetatable(env, { __index = function (t, key) local envFunc = envFuncs[key] if envFunc then local success, val = pcall(envFunc) if success then env[key] = val -- Memoise the value. return val end end return nil end }) function envFuncs.title() -- The title object for the current page, or a test page passed with args.page. local title local titleArg = args.page if titleArg then title = mw.title.new(titleArg) else title = mw.title.getCurrentTitle() end return title end function envFuncs.templateTitle() --[[ -- The template (or module, etc.) title object. -- Messages: -- 'sandbox-subpage' --> 'sandbox' -- 'testcases-subpage' --> 'testcases' --]] local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace local title = env.title local subpage = title.subpageText if subpage == message('sandbox-subpage') or subpage == message('testcases-subpage') then return mw.title.makeTitle(subjectSpace, title.baseText) else return mw.title.makeTitle(subjectSpace, title.text) end end function envFuncs.docTitle() --[[ -- Title object of the /doc subpage. -- Messages: -- 'doc-subpage' --> 'doc' --]] local title = env.title local docname = args[1] -- User-specified doc page. local docpage if docname then docpage = docname else docpage = env.docpageBase .. '/' .. message('doc-subpage') end return mw.title.new(docpage) end function envFuncs.sandboxTitle() --[[ -- Title object for the /sandbox subpage. -- Messages: -- 'sandbox-subpage' --> 'sandbox' --]] return mw.title.new(env.docpageBase .. '/' .. message('sandbox-subpage')) end function envFuncs.testcasesTitle() --[[ -- Title object for the /testcases subpage. -- Messages: -- 'testcases-subpage' --> 'testcases' --]] return mw.title.new(env.docpageBase .. '/' .. message('testcases-subpage')) end function envFuncs.printTitle() --[[ -- Title object for the /Print subpage. -- Messages: -- 'print-subpage' --> 'Print' --]] return env.templateTitle:subPageTitle(message('print-subpage')) end function envFuncs.protectionLevels() -- The protection levels table of the title object. return env.title.protectionLevels end function envFuncs.subjectSpace() -- The subject namespace number. return mw.site.namespaces[env.title.namespace].subject.id end function envFuncs.docSpace() -- The documentation namespace number. For most namespaces this is the same as the -- subject namespace. However, pages in the Article, File, MediaWiki or Category -- namespaces must have their /doc, /sandbox and /testcases pages in talk space. local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace if subjectSpace == 0 or subjectSpace == 6 or subjectSpace == 8 or subjectSpace == 14 then return subjectSpace + 1 else return subjectSpace end end function envFuncs.docpageBase() -- The base page of the /doc, /sandbox, and /testcases subpages. -- For some namespaces this is the talk page, rather than the template page. local templateTitle = env.templateTitle local docSpace = env.docSpace local docSpaceText = mw.site.namespaces[docSpace].name -- Assemble the link. docSpace is never the main namespace, so we can hardcode the colon. return docSpaceText .. ':' .. templateTitle.text end function envFuncs.compareUrl() -- Diff link between the sandbox and the main template using [[Special:ComparePages]]. local templateTitle = env.templateTitle local sandboxTitle = env.sandboxTitle if templateTitle.exists and sandboxTitle.exists then local compareUrl = mw.uri.fullUrl( 'Special:ComparePages', {page1 = templateTitle.prefixedText, page2 = sandboxTitle.prefixedText} ) return tostring(compareUrl) else return nil end end return env end ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Auxiliary templates ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- p.getModuleWikitext = makeInvokeFunc('_getModuleWikitext') function p._getModuleWikitext(args, env) local currentTitle = mw.title.getCurrentTitle() if currentTitle.contentModel ~= 'Scribunto' then return end pcall(require, currentTitle.prefixedText) -- if it fails, we don't care local moduleWikitext = package.loaded["Module:Module wikitext"] if moduleWikitext then return moduleWikitext.main() end end function p.sandboxNotice(args, env) --[=[ -- Generates a sandbox notice for display above sandbox pages. -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- -- Messages: -- 'sandbox-notice-image' --> '[[Image:Sandbox.svg|50px|alt=|link=]]' -- 'sandbox-notice-blurb' --> 'This is the $1 for $2.' -- 'sandbox-notice-diff-blurb' --> 'This is the $1 for $2 ($3).' -- 'sandbox-notice-pagetype-template' --> '[[w:Wikipedia:Template test cases|template sandbox]] page' -- 'sandbox-notice-pagetype-module' --> '[[w:Wikipedia:Template test cases|module sandbox]] page' -- 'sandbox-notice-pagetype-other' --> 'sandbox page' -- 'sandbox-notice-compare-link-display' --> 'diff' -- 'sandbox-notice-testcases-blurb' --> 'See also the companion subpage for $1.' -- 'sandbox-notice-testcases-link-display' --> 'test cases' -- 'sandbox-category' --> 'Template sandboxes' --]=] local title = env.title local sandboxTitle = env.sandboxTitle local templateTitle = env.templateTitle local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace if not (subjectSpace and title and sandboxTitle and templateTitle and mw.title.equals(title, sandboxTitle)) then return nil end -- Build the table of arguments to pass to {{ombox}}. We need just two fields, "image" and "text". local omargs = {} omargs.image = message('sandbox-notice-image') -- Get the text. We start with the opening blurb, which is something like -- "This is the template sandbox for [[Template:Foo]] (diff)." local text = '' local frame = mw.getCurrentFrame() local isPreviewing = frame:preprocess('{{REVISIONID}}') == '' -- True if the page is being previewed. local pagetype if subjectSpace == 10 then pagetype = message('sandbox-notice-pagetype-template') elseif subjectSpace == 828 then pagetype = message('sandbox-notice-pagetype-module') else pagetype = message('sandbox-notice-pagetype-other') end local templateLink = makeWikilink(templateTitle.prefixedText) local compareUrl = env.compareUrl if isPreviewing or not compareUrl then text = text .. message('sandbox-notice-blurb', {pagetype, templateLink}) else local compareDisplay = message('sandbox-notice-compare-link-display') local compareLink = makeUrlLink(compareUrl, compareDisplay) text = text .. message('sandbox-notice-diff-blurb', {pagetype, templateLink, compareLink}) end -- Get the test cases page blurb if the page exists. This is something like -- "See also the companion subpage for [[Template:Foo/testcases|test cases]]." local testcasesTitle = env.testcasesTitle if testcasesTitle and testcasesTitle.exists then if testcasesTitle.contentModel == "Scribunto" then local testcasesLinkDisplay = message('sandbox-notice-testcases-link-display') local testcasesRunLinkDisplay = message('sandbox-notice-testcases-run-link-display') local testcasesLink = makeWikilink(testcasesTitle.prefixedText, testcasesLinkDisplay) local testcasesRunLink = makeWikilink(testcasesTitle.talkPageTitle.prefixedText, testcasesRunLinkDisplay) text = text .. '<br />' .. message('sandbox-notice-testcases-run-blurb', {testcasesLink, testcasesRunLink}) else local testcasesLinkDisplay = message('sandbox-notice-testcases-link-display') local testcasesLink = makeWikilink(testcasesTitle.prefixedText, testcasesLinkDisplay) text = text .. '<br />' .. message('sandbox-notice-testcases-blurb', {testcasesLink}) end end -- Add the sandbox to the sandbox category. text = text .. makeCategoryLink(message('sandbox-category')) omargs.text = text omargs.class = message('sandbox-class') return messageBox.main('ombox', omargs) end function p.protectionTemplate(env) -- Generates the padlock icon in the top right. -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- Messages: -- 'protection-template' --> 'pp-template' -- 'protection-template-args' --> {docusage = 'yes'} local title = env.title local protectionLevels local protectionTemplate = message('protection-template') local namespace = title.namespace if not (protectionTemplate and (namespace == 10 or namespace == 828)) then -- Don't display the protection template if we are not in the template or module namespaces. return nil end protectionLevels = env.protectionLevels if not protectionLevels then return nil end local editLevels = protectionLevels.edit local moveLevels = protectionLevels.move if moveLevels and moveLevels[1] == 'sysop' or editLevels and editLevels[1] then -- The page is full-move protected, or full, template, or semi-protected. local frame = mw.getCurrentFrame() return frame:expandTemplate{title = protectionTemplate, args = message('protection-template-args', nil, 'table')} else return nil end end ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Start box ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- p.startBox = makeInvokeFunc('_startBox') function p._startBox(args, env) --[[ -- This function generates the start box. -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- -- The actual work is done by p.makeStartBoxLinksData and p.renderStartBoxLinks which make -- the [view] [edit] [history] [purge] links, and by p.makeStartBoxData and p.renderStartBox -- which generate the box HTML. --]] env = env or p.getEnvironment(args) local links local content = args.content if not content then -- No need to include the links if the documentation is on the template page itself. local linksData = p.makeStartBoxLinksData(args, env) if linksData then links = p.renderStartBoxLinks(linksData) end end -- Generate the start box html. local data = p.makeStartBoxData(args, env, links) if data then return p.renderStartBox(data) else -- User specified no heading. return nil end end function p.makeStartBoxLinksData(args, env) --[[ -- Does initial processing of data to make the [view] [edit] [history] [purge] links. -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- -- Messages: -- 'view-link-display' --> 'view' -- 'edit-link-display' --> 'edit' -- 'history-link-display' --> 'history' -- 'purge-link-display' --> 'purge' -- 'file-docpage-preload' --> 'Template:Documentation/preload-filespace' -- 'module-preload' --> 'Template:Documentation/preload-module-doc' -- 'docpage-preload' --> 'Template:Documentation/preload' -- 'create-link-display' --> 'create' --]] local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace local title = env.title local docTitle = env.docTitle if not title or not docTitle then return nil end if docTitle.isRedirect then docTitle = docTitle.redirectTarget end local data = {} data.title = title data.docTitle = docTitle -- View, display, edit, and purge links if /doc exists. data.viewLinkDisplay = i18n['view-link-display'] data.editLinkDisplay = i18n['edit-link-display'] data.historyLinkDisplay = i18n['history-link-display'] data.purgeLinkDisplay = i18n['purge-link-display'] -- Create link if /doc doesn't exist. local preload = args.preload if not preload then if subjectSpace == 6 then -- File namespace preload = message('file-docpage-preload') elseif subjectSpace == 828 then -- Module namespace preload = message('module-preload') else preload = message('docpage-preload') end end data.preload = preload data.createLinkDisplay = i18n['create-link-display'] return data end function p.renderStartBoxLinks(data) --[[ -- Generates the [view][edit][history][purge] or [create] links from the data table. -- @data - a table of data generated by p.makeStartBoxLinksData --]] local ret local docTitle = data.docTitle local title = data.title if docTitle.exists then local viewLink = makeWikilink(docTitle.prefixedText, data.viewLinkDisplay) local editLink = makeUrlLink(docTitle:fullUrl{action = 'edit'}, data.editLinkDisplay) local historyLink = makeUrlLink(docTitle:fullUrl{action = 'history'}, data.historyLinkDisplay) local purgeLink = makeUrlLink(title:fullUrl{action = 'purge'}, data.purgeLinkDisplay) ret = '%s%s%s%s' ret = mw.ustring.format(ret, viewLink, editLink, historyLink, purgeLink) else local createLink = makeUrlLink(docTitle:fullUrl{action = 'edit', preload = data.preload}, data.createLinkDisplay) ret = '%s' ret = mw.ustring.format(ret, createLink) end return ret end function p.makeStartBoxData(args, env, links) --[=[ -- Does initial processing of data to pass to the start-box render function, p.renderStartBox. -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- @links - a string containing the [view][edit][history][purge] links - could be nil if there's an error. -- -- Messages: -- 'documentation-icon-wikitext' --> '[[File:Test Template Info-Icon - Version (2).svg|50px|link=|alt=Documentation icon]]' -- 'template-namespace-heading' --> 'Template documentation' -- 'module-namespace-heading' --> 'Module documentation' -- 'file-namespace-heading' --> 'Summary' -- 'other-namespaces-heading' --> 'Documentation' -- 'start-box-linkclasses' --> 'mw-editsection-like plainlinks' -- 'start-box-link-id' --> 'doc_editlinks' -- 'testcases-create-link-display' --> 'create' --]=] local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace if not subjectSpace then -- Default to an "other namespaces" namespace, so that we get at least some output -- if an error occurs. subjectSpace = 2 end local data = {} -- Heading local heading = args.heading -- Blank values are not removed. if heading == '' then -- Don't display the start box if the heading arg is defined but blank. return nil end if heading then data.heading = heading elseif subjectSpace == 10 then -- Template namespace data.heading = i18n['template-namespace-heading'] elseif subjectSpace == 828 then -- Module namespace data.heading = i18n['module-namespace-heading'] elseif subjectSpace == 6 then -- File namespace data.heading = i18n['file-namespace-heading'] else data.heading = i18n['other-namespaces-heading'] end -- Data for the [view][edit][history][purge] or [create] links. if links then data.linksClass = message('start-box-linkclasses') data.linksId = message('start-box-link-id') data.links = links end return data end function p.renderStartBox(data) -- Renders the start box html. -- @data - a table of data generated by p.makeStartBoxData. local sbox = mw.html.create('div') sbox :addClass(message('header-div-class')) :tag('div') :addClass(message('heading-div-class')) :wikitext(data.heading) local links = data.links if links then sbox :tag('div') :addClass(data.linksClass) :attr('id', data.linksId) :wikitext(links) end return tostring(sbox) end ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Documentation content ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- p.content = makeInvokeFunc('_content') function p._content(args, env) -- Displays the documentation contents -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment env = env or p.getEnvironment(args) local docTitle = env.docTitle local content = args.content if not content and docTitle and docTitle.exists then content = args._content or mw.getCurrentFrame():expandTemplate{title = docTitle} end -- The line breaks below are necessary so that "=== Headings ===" at the start and end -- of docs are interpreted correctly. local cbox = mw.html.create('div') cbox :addClass(message('content-div-class')) :wikitext('\n' .. (content or '') .. '\n') return tostring(cbox) end p.contentTitle = makeInvokeFunc('_contentTitle') function p._contentTitle(args, env) env = env or p.getEnvironment(args) local docTitle = env.docTitle if not args.content and docTitle and docTitle.exists then return docTitle.prefixedText else return '' end end ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- End box ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- p.endBox = makeInvokeFunc('_endBox') function p._endBox(args, env) --[=[ -- This function generates the end box (also known as the link box). -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment --]=] -- Get environment data. env = env or p.getEnvironment(args) local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace local docTitle = env.docTitle if not subjectSpace or not docTitle then return nil end -- Check whether we should output the end box at all. Add the end -- box by default if the documentation exists or if we are in the -- user, module or template namespaces. local linkBox = args['link box'] if linkBox == 'off' or not ( docTitle.exists or subjectSpace == 2 or subjectSpace == 828 or subjectSpace == 10 ) then return nil end -- Assemble the footer text field. local text = '' if linkBox then text = text .. linkBox else text = text .. (p.makeDocPageBlurb(args, env) or '') -- "This documentation is transcluded from [[Foo]]." if subjectSpace == 2 or subjectSpace == 10 or subjectSpace == 828 then -- We are in the user, template or module namespaces. -- Add sandbox and testcases links. -- "Editors can experiment in this template's sandbox and testcases pages." text = text .. (p.makeExperimentBlurb(args, env) or '') text = text .. '<br />' if not args.content and not args[1] then -- "Please add categories to the /doc subpage." -- Don't show this message with inline docs or with an explicitly specified doc page, -- as then it is unclear where to add the categories. text = text .. (p.makeCategoriesBlurb(args, env) or '') end text = text .. ' ' .. (p.makeSubpagesBlurb(args, env) or '') --"Subpages of this template" local printBlurb = p.makePrintBlurb(args, env) -- Two-line blurb about print versions of templates. if printBlurb then text = text .. '<br />' .. printBlurb end end end local ebox = mw.html.create('div') ebox :addClass(message('footer-div-class')) :wikitext(text) return tostring(ebox) end function p.makeDocPageBlurb(args, env) --[=[ -- Makes the blurb "This documentation is transcluded from [[Template:Foo]] (edit, history)". -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- -- Messages: -- 'edit-link-display' --> 'edit' -- 'history-link-display' --> 'history' -- 'transcluded-from-blurb' --> -- 'The above [[w:Wikipedia:Template documentation|documentation]] -- is [[w:Wikipedia:Transclusion|transcluded]] from $1.' -- 'module-preload' --> 'Template:Documentation/preload-module-doc' -- 'create-link-display' --> 'create' -- 'create-module-doc-blurb' --> -- 'You might want to $1 a documentation page for this [[w:Wikipedia:Lua|Scribunto module]].' --]=] local docTitle = env.docTitle if not docTitle or args.content then return nil end local ret if docTitle.exists then -- /doc exists; link to it. local docLink = makeWikilink(docTitle.prefixedText) local editUrl = docTitle:fullUrl{action = 'edit'} local editDisplay = i18n['edit-link-display'] local editLink = makeUrlLink(editUrl, editDisplay) local historyUrl = docTitle:fullUrl{action = 'history'} local historyDisplay = i18n['history-link-display'] local historyLink = makeUrlLink(historyUrl, historyDisplay) ret = message('transcluded-from-blurb', {docLink}) .. ' ' .. makeToolbar(editLink, historyLink) .. '<br />' elseif env.subjectSpace == 828 then -- /doc does not exist; ask to create it. local createUrl = docTitle:fullUrl{action = 'edit', preload = message('module-preload')} local createDisplay = i18n['create-link-display'] local createLink = makeUrlLink(createUrl, createDisplay) ret = message('create-module-doc-blurb', {createLink}) .. '<br />' end return ret end function p.makeExperimentBlurb(args, env) --[[ -- Renders the text "Editors can experiment in this template's sandbox (edit | diff) and testcases (edit) pages." -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- -- Messages: -- 'sandbox-link-display' --> 'sandbox' -- 'sandbox-edit-link-display' --> 'edit' -- 'compare-link-display' --> 'diff' -- 'module-sandbox-preload' --> 'Template:Documentation/preload-module-sandbox' -- 'template-sandbox-preload' --> 'Template:Documentation/preload-sandbox' -- 'sandbox-create-link-display' --> 'create' -- 'mirror-edit-summary' --> 'Create sandbox version of $1' -- 'mirror-link-display' --> 'mirror' -- 'mirror-link-preload' --> 'Template:Documentation/mirror' -- 'sandbox-link-display' --> 'sandbox' -- 'testcases-link-display' --> 'testcases' -- 'testcases-edit-link-display'--> 'edit' -- 'template-sandbox-preload' --> 'Template:Documentation/preload-sandbox' -- 'testcases-create-link-display' --> 'create' -- 'testcases-link-display' --> 'testcases' -- 'testcases-edit-link-display' --> 'edit' -- 'module-testcases-preload' --> 'Template:Documentation/preload-module-testcases' -- 'template-testcases-preload' --> 'Template:Documentation/preload-testcases' -- 'experiment-blurb-module' --> 'Editors can experiment in this module's $1 and $2 pages.' -- 'experiment-blurb-template' --> 'Editors can experiment in this template's $1 and $2 pages.' --]] local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace local templateTitle = env.templateTitle local sandboxTitle = env.sandboxTitle local testcasesTitle = env.testcasesTitle local templatePage = templateTitle.prefixedText if not subjectSpace or not templateTitle or not sandboxTitle or not testcasesTitle then return nil end -- Make links. local sandboxLinks, testcasesLinks if sandboxTitle.exists then local sandboxPage = sandboxTitle.prefixedText local sandboxDisplay = message('sandbox-link-display') local sandboxLink = makeWikilink(sandboxPage, sandboxDisplay) local sandboxEditUrl = sandboxTitle:fullUrl{action = 'edit'} local sandboxEditDisplay = message('sandbox-edit-link-display') local sandboxEditLink = makeUrlLink(sandboxEditUrl, sandboxEditDisplay) local compareUrl = env.compareUrl local compareLink if compareUrl then local compareDisplay = message('compare-link-display') compareLink = makeUrlLink(compareUrl, compareDisplay) end sandboxLinks = sandboxLink .. ' ' .. makeToolbar(sandboxEditLink, compareLink) else local sandboxPreload if subjectSpace == 828 then sandboxPreload = message('module-sandbox-preload') else sandboxPreload = message('template-sandbox-preload') end local sandboxCreateUrl = sandboxTitle:fullUrl{action = 'edit', preload = sandboxPreload} local sandboxCreateDisplay = message('sandbox-create-link-display') local sandboxCreateLink = makeUrlLink(sandboxCreateUrl, sandboxCreateDisplay) local mirrorSummary = message('mirror-edit-summary', {makeWikilink(templatePage)}) local mirrorPreload = message('mirror-link-preload') local mirrorUrl = sandboxTitle:fullUrl{action = 'edit', preload = mirrorPreload, summary = mirrorSummary} local mirrorDisplay = message('mirror-link-display') local mirrorLink = makeUrlLink(mirrorUrl, mirrorDisplay) if subjectSpace == 828 then mirrorUrl = sandboxTitle:fullUrl{action = 'edit', preload = templateTitle.prefixedText, summary = mirrorSummary} end sandboxLinks = message('sandbox-link-display') .. ' ' .. makeToolbar(sandboxCreateLink, mirrorLink) end if testcasesTitle.exists then local testcasesPage = testcasesTitle.prefixedText local testcasesDisplay = message('testcases-link-display') local testcasesLink = makeWikilink(testcasesPage, testcasesDisplay) local testcasesEditUrl = testcasesTitle:fullUrl{action = 'edit'} local testcasesEditDisplay = message('testcases-edit-link-display') local testcasesEditLink = makeUrlLink(testcasesEditUrl, testcasesEditDisplay) testcasesLinks = testcasesLink .. ' ' .. makeToolbar(testcasesEditLink) else local testcasesPreload if subjectSpace == 828 then testcasesPreload = message('module-testcases-preload') else testcasesPreload = message('template-testcases-preload') end local testcasesCreateUrl = testcasesTitle:fullUrl{action = 'edit', preload = testcasesPreload} local testcasesCreateDisplay = message('testcases-create-link-display') local testcasesCreateLink = makeUrlLink(testcasesCreateUrl, testcasesCreateDisplay) testcasesLinks = message('testcases-link-display') .. ' ' .. makeToolbar(testcasesCreateLink) end local messageName if subjectSpace == 828 then messageName = 'experiment-blurb-module' else messageName = 'experiment-blurb-template' end return message(messageName, {sandboxLinks, testcasesLinks}) end function p.makeCategoriesBlurb(args, env) --[[ -- Generates the text "Please add categories to the /doc subpage." -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- Messages: -- 'doc-link-display' --> '/doc' -- 'add-categories-blurb' --> 'Please add categories to the $1 subpage.' --]] local docTitle = env.docTitle if not docTitle then return nil end local docPathLink = makeWikilink(docTitle.prefixedText, message('doc-link-display')) return message('add-categories-blurb', {docPathLink}) end function p.makeSubpagesBlurb(args, env) --[[ -- Generates the "Subpages of this template" link. -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- Messages: -- 'template-pagetype' --> 'template' -- 'module-pagetype' --> 'module' -- 'default-pagetype' --> 'page' -- 'subpages-link-display' --> 'Subpages of this $1' --]] local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace local templateTitle = env.templateTitle if not subjectSpace or not templateTitle then return nil end local pagetype if subjectSpace == 10 then pagetype = message('template-pagetype') elseif subjectSpace == 828 then pagetype = message('module-pagetype') else pagetype = message('default-pagetype') end local subpagesLink = makeWikilink( 'Special:PrefixIndex/' .. templateTitle.prefixedText .. '/', message('subpages-link-display', {pagetype}) ) return message('subpages-blurb', {subpagesLink}) end function p.makePrintBlurb(args, env) --[=[ -- Generates the blurb displayed when there is a print version of the template available. -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- -- Messages: -- 'print-link-display' --> '/Print' -- 'print-blurb' --> 'A [[Help:Books/for experts#Improving the book layout|print version]]' -- .. ' of this template exists at $1.' -- .. ' If you make a change to this template, please update the print version as well.' -- 'display-print-category' --> true -- 'print-category' --> 'Templates with print versions' --]=] local printTitle = env.printTitle if not printTitle then return nil end local ret if printTitle.exists then local printLink = makeWikilink(printTitle.prefixedText, message('print-link-display')) ret = message('print-blurb', {printLink}) local displayPrintCategory = message('display-print-category', nil, 'boolean') if displayPrintCategory then ret = ret .. makeCategoryLink(message('print-category')) end end return ret end ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Tracking categories ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- function p.addTrackingCategories(env) --[[ -- Check if {{documentation}} is transcluded on a /doc or /testcases page. -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- Messages: -- 'display-strange-usage-category' --> true -- 'doc-subpage' --> 'doc' -- 'testcases-subpage' --> 'testcases' -- 'strange-usage-category' --> 'Wikipedia pages with strange ((documentation)) usage' -- -- /testcases pages in the module namespace are not categorised, as they may have -- {{documentation}} transcluded automatically. --]] local title = env.title local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace if not title or not subjectSpace then return nil end local subpage = title.subpageText local ret = '' if message('display-strange-usage-category', nil, 'boolean') and ( subpage == message('doc-subpage') or subjectSpace ~= 828 and subpage == message('testcases-subpage') ) then ret = ret .. makeCategoryLink(message('strange-usage-category')) end return ret end return p 3pvb1w3yfyy7pn1nzqizw3nbekyi5dq 15717 15624 2026-09-07T05:50:34Z A826 1864 ೧ revisions imported from [[:meta:Module:Documentation]] 15623 Scribunto text/plain -- This module implements {{documentation}}. -- Get required modules. local getArgs = require('Module:Arguments').getArgs -- Get the config table. local cfg = mw.loadData('Module:Documentation/config') local p = {} -- Often-used functions. local ugsub = mw.ustring.gsub local format = mw.ustring.format ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Helper functions -- -- These are defined as local functions, but are made available in the p -- table for testing purposes. ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- local function message(cfgKey, valArray, expectType) --[[ -- Gets a message from the cfg table and formats it if appropriate. -- The function raises an error if the value from the cfg table is not -- of the type expectType. The default type for expectType is 'string'. -- If the table valArray is present, strings such as $1, $2 etc. in the -- message are substituted with values from the table keys [1], [2] etc. -- For example, if the message "foo-message" had the value 'Foo $2 bar $1.', -- message('foo-message', {'baz', 'qux'}) would return "Foo qux bar baz." --]] local msg = cfg[cfgKey] expectType = expectType or 'string' if type(msg) ~= expectType then error('message: type error in message cfg.' .. cfgKey .. ' (' .. expectType .. ' expected, got ' .. type(msg) .. ')', 2) end if not valArray then return msg end local function getMessageVal(match) match = tonumber(match) return valArray[match] or error('message: no value found for key $' .. match .. ' in message cfg.' .. cfgKey, 4) end return ugsub(msg, '$([1-9][0-9]*)', getMessageVal) end p.message = message local function makeWikilink(page, display) if display then return format('[[%s|%s]]', page, display) else return format('[[%s]]', page) end end p.makeWikilink = makeWikilink local function makeCategoryLink(cat, sort) local catns = mw.site.namespaces[14].name return makeWikilink(catns .. ':' .. cat, sort) end p.makeCategoryLink = makeCategoryLink local function makeUrlLink(url, display) return format('[%s %s]', url, display) end p.makeUrlLink = makeUrlLink local function makeToolbar(...) local ret = {} local lim = select('#', ...) if lim < 1 then return nil end for i = 1, lim do ret[#ret + 1] = select(i, ...) end -- 'documentation-toolbar' return format( '<span class="%s">(%s)</span>', message('toolbar-class'), table.concat(ret, ' &#124; ') ) end p.makeToolbar = makeToolbar ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Argument processing ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- local function makeInvokeFunc(funcName) return function (frame) local args = getArgs(frame, { valueFunc = function (key, value) if type(value) == 'string' then value = value:match('^%s*(.-)%s*$') -- Remove whitespace. if key == 'heading' or value ~= '' then return value else return nil end else return value end end }) return p[funcName](args) end end ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Entry points ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- function p.nonexistent(frame) if mw.title.getCurrentTitle().subpageText == 'testcases' then return frame:expandTemplate{title = 'module test cases notice'} else return p.main(frame) end end p.main = makeInvokeFunc('_main') function p._main(args) --[[ -- This function defines logic flow for the module. -- @args - table of arguments passed by the user --]] local env = p.getEnvironment(args) local root = mw.html.create() root :wikitext(p._getModuleWikitext(args, env)) :wikitext(p.protectionTemplate(env)) :wikitext(p.sandboxNotice(args, env)) :tag('div') -- 'documentation-container' :addClass(message('container')) :attr('role', 'complementary') :attr('aria-labelledby', args.heading ~= '' and 'documentation-heading' or nil) :attr('aria-label', args.heading == '' and 'Documentation' or nil) :newline() :tag('div') -- 'documentation' :addClass(message('main-div-classes')) :newline() :wikitext(p._startBox(args, env)) :wikitext(p._content(args, env)) :tag('div') -- 'documentation-clear' :addClass(message('clear')) :done() :newline() :done() :wikitext(p._endBox(args, env)) :done() :wikitext(p.addTrackingCategories(env)) -- 'Module:Documentation/styles.css' return mw.getCurrentFrame():extensionTag ( 'templatestyles', '', {src=cfg['templatestyles'] }) .. tostring(root) end ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Environment settings ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- function p.getEnvironment(args) --[[ -- Returns a table with information about the environment, including title -- objects and other namespace- or path-related data. -- @args - table of arguments passed by the user -- -- Title objects include: -- env.title - the page we are making documentation for (usually the current title) -- env.templateTitle - the template (or module, file, etc.) -- env.docTitle - the /doc subpage. -- env.sandboxTitle - the /sandbox subpage. -- env.testcasesTitle - the /testcases subpage. -- -- Data includes: -- env.protectionLevels - the protection levels table of the title object. -- env.subjectSpace - the number of the title's subject namespace. -- env.docSpace - the number of the namespace the title puts its documentation in. -- env.docpageBase - the text of the base page of the /doc, /sandbox and /testcases pages, with namespace. -- env.compareUrl - URL of the Special:ComparePages page comparing the sandbox with the template. -- -- All table lookups are passed through pcall so that errors are caught. If an error occurs, the value -- returned will be nil. --]] local env, envFuncs = {}, {} -- Set up the metatable. If triggered we call the corresponding function in the envFuncs table. The value -- returned by that function is memoized in the env table so that we don't call any of the functions -- more than once. (Nils won't be memoized.) setmetatable(env, { __index = function (t, key) local envFunc = envFuncs[key] if envFunc then local success, val = pcall(envFunc) if success then env[key] = val -- Memoise the value. return val end end return nil end }) function envFuncs.title() -- The title object for the current page, or a test page passed with args.page. local title local titleArg = args.page if titleArg then title = mw.title.new(titleArg) else title = mw.title.getCurrentTitle() end return title end function envFuncs.templateTitle() --[[ -- The template (or module, etc.) title object. -- Messages: -- 'sandbox-subpage' --> 'sandbox' -- 'testcases-subpage' --> 'testcases' --]] local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace local title = env.title local subpage = title.subpageText if subpage == message('sandbox-subpage') or subpage == message('testcases-subpage') or (subpage == message('doc-subpage') and mw.title.getCurrentTitle().namespace == env.docSpace) then return mw.title.makeTitle(subjectSpace, title.baseText) else return mw.title.makeTitle(subjectSpace, title.text) end end function envFuncs.docTitle() --[[ -- Title object of the /doc subpage. -- Messages: -- 'doc-subpage' --> 'doc' --]] local title = env.title local docname = args[1] -- User-specified doc page. local docpage if docname then docpage = docname else docpage = env.docpageBase .. '/' .. message('doc-subpage') end return mw.title.new(docpage) end function envFuncs.sandboxTitle() --[[ -- Title object for the /sandbox subpage. -- Messages: -- 'sandbox-subpage' --> 'sandbox' --]] return mw.title.new(env.docpageBase .. '/' .. message('sandbox-subpage')) end function envFuncs.testcasesTitle() --[[ -- Title object for the /testcases subpage. -- Messages: -- 'testcases-subpage' --> 'testcases' --]] return mw.title.new(env.docpageBase .. '/' .. message('testcases-subpage')) end function envFuncs.protectionLevels() -- The protection levels table of the title object. return env.title.protectionLevels end function envFuncs.subjectSpace() -- The subject namespace number. return mw.site.namespaces[env.title.namespace].subject.id end function envFuncs.docSpace() -- The documentation namespace number. For most namespaces this is the -- same as the subject namespace. However, pages in the Article, File, -- MediaWiki or Category namespaces must have their /doc, /sandbox and -- /testcases pages in talk space. local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace if subjectSpace == 0 or subjectSpace == 6 or subjectSpace == 8 or subjectSpace == 14 then return subjectSpace + 1 else return subjectSpace end end function envFuncs.docpageBase() -- The base page of the /doc, /sandbox, and /testcases subpages. -- For some namespaces this is the talk page, rather than the template page. local templateTitle = env.templateTitle local docSpace = env.docSpace local docSpaceText = mw.site.namespaces[docSpace].name -- Assemble the link. docSpace is never the main namespace, so we can hardcode the colon. return docSpaceText .. ':' .. templateTitle.text end function envFuncs.compareUrl() -- Diff link between the sandbox and the main template using [[Special:ComparePages]]. local templateTitle = env.templateTitle local sandboxTitle = env.sandboxTitle if templateTitle.exists and sandboxTitle.exists then local compareUrl = mw.uri.canonicalUrl( 'Special:ComparePages', { page1 = templateTitle.prefixedText, page2 = sandboxTitle.prefixedText} ) return tostring(compareUrl) else return nil end end return env end ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Auxiliary templates ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- p.getModuleWikitext = makeInvokeFunc('_getModuleWikitext') function p._getModuleWikitext(args, env) local currentTitle = mw.title.getCurrentTitle() if currentTitle.contentModel ~= 'Scribunto' then return end pcall(require, currentTitle.prefixedText) -- if it fails, we don't care local moduleWikitext = package.loaded["Module:Module wikitext"] if moduleWikitext then return moduleWikitext.main() end end function p.sandboxNotice(args, env) --[=[ -- Generates a sandbox notice for display above sandbox pages. -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- -- Messages: -- 'sandbox-notice-image' --> '[[File:Sandbox.svg|50px|alt=|link=]]' -- 'sandbox-notice-blurb' --> 'This is the $1 for $2.' -- 'sandbox-notice-diff-blurb' --> 'This is the $1 for $2 ($3).' -- 'sandbox-notice-pagetype-template' --> '[[Wikipedia:Template test cases|template sandbox]] page' -- 'sandbox-notice-pagetype-module' --> '[[Wikipedia:Template test cases|module sandbox]] page' -- 'sandbox-notice-pagetype-other' --> 'sandbox page' -- 'sandbox-notice-compare-link-display' --> 'diff' -- 'sandbox-notice-testcases-blurb' --> 'See also the companion subpage for $1.' -- 'sandbox-notice-testcases-link-display' --> 'test cases' -- 'sandbox-category' --> 'Template sandboxes' -- 'module-sandbox-category' --> 'Module sandboxes' -- 'other-sandbox-category' --> 'Sandboxes outside of template or module namespace' --]=] local title = env.title local sandboxTitle = env.sandboxTitle local templateTitle = env.templateTitle local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace if not (subjectSpace and title and sandboxTitle and templateTitle and mw.title.equals(title, sandboxTitle)) then return nil end -- Build the table of arguments to pass to {{ombox}}. We need just two fields, "image" and "text". local omargs = {} omargs.image = message('sandbox-notice-image') -- Get the text. We start with the opening blurb, which is something like -- "This is the template sandbox for [[Template:Foo]] (diff)." local text = '__EXPECTUNUSEDTEMPLATE__' local pagetype, sandboxCat if subjectSpace == 10 then pagetype = message('sandbox-notice-pagetype-template') sandboxCat = message('sandbox-category') elseif subjectSpace == 828 then pagetype = message('sandbox-notice-pagetype-module') sandboxCat = message('module-sandbox-category') else pagetype = message('sandbox-notice-pagetype-other') sandboxCat = message('other-sandbox-category') end local templateLink = makeWikilink(templateTitle.prefixedText) local compareUrl = env.compareUrl if compareUrl then local compareDisplay = message('sandbox-notice-compare-link-display') local compareLink = makeUrlLink(compareUrl, compareDisplay) text = text .. message('sandbox-notice-diff-blurb', {pagetype, templateLink, compareLink}) else text = text .. message('sandbox-notice-blurb', {pagetype, templateLink}) end -- Get the test cases page blurb if the page exists. This is something like -- "See also the companion subpage for [[Template:Foo/testcases|test cases]]." local testcasesTitle = env.testcasesTitle if testcasesTitle and testcasesTitle.exists then if testcasesTitle.contentModel == "Scribunto" then local testcasesLinkDisplay = message('sandbox-notice-testcases-link-display') local testcasesRunLinkDisplay = message('sandbox-notice-testcases-run-link-display') local testcasesLink = makeWikilink(testcasesTitle.prefixedText, testcasesLinkDisplay) local testcasesRunLink = makeWikilink(testcasesTitle.talkPageTitle.prefixedText, testcasesRunLinkDisplay) text = text .. '<br />' .. message('sandbox-notice-testcases-run-blurb', {testcasesLink, testcasesRunLink}) else local testcasesLinkDisplay = message('sandbox-notice-testcases-link-display') local testcasesLink = makeWikilink(testcasesTitle.prefixedText, testcasesLinkDisplay) text = text .. '<br />' .. message('sandbox-notice-testcases-blurb', {testcasesLink}) end end -- Add the sandbox to the sandbox category. omargs.text = text .. makeCategoryLink(sandboxCat) -- 'documentation-clear' return '<div class="' .. message('clear') .. '"></div>' .. require('Module:Message box').main('ombox', omargs) end function p.protectionTemplate(env) -- Generates the padlock icon in the top right. -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- Messages: -- 'protection-template' --> 'pp-template' -- 'protection-template-args' --> {docusage = 'yes'} local protectionLevels = env.protectionLevels if not protectionLevels then return nil end local editProt = protectionLevels.edit and protectionLevels.edit[1] local moveProt = protectionLevels.move and protectionLevels.move[1] if editProt then -- The page is edit-protected. return require('Module:Protection banner')._main{ message('protection-reason-edit'), small = true } elseif moveProt and moveProt ~= 'autoconfirmed' then -- The page is move-protected but not edit-protected. Exclude move -- protection with the level "autoconfirmed", as this is equivalent to -- no move protection at all. return require('Module:Protection banner')._main{ action = 'move', small = true } else return nil end end ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Start box ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- p.startBox = makeInvokeFunc('_startBox') function p._startBox(args, env) --[[ -- This function generates the start box. -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- -- The actual work is done by p.makeStartBoxLinksData and p.renderStartBoxLinks which make -- the [view] [edit] [history] [purge] links, and by p.makeStartBoxData and p.renderStartBox -- which generate the box HTML. --]] env = env or p.getEnvironment(args) local links local content = args.content if not content or args[1] then -- No need to include the links if the documentation is on the template page itself. local linksData = p.makeStartBoxLinksData(args, env) if linksData then links = p.renderStartBoxLinks(linksData) end end -- Generate the start box html. local data = p.makeStartBoxData(args, env, links) if data then return p.renderStartBox(data) else -- User specified no heading. return nil end end function p.makeStartBoxLinksData(args, env) --[[ -- Does initial processing of data to make the [view] [edit] [history] [purge] links. -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- -- Messages: -- 'view-link-display' --> 'view' -- 'edit-link-display' --> 'edit' -- 'history-link-display' --> 'history' -- 'purge-link-display' --> 'purge' -- 'module-preload' --> 'Template:Documentation/preload-module-doc' -- 'docpage-preload' --> 'Template:Documentation/preload' -- 'create-link-display' --> 'create' --]] local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace local title = env.title local docTitle = env.docTitle if not title or not docTitle then return nil end if docTitle.isRedirect then docTitle = docTitle.redirectTarget end -- Create link if /doc doesn't exist. local preload = args.preload if not preload then if subjectSpace == 828 then -- Module namespace preload = message('module-preload') else preload = message('docpage-preload') end end return { title = title, docTitle = docTitle, -- View, display, edit, and purge links if /doc exists. viewLinkDisplay = message('view-link-display'), editLinkDisplay = message('edit-link-display'), historyLinkDisplay = message('history-link-display'), purgeLinkDisplay = message('purge-link-display'), preload = preload, createLinkDisplay = message('create-link-display') } end function p.renderStartBoxLinks(data) --[[ -- Generates the [view][edit][history][purge] or [create][purge] links from the data table. -- @data - a table of data generated by p.makeStartBoxLinksData --]] local docTitle = data.docTitle -- yes, we do intend to purge the template page on which the documentation appears local purgeLink = makeWikilink("Special:Purge/" .. data.title.prefixedText, data.purgeLinkDisplay) if docTitle.exists then local viewLink = makeWikilink(docTitle.prefixedText, data.viewLinkDisplay) local editLink = makeWikilink("Special:EditPage/" .. docTitle.prefixedText, data.editLinkDisplay) local historyLink = makeWikilink("Special:PageHistory/" .. docTitle.prefixedText, data.historyLinkDisplay) return viewLink .. editLink .. historyLink .. purgeLink else local createLink = makeUrlLink(docTitle:canonicalUrl{action = 'edit', preload = data.preload}, data.createLinkDisplay) return createLink .. purgeLink end return ret end function p.makeStartBoxData(args, env, links) --[=[ -- Does initial processing of data to pass to the start-box render function, p.renderStartBox. -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- @links - a string containing the [view][edit][history][purge] links - could be nil if there's an error. -- -- Messages: -- 'documentation-icon-wikitext' --> '[[File:Test Template Info-Icon - Version (2).svg|50px|link=|alt=]]' -- 'template-namespace-heading' --> 'Template documentation' -- 'module-namespace-heading' --> 'Module documentation' -- 'file-namespace-heading' --> 'Summary' -- 'other-namespaces-heading' --> 'Documentation' -- 'testcases-create-link-display' --> 'create' --]=] local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace if not subjectSpace then -- Default to an "other namespaces" namespace, so that we get at least some output -- if an error occurs. subjectSpace = 2 end local data = {} -- Heading local heading = args.heading -- Blank values are not removed. if heading == '' then -- Don't display the start box if the heading arg is defined but blank. return nil end if heading then data.heading = heading elseif subjectSpace == 10 then -- Template namespace data.heading = message('documentation-icon-wikitext') .. ' ' .. message('template-namespace-heading') elseif subjectSpace == 828 then -- Module namespace data.heading = message('documentation-icon-wikitext') .. ' ' .. message('module-namespace-heading') elseif subjectSpace == 6 then -- File namespace data.heading = message('file-namespace-heading') else data.heading = message('other-namespaces-heading') end -- Heading CSS local headingStyle = args['heading-style'] if headingStyle then data.headingStyleText = headingStyle else -- 'documentation-heading' data.headingClass = message('main-div-heading-class') end -- Data for the [view][edit][history][purge] or [create] links. if links then -- 'mw-editsection-like plainlinks' data.linksClass = message('start-box-link-classes') data.links = links end return data end function p.renderStartBox(data) -- Renders the start box html. -- @data - a table of data generated by p.makeStartBoxData. local sbox = mw.html.create('div') sbox -- 'documentation-startbox' :addClass(message('start-box-class')) :newline() :tag('span') :addClass(data.headingClass) :attr('id', 'documentation-heading') :cssText(data.headingStyleText) :wikitext(data.heading) local links = data.links if links then sbox:tag('span') :addClass(data.linksClass) :attr('id', data.linksId) :wikitext(links) end return tostring(sbox) end ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Documentation content ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- p.content = makeInvokeFunc('_content') function p._content(args, env) -- Displays the documentation contents -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment env = env or p.getEnvironment(args) local docTitle = env.docTitle local content = args.content if not content and docTitle and docTitle.exists then content = args._content or mw.getCurrentFrame():expandTemplate{title = docTitle.prefixedText} end -- The line breaks below are necessary so that "=== Headings ===" at the start and end -- of docs are interpreted correctly. return '\n' .. (content or '') .. '\n' end p.contentTitle = makeInvokeFunc('_contentTitle') function p._contentTitle(args, env) env = env or p.getEnvironment(args) local docTitle = env.docTitle if not args.content and docTitle and docTitle.exists then return docTitle.prefixedText else return '' end end ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- End box ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- p.endBox = makeInvokeFunc('_endBox') function p._endBox(args, env) --[=[ -- This function generates the end box (also known as the link box). -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- --]=] -- Get environment data. env = env or p.getEnvironment(args) local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace local docTitle = env.docTitle if not subjectSpace or not docTitle then return nil end -- Check whether we should output the end box at all. Add the end -- box by default if the documentation exists or if we are in the -- user, module or template namespaces. local linkBox = args['link box'] if linkBox == 'off' or not ( docTitle.exists or subjectSpace == 2 or subjectSpace == 828 or subjectSpace == 10 ) then return nil end -- Assemble the link box. local text = '' if linkBox then text = text .. linkBox else text = text .. (p.makeDocPageBlurb(args, env) or '') -- "This documentation is transcluded from [[Foo]]." if subjectSpace == 2 or subjectSpace == 10 or subjectSpace == 828 then -- We are in the user, template or module namespaces. -- Add sandbox and testcases links. -- "Editors can experiment in this template's sandbox and testcases pages." text = text .. (p.makeExperimentBlurb(args, env) or '') .. '<br />' if not args.content and not args[1] then -- "Please add categories to the /doc subpage." -- Don't show this message with inline docs or with an explicitly specified doc page, -- as then it is unclear where to add the categories. text = text .. (p.makeCategoriesBlurb(args, env) or '') end text = text .. ' ' .. (p.makeSubpagesBlurb(args, env) or '') --"Subpages of this template" end end local box = mw.html.create('div') -- 'documentation-metadata' box:attr('role', 'note') :addClass(message('end-box-class')) -- 'plainlinks' :addClass(message('end-box-plainlinks')) :wikitext(text) :done() return '\n' .. tostring(box) end function p.makeDocPageBlurb(args, env) --[=[ -- Makes the blurb "This documentation is transcluded from [[Template:Foo]] (edit, history)". -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- -- Messages: -- 'edit-link-display' --> 'edit' -- 'history-link-display' --> 'history' -- 'transcluded-from-blurb' --> -- 'The above [[Wikipedia:Template documentation|documentation]] -- is [[Help:Transclusion|transcluded]] from $1.' -- 'module-preload' --> 'Template:Documentation/preload-module-doc' -- 'create-link-display' --> 'create' -- 'create-module-doc-blurb' --> -- 'You might want to $1 a documentation page for this [[Wikipedia:Lua|Scribunto module]].' --]=] local docTitle = env.docTitle if not docTitle then return nil end if docTitle.exists then -- /doc exists; link to it. local docLink = makeWikilink(docTitle.prefixedText) local editDisplay = message('edit-link-display') local editLink = makeWikilink("Special:EditPage/" .. docTitle.prefixedText, editDisplay) local historyDisplay = message('history-link-display') local historyLink = makeWikilink("Special:PageHistory/" .. docTitle.prefixedText, historyDisplay) return message('transcluded-from-blurb', {docLink}) .. ' ' .. makeToolbar(editLink, historyLink) .. '<br />' elseif env.subjectSpace == 828 then -- /doc does not exist; ask to create it. local createUrl = docTitle:canonicalUrl{action = 'edit', preload = message('module-preload')} local createDisplay = message('create-link-display') local createLink = makeUrlLink(createUrl, createDisplay) return message('create-module-doc-blurb', {createLink}) .. '<br />' end end function p.makeExperimentBlurb(args, env) --[[ -- Renders the text "Editors can experiment in this template's sandbox (edit | diff) and testcases (edit) pages." -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- -- Messages: -- 'sandbox-link-display' --> 'sandbox' -- 'sandbox-edit-link-display' --> 'edit' -- 'compare-link-display' --> 'diff' -- 'module-sandbox-preload' --> 'Template:Documentation/preload-module-sandbox' -- 'template-sandbox-preload' --> 'Template:Documentation/preload-sandbox' -- 'sandbox-create-link-display' --> 'create' -- 'mirror-edit-summary' --> 'Create sandbox version of $1' -- 'mirror-link-display' --> 'mirror' -- 'mirror-link-preload' --> 'Template:Documentation/mirror' -- 'sandbox-link-display' --> 'sandbox' -- 'testcases-link-display' --> 'testcases' -- 'testcases-edit-link-display'--> 'edit' -- 'template-sandbox-preload' --> 'Template:Documentation/preload-sandbox' -- 'testcases-create-link-display' --> 'create' -- 'testcases-link-display' --> 'testcases' -- 'testcases-edit-link-display' --> 'edit' -- 'module-testcases-preload' --> 'Template:Documentation/preload-module-testcases' -- 'template-testcases-preload' --> 'Template:Documentation/preload-testcases' -- 'experiment-blurb-module' --> 'Editors can experiment in this module's $1 and $2 pages.' -- 'experiment-blurb-template' --> 'Editors can experiment in this template's $1 and $2 pages.' --]] local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace local templateTitle = env.templateTitle local sandboxTitle = env.sandboxTitle local testcasesTitle = env.testcasesTitle local templatePage = templateTitle.prefixedText if not subjectSpace or not templateTitle or not sandboxTitle or not testcasesTitle then return nil end -- Make links. local sandboxLinks, testcasesLinks if sandboxTitle.exists then local sandboxPage = sandboxTitle.prefixedText local sandboxDisplay = message('sandbox-link-display') local sandboxLink = makeWikilink(sandboxPage, sandboxDisplay) local sandboxEditDisplay = message('sandbox-edit-link-display') local sandboxEditLink = makeWikilink("Special:EditPage/" .. sandboxPage, sandboxEditDisplay) local compareUrl = env.compareUrl local compareLink if compareUrl then local compareDisplay = message('compare-link-display') compareLink = makeUrlLink(compareUrl, compareDisplay) end sandboxLinks = sandboxLink .. ' ' .. makeToolbar(sandboxEditLink, compareLink) else local sandboxPreload if subjectSpace == 828 then sandboxPreload = message('module-sandbox-preload') else sandboxPreload = message('template-sandbox-preload') end local sandboxCreateUrl = sandboxTitle:canonicalUrl{action = 'edit', preload = sandboxPreload} local sandboxCreateDisplay = message('sandbox-create-link-display') local sandboxCreateLink = makeUrlLink(sandboxCreateUrl, sandboxCreateDisplay) local mirrorSummary = message('mirror-edit-summary', {makeWikilink(templatePage)}) local mirrorPreload = message('mirror-link-preload') local mirrorUrl = sandboxTitle:canonicalUrl{action = 'edit', preload = mirrorPreload, summary = mirrorSummary} if subjectSpace == 828 then mirrorUrl = sandboxTitle:canonicalUrl{action = 'edit', preload = templateTitle.prefixedText, summary = mirrorSummary} end local mirrorDisplay = message('mirror-link-display') local mirrorLink = makeUrlLink(mirrorUrl, mirrorDisplay) sandboxLinks = message('sandbox-link-display') .. ' ' .. makeToolbar(sandboxCreateLink, mirrorLink) end if testcasesTitle.exists then local testcasesPage = testcasesTitle.prefixedText local testcasesDisplay = message('testcases-link-display') local testcasesLink = makeWikilink(testcasesPage, testcasesDisplay) local testcasesEditUrl = testcasesTitle:canonicalUrl{action = 'edit'} local testcasesEditDisplay = message('testcases-edit-link-display') local testcasesEditLink = makeWikilink("Special:EditPage/" .. testcasesPage, testcasesEditDisplay) -- for Modules, add testcases run link if exists if testcasesTitle.contentModel == "Scribunto" and testcasesTitle.talkPageTitle and testcasesTitle.talkPageTitle.exists then local testcasesRunLinkDisplay = message('testcases-run-link-display') local testcasesRunLink = makeWikilink(testcasesTitle.talkPageTitle.prefixedText, testcasesRunLinkDisplay) testcasesLinks = testcasesLink .. ' ' .. makeToolbar(testcasesEditLink, testcasesRunLink) else testcasesLinks = testcasesLink .. ' ' .. makeToolbar(testcasesEditLink) end else local testcasesPreload if subjectSpace == 828 then testcasesPreload = message('module-testcases-preload') else testcasesPreload = message('template-testcases-preload') end local testcasesCreateUrl = testcasesTitle:canonicalUrl{action = 'edit', preload = testcasesPreload} local testcasesCreateDisplay = message('testcases-create-link-display') local testcasesCreateLink = makeUrlLink(testcasesCreateUrl, testcasesCreateDisplay) testcasesLinks = message('testcases-link-display') .. ' ' .. makeToolbar(testcasesCreateLink) end local messageName if subjectSpace == 828 then messageName = 'experiment-blurb-module' else messageName = 'experiment-blurb-template' end return message(messageName, {sandboxLinks, testcasesLinks}) end function p.makeCategoriesBlurb(args, env) --[[ -- Generates the text "Please add categories to the /doc subpage." -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- Messages: -- 'doc-link-display' --> '/doc' -- 'add-categories-blurb' --> 'Please add categories to the $1 subpage.' --]] local docTitle = env.docTitle if not docTitle then return nil end local docPathLink = makeWikilink(docTitle.prefixedText, message('doc-link-display')) return message('add-categories-blurb', {docPathLink}) end function p.makeSubpagesBlurb(args, env) --[[ -- Generates the "Subpages of this template" link. -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- Messages: -- 'template-pagetype' --> 'template' -- 'module-pagetype' --> 'module' -- 'default-pagetype' --> 'page' -- 'subpages-link-display' --> 'Subpages of this $1' --]] local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace local templateTitle = env.templateTitle if not subjectSpace or not templateTitle then return nil end local pagetype if subjectSpace == 10 then pagetype = message('template-pagetype') elseif subjectSpace == 828 then pagetype = message('module-pagetype') else pagetype = message('default-pagetype') end local subpagesLink = makeWikilink( 'Special:PrefixIndex/' .. templateTitle.prefixedText .. '/', message('subpages-link-display', {pagetype}) ) return message('subpages-blurb', {subpagesLink}) end ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Tracking categories ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- function p.addTrackingCategories(env) --[[ -- Check if {{documentation}} is transcluded on a /doc or /testcases page. -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- Messages: -- 'display-strange-usage-category' --> true -- 'doc-subpage' --> 'doc' -- 'testcases-subpage' --> 'testcases' -- 'strange-usage-category' --> 'Wikipedia pages with strange ((documentation)) usage' -- -- /testcases pages in the module namespace are not categorised, as they may have -- {{documentation}} transcluded automatically. --]] local title = env.title local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace if not title or not subjectSpace then return nil end local subpage = title.subpageText if message('display-strange-usage-category', nil, 'boolean') and ( subpage == message('doc-subpage') or subjectSpace ~= 828 and subpage == message('testcases-subpage') ) then return makeCategoryLink(message('strange-usage-category')) end return '' end return p bo74oekmmsj1xtpw7dlzkvkhc0k05g6 10 2999 15736 10591 2025-04-27T19:22:45Z meta>Pppery 0 Protected "[[Template:Documentation subpage]]" ([Edit=Allow only administrators] (indefinite) [Move=Allow only administrators] (indefinite)) 15736 wikitext text/x-wiki <includeonly>{{#if:{{IsDocSubpage|override={{{override|doc}}}}} | <!--doc subpage--></includeonly>{{#ifeq:{{{doc-notice|show}}}|show | {{Ombox|type=notice|image=[[File:Edit-copy green.svg|40px|link=]] |text='''This is a [[Help:Template documentation|documentation]] [[mw:Help:Subpages|subpage]] for {{#if:{{{1|}}} | {{{1}}} | [[:{{SUBJECTSPACE}}:{{BASEPAGENAME}}]] }}.'''<br/> It contains usage information, [[Categorization|categories]], and other content that is not part of the original<!-- --> {{#if: {{{text2|}}} | {{{text2|}}} | {{#if: {{{text1|}}} | {{{text1|}}} | {{#ifeq: {{SUBJECTSPACE}} | {{ns:User}} | {{lc:{{SUBJECTSPACE}}}} template page | {{#if: {{SUBJECTSPACE}} | {{lc:{{SUBJECTSPACE}}}} page | article }} }} }} }}. }} <!--If not on a doc subpage, do nothing-->}}{{DEFAULTSORT:{{{defaultsort|{{PAGENAME}}}}}}}{{#if: {{{inhibit|}}} | <!--Skip--> | <includeonly>{{#ifexist: {{NAMESPACE}}:{{BASEPAGENAME}} | [[Category:{{#switch: {{SUBJECTSPACE}} |Template=Template |Module=Module |User=User |#default=Template }} documentation pages{{#translation:}}]] | [[Category:Documentation subpages without corresponding pages{{#translation:}}]] }}</includeonly> }}<includeonly> }}</includeonly><noinclude>{{Documentation}}<!--Add categories and interwikis to the /doc subpage, not here!--></noinclude> janb5ut2et9wnhlm3nidujawx7yux43 15737 15576 2026-09-07T05:50:35Z A826 1864 ೧ revisions imported from [[:meta:Template:Documentation_subpage]] 15575 wikitext text/x-wiki <includeonly><!-- -->{{#ifeq:{{lc:{{SUBPAGENAME}}}} |{{{override|doc}}} | <!--(this template has been transcluded on a /doc or /{{{override}}} page)--> </includeonly><!-- -->{{#ifeq:{{{doc-notice|show}}} |show | {{Mbox | type = notice | style = margin-bottom:1.0em; | image = [[File:Edit-copy green.svg|40px|alt=icon]] | text = {{strong|This is a [[Wikipedia:Template documentation|documentation subpage]]}} for {{terminate sentence|{{{1|[[:{{SUBJECTSPACE}}:{{BASEPAGENAME}}]]}}}}}<br />It may contain usage information, [[Wikipedia:Categorization|categories]] and other content that is not part of the original {{#if:{{{text2|}}} |{{{text2}}} |{{#if:{{{text1|}}} |{{{text1}}} |{{#ifeq:{{SUBJECTSPACE}} |{{ns:User}} |{{lc:{{SUBJECTSPACE}}}} template page |{{#if:{{SUBJECTSPACE}} |{{lc:{{SUBJECTSPACE}}}} page|article}}}}}}}}. }} }}<!-- -->{{DEFAULTSORT:{{{defaultsort|{{PAGENAME}}}}}}}<!-- --><includeonly>__EXPECTED_UNCONNECTED_PAGE__</includeonly><!-- -->{{#if:{{{nocat|}}}{{{inhibit|}}}|<!--(don't categorize)--> |<includeonly><!-- -->{{#ifexist:{{NAMESPACE}}:{{BASEPAGENAME}} | [[Category:{{#switch:{{SUBJECTSPACE}} |Template=Template |Module=Module |User=User |#default=Wikipedia}} documentation pages]] | [[Category:Documentation subpages without corresponding pages]] }}<!-- --></includeonly> }}<!-- (completing initial #ifeq: at start of template:) --><includeonly> | <!--(this template has not been transcluded on a /doc or /{{{override}}} page)--> }}<!-- --></includeonly><noinclude>{{Documentation}}</noinclude> iwz7dreef73y68fx96yxyj3ry6l1x58 828 3165 15696 9525 2025-04-27T20:14:11Z meta>Pppery 0 Protected "[[Module:Arguments]]" ([Edit=Allow only administrators] (indefinite) [Move=Allow only administrators] (indefinite)) 9162 Scribunto text/plain -- This module provides easy processing of arguments passed to Scribunto from -- #invoke. It is intended for use by other Lua modules, and should not be -- called from #invoke directly. local libraryUtil = require('libraryUtil') local checkType = libraryUtil.checkType local arguments = {} -- Generate four different tidyVal functions, so that we don't have to check the -- options every time we call it. local function tidyValDefault(key, val) if type(val) == 'string' then val = val:match('^%s*(.-)%s*$') if val == '' then return nil else return val end else return val end end local function tidyValTrimOnly(key, val) if type(val) == 'string' then return val:match('^%s*(.-)%s*$') else return val end end local function tidyValRemoveBlanksOnly(key, val) if type(val) == 'string' then if val:find('%S') then return val else return nil end else return val end end local function tidyValNoChange(key, val) return val end local function matchesTitle(given, title) local tp = type( given ) return (tp == 'string' or tp == 'number') and mw.title.new( given ).prefixedText == title end local translate_mt = { __index = function(t, k) return k end } function arguments.getArgs(frame, options) checkType('getArgs', 1, frame, 'table', true) checkType('getArgs', 2, options, 'table', true) frame = frame or {} options = options or {} --[[ -- Set up argument translation. --]] options.translate = options.translate or {} if getmetatable(options.translate) == nil then setmetatable(options.translate, translate_mt) end if options.backtranslate == nil then options.backtranslate = {} for k,v in pairs(options.translate) do options.backtranslate[v] = k end end if options.backtranslate and getmetatable(options.backtranslate) == nil then setmetatable(options.backtranslate, { __index = function(t, k) if options.translate[k] ~= k then return nil else return k end end }) end --[[ -- Get the argument tables. If we were passed a valid frame object, get the -- frame arguments (fargs) and the parent frame arguments (pargs), depending -- on the options set and on the parent frame's availability. If we weren't -- passed a valid frame object, we are being called from another Lua module -- or from the debug console, so assume that we were passed a table of args -- directly, and assign it to a new variable (luaArgs). --]] local fargs, pargs, luaArgs if type(frame.args) == 'table' and type(frame.getParent) == 'function' then if options.wrappers then --[[ -- The wrappers option makes Module:Arguments look up arguments in -- either the frame argument table or the parent argument table, but -- not both. This means that users can use either the #invoke syntax -- or a wrapper template without the loss of performance associated -- with looking arguments up in both the frame and the parent frame. -- Module:Arguments will look up arguments in the parent frame -- if it finds the parent frame's title in options.wrapper; -- otherwise it will look up arguments in the frame object passed -- to getArgs. --]] local parent = frame:getParent() if not parent then fargs = frame.args else local title = parent:getTitle():gsub('/sandbox$', '') local found = false if matchesTitle(options.wrappers, title) then found = true elseif type(options.wrappers) == 'table' then for _,v in pairs(options.wrappers) do if matchesTitle(v, title) then found = true break end end end -- We test for false specifically here so that nil (the default) acts like true. if found or options.frameOnly == false then pargs = parent.args end if not found or options.parentOnly == false then fargs = frame.args end end else -- options.wrapper isn't set, so check the other options. if not options.parentOnly then fargs = frame.args end if not options.frameOnly then local parent = frame:getParent() pargs = parent and parent.args or nil end end if options.parentFirst then fargs, pargs = pargs, fargs end else luaArgs = frame end -- Set the order of precedence of the argument tables. If the variables are -- nil, nothing will be added to the table, which is how we avoid clashes -- between the frame/parent args and the Lua args. local argTables = {fargs} argTables[#argTables + 1] = pargs argTables[#argTables + 1] = luaArgs --[[ -- Generate the tidyVal function. If it has been specified by the user, we -- use that; if not, we choose one of four functions depending on the -- options chosen. This is so that we don't have to call the options table -- every time the function is called. --]] local tidyVal = options.valueFunc if tidyVal then if type(tidyVal) ~= 'function' then error( "bad value assigned to option 'valueFunc'" .. '(function expected, got ' .. type(tidyVal) .. ')', 2 ) end elseif options.trim ~= false then if options.removeBlanks ~= false then tidyVal = tidyValDefault else tidyVal = tidyValTrimOnly end else if options.removeBlanks ~= false then tidyVal = tidyValRemoveBlanksOnly else tidyVal = tidyValNoChange end end --[[ -- Set up the args, metaArgs and nilArgs tables. args will be the one -- accessed from functions, and metaArgs will hold the actual arguments. Nil -- arguments are memoized in nilArgs, and the metatable connects all of them -- together. --]] local args, metaArgs, nilArgs, metatable = {}, {}, {}, {} setmetatable(args, metatable) local function mergeArgs(tables) --[[ -- Accepts multiple tables as input and merges their keys and values -- into one table. If a value is already present it is not overwritten; -- tables listed earlier have precedence. We are also memoizing nil -- values, which can be overwritten if they are 's' (soft). --]] for _, t in ipairs(tables) do for key, val in pairs(t) do if metaArgs[key] == nil and nilArgs[key] ~= 'h' then local tidiedVal = tidyVal(key, val) if tidiedVal == nil then nilArgs[key] = 's' else metaArgs[key] = tidiedVal end end end end end --[[ -- Define metatable behaviour. Arguments are memoized in the metaArgs table, -- and are only fetched from the argument tables once. Fetching arguments -- from the argument tables is the most resource-intensive step in this -- module, so we try and avoid it where possible. For this reason, nil -- arguments are also memoized, in the nilArgs table. Also, we keep a record -- in the metatable of when pairs and ipairs have been called, so we do not -- run pairs and ipairs on the argument tables more than once. We also do -- not run ipairs on fargs and pargs if pairs has already been run, as all -- the arguments will already have been copied over. --]] metatable.__index = function (t, key) --[[ -- Fetches an argument when the args table is indexed. First we check -- to see if the value is memoized, and if not we try and fetch it from -- the argument tables. When we check memoization, we need to check -- metaArgs before nilArgs, as both can be non-nil at the same time. -- If the argument is not present in metaArgs, we also check whether -- pairs has been run yet. If pairs has already been run, we return nil. -- This is because all the arguments will have already been copied into -- metaArgs by the mergeArgs function, meaning that any other arguments -- must be nil. --]] if type(key) == 'string' then key = options.translate[key] end local val = metaArgs[key] if val ~= nil then return val elseif metatable.donePairs or nilArgs[key] then return nil end for _, argTable in ipairs(argTables) do local argTableVal = tidyVal(key, argTable[key]) if argTableVal ~= nil then metaArgs[key] = argTableVal return argTableVal end end nilArgs[key] = 'h' return nil end metatable.__newindex = function (t, key, val) -- This function is called when a module tries to add a new value to the -- args table, or tries to change an existing value. if type(key) == 'string' then key = options.translate[key] end if options.readOnly then error( 'could not write to argument table key "' .. tostring(key) .. '"; the table is read-only', 2 ) elseif options.noOverwrite and args[key] ~= nil then error( 'could not write to argument table key "' .. tostring(key) .. '"; overwriting existing arguments is not permitted', 2 ) elseif val == nil then --[[ -- If the argument is to be overwritten with nil, we need to erase -- the value in metaArgs, so that __index, __pairs and __ipairs do -- not use a previous existing value, if present; and we also need -- to memoize the nil in nilArgs, so that the value isn't looked -- up in the argument tables if it is accessed again. --]] metaArgs[key] = nil nilArgs[key] = 'h' else metaArgs[key] = val end end local function translatenext(invariant) local k, v = next(invariant.t, invariant.k) invariant.k = k if k == nil then return nil elseif type(k) ~= 'string' or not options.backtranslate then return k, v else local backtranslate = options.backtranslate[k] if backtranslate == nil then -- Skip this one. This is a tail call, so this won't cause stack overflow return translatenext(invariant) else return backtranslate, v end end end metatable.__pairs = function () -- Called when pairs is run on the args table. if not metatable.donePairs then mergeArgs(argTables) metatable.donePairs = true end return translatenext, { t = metaArgs } end local function inext(t, i) -- This uses our __index metamethod local v = t[i + 1] if v ~= nil then return i + 1, v end end metatable.__ipairs = function (t) -- Called when ipairs is run on the args table. return inext, t, 0 end return args end return arguments 5qx9tzlul9ser30uxj9nbasjt92cevn 15697 9526 2026-09-07T05:50:33Z A826 1864 ೧ revisions imported from [[:meta:Module:Arguments]] 9162 Scribunto text/plain -- This module provides easy processing of arguments passed to Scribunto from -- #invoke. It is intended for use by other Lua modules, and should not be -- called from #invoke directly. local libraryUtil = require('libraryUtil') local checkType = libraryUtil.checkType local arguments = {} -- Generate four different tidyVal functions, so that we don't have to check the -- options every time we call it. local function tidyValDefault(key, val) if type(val) == 'string' then val = val:match('^%s*(.-)%s*$') if val == '' then return nil else return val end else return val end end local function tidyValTrimOnly(key, val) if type(val) == 'string' then return val:match('^%s*(.-)%s*$') else return val end end local function tidyValRemoveBlanksOnly(key, val) if type(val) == 'string' then if val:find('%S') then return val else return nil end else return val end end local function tidyValNoChange(key, val) return val end local function matchesTitle(given, title) local tp = type( given ) return (tp == 'string' or tp == 'number') and mw.title.new( given ).prefixedText == title end local translate_mt = { __index = function(t, k) return k end } function arguments.getArgs(frame, options) checkType('getArgs', 1, frame, 'table', true) checkType('getArgs', 2, options, 'table', true) frame = frame or {} options = options or {} --[[ -- Set up argument translation. --]] options.translate = options.translate or {} if getmetatable(options.translate) == nil then setmetatable(options.translate, translate_mt) end if options.backtranslate == nil then options.backtranslate = {} for k,v in pairs(options.translate) do options.backtranslate[v] = k end end if options.backtranslate and getmetatable(options.backtranslate) == nil then setmetatable(options.backtranslate, { __index = function(t, k) if options.translate[k] ~= k then return nil else return k end end }) end --[[ -- Get the argument tables. If we were passed a valid frame object, get the -- frame arguments (fargs) and the parent frame arguments (pargs), depending -- on the options set and on the parent frame's availability. If we weren't -- passed a valid frame object, we are being called from another Lua module -- or from the debug console, so assume that we were passed a table of args -- directly, and assign it to a new variable (luaArgs). --]] local fargs, pargs, luaArgs if type(frame.args) == 'table' and type(frame.getParent) == 'function' then if options.wrappers then --[[ -- The wrappers option makes Module:Arguments look up arguments in -- either the frame argument table or the parent argument table, but -- not both. This means that users can use either the #invoke syntax -- or a wrapper template without the loss of performance associated -- with looking arguments up in both the frame and the parent frame. -- Module:Arguments will look up arguments in the parent frame -- if it finds the parent frame's title in options.wrapper; -- otherwise it will look up arguments in the frame object passed -- to getArgs. --]] local parent = frame:getParent() if not parent then fargs = frame.args else local title = parent:getTitle():gsub('/sandbox$', '') local found = false if matchesTitle(options.wrappers, title) then found = true elseif type(options.wrappers) == 'table' then for _,v in pairs(options.wrappers) do if matchesTitle(v, title) then found = true break end end end -- We test for false specifically here so that nil (the default) acts like true. if found or options.frameOnly == false then pargs = parent.args end if not found or options.parentOnly == false then fargs = frame.args end end else -- options.wrapper isn't set, so check the other options. if not options.parentOnly then fargs = frame.args end if not options.frameOnly then local parent = frame:getParent() pargs = parent and parent.args or nil end end if options.parentFirst then fargs, pargs = pargs, fargs end else luaArgs = frame end -- Set the order of precedence of the argument tables. If the variables are -- nil, nothing will be added to the table, which is how we avoid clashes -- between the frame/parent args and the Lua args. local argTables = {fargs} argTables[#argTables + 1] = pargs argTables[#argTables + 1] = luaArgs --[[ -- Generate the tidyVal function. If it has been specified by the user, we -- use that; if not, we choose one of four functions depending on the -- options chosen. This is so that we don't have to call the options table -- every time the function is called. --]] local tidyVal = options.valueFunc if tidyVal then if type(tidyVal) ~= 'function' then error( "bad value assigned to option 'valueFunc'" .. '(function expected, got ' .. type(tidyVal) .. ')', 2 ) end elseif options.trim ~= false then if options.removeBlanks ~= false then tidyVal = tidyValDefault else tidyVal = tidyValTrimOnly end else if options.removeBlanks ~= false then tidyVal = tidyValRemoveBlanksOnly else tidyVal = tidyValNoChange end end --[[ -- Set up the args, metaArgs and nilArgs tables. args will be the one -- accessed from functions, and metaArgs will hold the actual arguments. Nil -- arguments are memoized in nilArgs, and the metatable connects all of them -- together. --]] local args, metaArgs, nilArgs, metatable = {}, {}, {}, {} setmetatable(args, metatable) local function mergeArgs(tables) --[[ -- Accepts multiple tables as input and merges their keys and values -- into one table. If a value is already present it is not overwritten; -- tables listed earlier have precedence. We are also memoizing nil -- values, which can be overwritten if they are 's' (soft). --]] for _, t in ipairs(tables) do for key, val in pairs(t) do if metaArgs[key] == nil and nilArgs[key] ~= 'h' then local tidiedVal = tidyVal(key, val) if tidiedVal == nil then nilArgs[key] = 's' else metaArgs[key] = tidiedVal end end end end end --[[ -- Define metatable behaviour. Arguments are memoized in the metaArgs table, -- and are only fetched from the argument tables once. Fetching arguments -- from the argument tables is the most resource-intensive step in this -- module, so we try and avoid it where possible. For this reason, nil -- arguments are also memoized, in the nilArgs table. Also, we keep a record -- in the metatable of when pairs and ipairs have been called, so we do not -- run pairs and ipairs on the argument tables more than once. We also do -- not run ipairs on fargs and pargs if pairs has already been run, as all -- the arguments will already have been copied over. --]] metatable.__index = function (t, key) --[[ -- Fetches an argument when the args table is indexed. First we check -- to see if the value is memoized, and if not we try and fetch it from -- the argument tables. When we check memoization, we need to check -- metaArgs before nilArgs, as both can be non-nil at the same time. -- If the argument is not present in metaArgs, we also check whether -- pairs has been run yet. If pairs has already been run, we return nil. -- This is because all the arguments will have already been copied into -- metaArgs by the mergeArgs function, meaning that any other arguments -- must be nil. --]] if type(key) == 'string' then key = options.translate[key] end local val = metaArgs[key] if val ~= nil then return val elseif metatable.donePairs or nilArgs[key] then return nil end for _, argTable in ipairs(argTables) do local argTableVal = tidyVal(key, argTable[key]) if argTableVal ~= nil then metaArgs[key] = argTableVal return argTableVal end end nilArgs[key] = 'h' return nil end metatable.__newindex = function (t, key, val) -- This function is called when a module tries to add a new value to the -- args table, or tries to change an existing value. if type(key) == 'string' then key = options.translate[key] end if options.readOnly then error( 'could not write to argument table key "' .. tostring(key) .. '"; the table is read-only', 2 ) elseif options.noOverwrite and args[key] ~= nil then error( 'could not write to argument table key "' .. tostring(key) .. '"; overwriting existing arguments is not permitted', 2 ) elseif val == nil then --[[ -- If the argument is to be overwritten with nil, we need to erase -- the value in metaArgs, so that __index, __pairs and __ipairs do -- not use a previous existing value, if present; and we also need -- to memoize the nil in nilArgs, so that the value isn't looked -- up in the argument tables if it is accessed again. --]] metaArgs[key] = nil nilArgs[key] = 'h' else metaArgs[key] = val end end local function translatenext(invariant) local k, v = next(invariant.t, invariant.k) invariant.k = k if k == nil then return nil elseif type(k) ~= 'string' or not options.backtranslate then return k, v else local backtranslate = options.backtranslate[k] if backtranslate == nil then -- Skip this one. This is a tail call, so this won't cause stack overflow return translatenext(invariant) else return backtranslate, v end end end metatable.__pairs = function () -- Called when pairs is run on the args table. if not metatable.donePairs then mergeArgs(argTables) metatable.donePairs = true end return translatenext, { t = metaArgs } end local function inext(t, i) -- This uses our __index metamethod local v = t[i + 1] if v ~= nil then return i + 1, v end end metatable.__ipairs = function (t) -- Called when ipairs is run on the args table. return inext, t, 0 end return args end return arguments 5qx9tzlul9ser30uxj9nbasjt92cevn 828 3167 15694 9523 2025-04-27T20:15:12Z meta>Pppery 0 Protected "[[Module:Yesno]]" ([Edit=Allow only administrators] (indefinite) [Move=Allow only administrators] (indefinite)) 9166 Scribunto text/plain -- Function allowing for consistent treatment of boolean-like wikitext input. -- It works similarly to the template {{yesno}}. return function (val, default) -- If your wiki uses non-ascii characters for any of "yes", "no", etc., you -- should replace "val:lower()" with "mw.ustring.lower(val)" in the -- following line. val = type(val) == 'string' and val:lower() or val if val == nil then return nil elseif val == true or val == 'yes' or val == 'y' or val == 'true' or val == 't' or val == 'on' or tonumber(val) == 1 then return true elseif val == false or val == 'no' or val == 'n' or val == 'false' or val == 'f' or val == 'off' or tonumber(val) == 0 then return false else return default end end swdskn7svew8i9wuydn9uj5l3r2ghcs 15695 9524 2026-09-07T05:50:33Z A826 1864 ೧ revisions imported from [[:meta:Module:Yesno]] 9166 Scribunto text/plain -- Function allowing for consistent treatment of boolean-like wikitext input. -- It works similarly to the template {{yesno}}. return function (val, default) -- If your wiki uses non-ascii characters for any of "yes", "no", etc., you -- should replace "val:lower()" with "mw.ustring.lower(val)" in the -- following line. val = type(val) == 'string' and val:lower() or val if val == nil then return nil elseif val == true or val == 'yes' or val == 'y' or val == 'true' or val == 't' or val == 'on' or tonumber(val) == 1 then return true elseif val == false or val == 'no' or val == 'n' or val == 'false' or val == 'f' or val == 'off' or tonumber(val) == 0 then return false else return default end end swdskn7svew8i9wuydn9uj5l3r2ghcs 828 3168 15700 9529 2025-04-17T06:50:46Z meta>Veritas Sapientiae 0 Restored revision 25547115 by [[Special:Contributions/Billinghurst|Billinghurst]] ([[User talk:Billinghurst|talk]])([[:m:User:Xiplus/TwinkleGlobal|TwinkleGlobal]]) 15700 Scribunto text/plain require('strict') local getArgs local yesno = require('Module:Yesno') local lang = mw.language.getContentLanguage() local CONFIG_MODULE = 'Module:Message box/configuration' local DEMOSPACES = {talk = 'tmbox', image = 'imbox', file = 'imbox', category = 'cmbox', article = 'ambox', main = 'ambox'} -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Helper functions -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local function getTitleObject(...) -- Get the title object, passing the function through pcall -- in case we are over the expensive function count limit. local success, title = pcall(mw.title.new, ...) if success then return title end end local function union(t1, t2) -- Returns the union of two arrays. local vals = {} for i, v in ipairs(t1) do vals[v] = true end for i, v in ipairs(t2) do vals[v] = true end local ret = {} for k in pairs(vals) do table.insert(ret, k) end table.sort(ret) return ret end local function getArgNums(args, prefix) local nums = {} for k, v in pairs(args) do local num = mw.ustring.match(tostring(k), '^' .. prefix .. '([1-9]%d*)$') if num then table.insert(nums, tonumber(num)) end end table.sort(nums) return nums end -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Box class definition -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local MessageBox = {} MessageBox.__index = MessageBox function MessageBox.new(boxType, args, cfg) args = args or {} local obj = {} -- Set the title object and the namespace. obj.title = getTitleObject(args.page) or mw.title.getCurrentTitle() -- Set the config for our box type. obj.cfg = cfg[boxType] if not obj.cfg then local ns = obj.title.namespace -- boxType is "mbox" or invalid input if args.demospace and args.demospace ~= '' then -- implement demospace parameter of mbox local demospace = string.lower(args.demospace) if DEMOSPACES[demospace] then -- use template from DEMOSPACES obj.cfg = cfg[DEMOSPACES[demospace]] elseif string.find( demospace, 'talk' ) then -- demo as a talk page obj.cfg = cfg.tmbox else -- default to ombox obj.cfg = cfg.ombox end elseif ns == 0 then obj.cfg = cfg.ambox -- main namespace elseif ns == 6 then obj.cfg = cfg.imbox -- file namespace elseif ns == 14 then obj.cfg = cfg.cmbox -- category namespace else local nsTable = mw.site.namespaces[ns] if nsTable and nsTable.isTalk then obj.cfg = cfg.tmbox -- any talk namespace else obj.cfg = cfg.ombox -- other namespaces or invalid input end end end -- Set the arguments, and remove all blank arguments except for the ones -- listed in cfg.allowBlankParams. do local newArgs = {} for k, v in pairs(args) do if v ~= '' then newArgs[k] = v end end for i, param in ipairs(obj.cfg.allowBlankParams or {}) do newArgs[param] = args[param] end obj.args = newArgs end -- Define internal data structure. obj.categories = {} obj.classes = {} -- For lazy loading of [[Module:Category handler]]. obj.hasCategories = false return setmetatable(obj, MessageBox) end function MessageBox:addCat(ns, cat, sort) if not cat then return nil end if sort then cat = string.format('[[Category:%s|%s]]', cat, sort) else cat = string.format('[[Category:%s]]', cat) end self.hasCategories = true self.categories[ns] = self.categories[ns] or {} table.insert(self.categories[ns], cat) end function MessageBox:addClass(class) if not class then return nil end table.insert(self.classes, class) end function MessageBox:setParameters() local args = self.args local cfg = self.cfg -- Get type data. self.type = args.type local typeData = cfg.types[self.type] self.invalidTypeError = cfg.showInvalidTypeError and self.type and not typeData typeData = typeData or cfg.types[cfg.default] self.typeClass = typeData.class self.typeImage = typeData.image -- Find if the box has been wrongly substituted. self.isSubstituted = cfg.substCheck and args.subst == 'SUBST' -- Find whether we are using a small message box. self.isSmall = cfg.allowSmall and ( cfg.smallParam and args.small == cfg.smallParam or not cfg.smallParam and yesno(args.small) ) -- Add attributes, classes and styles. self.id = args.id self.name = args.name if self.name then self:addClass('box-' .. string.gsub(self.name,' ','_')) end if yesno(args.plainlinks) ~= false then self:addClass('plainlinks') end for _, class in ipairs(cfg.classes or {}) do self:addClass(class) end if self.isSmall then self:addClass(cfg.smallClass or 'mbox-small') end self:addClass(self.typeClass) self:addClass(args.class) self.style = args.style self.attrs = args.attrs -- Set text style. self.textstyle = args.textstyle -- Find if we are on the template page or not. This functionality is only -- used if useCollapsibleTextFields is set, or if both cfg.templateCategory -- and cfg.templateCategoryRequireName are set. self.useCollapsibleTextFields = cfg.useCollapsibleTextFields if self.useCollapsibleTextFields or cfg.templateCategory and cfg.templateCategoryRequireName then if self.name then local templateName = mw.ustring.match( self.name, '^[tT][eE][mM][pP][lL][aA][tT][eE][%s_]*:[%s_]*(.*)$' ) or self.name templateName = 'Template:' .. templateName self.templateTitle = getTitleObject(templateName) end self.isTemplatePage = self.templateTitle and mw.title.equals(self.title, self.templateTitle) end -- Process data for collapsible text fields. At the moment these are only -- used in {{ambox}}. if self.useCollapsibleTextFields then -- Get the self.issue value. if self.isSmall and args.smalltext then self.issue = args.smalltext else local sect if args.sect == '' then sect = 'This ' .. (cfg.sectionDefault or 'page') elseif type(args.sect) == 'string' then sect = 'This ' .. args.sect end local issue = args.issue issue = type(issue) == 'string' and issue ~= '' and issue or nil local text = args.text text = type(text) == 'string' and text or nil local issues = {} table.insert(issues, sect) table.insert(issues, issue) table.insert(issues, text) self.issue = table.concat(issues, ' ') end -- Get the self.talk value. local talk = args.talk -- Show talk links on the template page or template subpages if the talk -- parameter is blank. if talk == '' and self.templateTitle and ( mw.title.equals(self.templateTitle, self.title) or self.title:isSubpageOf(self.templateTitle) ) then talk = '#' elseif talk == '' then talk = nil end if talk then -- If the talk value is a talk page, make a link to that page. Else -- assume that it's a section heading, and make a link to the talk -- page of the current page with that section heading. local talkTitle = getTitleObject(talk) local talkArgIsTalkPage = true if not talkTitle or not talkTitle.isTalkPage then talkArgIsTalkPage = false talkTitle = getTitleObject( self.title.text, mw.site.namespaces[self.title.namespace].talk.id ) end if talkTitle and talkTitle.exists then local talkText if self.isSmall then local talkLink = talkArgIsTalkPage and talk or (talkTitle.prefixedText .. '#' .. talk) talkText = string.format('([[%s|talk]])', talkLink) else talkText = 'Relevant discussion may be found on' if talkArgIsTalkPage then talkText = string.format( '%s [[%s|%s]].', talkText, talk, talkTitle.prefixedText ) else talkText = string.format( '%s the [[%s#%s|talk page]].', talkText, talkTitle.prefixedText, talk ) end end self.talk = talkText end end -- Get other values. self.fix = args.fix ~= '' and args.fix or nil local date if args.date and args.date ~= '' then date = args.date elseif args.date == '' and self.isTemplatePage then date = lang:formatDate('F Y') end if date then self.date = string.format(" <span class='date-container'><i>(<span class='date'>%s</span>)</i></span>", date) end self.info = args.info if yesno(args.removalnotice) then self.removalNotice = cfg.removalNotice end end -- Set the non-collapsible text field. At the moment this is used by all box -- types other than ambox, and also by ambox when small=yes. if self.isSmall then self.text = args.smalltext or args.text else self.text = args.text end -- Set the below row. self.below = cfg.below and args.below -- General image settings. self.imageCellDiv = not self.isSmall and cfg.imageCellDiv self.imageEmptyCell = cfg.imageEmptyCell -- Left image settings. local imageLeft = self.isSmall and args.smallimage or args.image if cfg.imageCheckBlank and imageLeft ~= 'blank' and imageLeft ~= 'none' or not cfg.imageCheckBlank and imageLeft ~= 'none' then self.imageLeft = imageLeft if not imageLeft then local imageSize = self.isSmall and (cfg.imageSmallSize or '30x30px') or '40x40px' self.imageLeft = string.format('[[File:%s|%s|link=|alt=]]', self.typeImage or 'Information icon4.svg', imageSize) end end -- Right image settings. local imageRight = self.isSmall and args.smallimageright or args.imageright if not (cfg.imageRightNone and imageRight == 'none') then self.imageRight = imageRight end -- set templatestyles self.base_templatestyles = cfg.templatestyles self.templatestyles = args.templatestyles end function MessageBox:setMainspaceCategories() local args = self.args local cfg = self.cfg if not cfg.allowMainspaceCategories then return nil end local nums = {} for _, prefix in ipairs{'cat', 'category', 'all'} do args[prefix .. '1'] = args[prefix] nums = union(nums, getArgNums(args, prefix)) end -- The following is roughly equivalent to the old {{Ambox/category}}. local date = args.date date = type(date) == 'string' and date local preposition = 'from' for _, num in ipairs(nums) do local mainCat = args['cat' .. tostring(num)] or args['category' .. tostring(num)] local allCat = args['all' .. tostring(num)] mainCat = type(mainCat) == 'string' and mainCat allCat = type(allCat) == 'string' and allCat if mainCat and date and date ~= '' then local catTitle = string.format('%s %s %s', mainCat, preposition, date) self:addCat(0, catTitle) catTitle = getTitleObject('Category:' .. catTitle) if not catTitle or not catTitle.exists then self:addCat(0, 'Articles with invalid date parameter in template') end elseif mainCat and (not date or date == '') then self:addCat(0, mainCat) end if allCat then self:addCat(0, allCat) end end end function MessageBox:setTemplateCategories() local args = self.args local cfg = self.cfg -- Add template categories. if cfg.templateCategory then if cfg.templateCategoryRequireName then if self.isTemplatePage then self:addCat(10, cfg.templateCategory) end elseif not self.title.isSubpage then self:addCat(10, cfg.templateCategory) end end -- Add template error categories. if cfg.templateErrorCategory then local templateErrorCategory = cfg.templateErrorCategory local templateCat, templateSort if not self.name and not self.title.isSubpage then templateCat = templateErrorCategory elseif self.isTemplatePage then local paramsToCheck = cfg.templateErrorParamsToCheck or {} local count = 0 for i, param in ipairs(paramsToCheck) do if not args[param] then count = count + 1 end end if count > 0 then templateCat = templateErrorCategory templateSort = tostring(count) end if self.categoryNums and #self.categoryNums > 0 then templateCat = templateErrorCategory templateSort = 'C' end end self:addCat(10, templateCat, templateSort) end end function MessageBox:setAllNamespaceCategories() -- Set categories for all namespaces. if self.invalidTypeError then local allSort = (self.title.namespace == 0 and 'Main:' or '') .. self.title.prefixedText self:addCat('all', 'Wikipedia message box parameter needs fixing', allSort) end if self.isSubstituted then self:addCat('all', 'Pages with incorrectly substituted templates') end end function MessageBox:setCategories() if self.title.namespace == 0 then self:setMainspaceCategories() elseif self.title.namespace == 10 then self:setTemplateCategories() end self:setAllNamespaceCategories() end function MessageBox:renderCategories() if not self.hasCategories then -- No categories added, no need to pass them to Category handler so, -- if it was invoked, it would return the empty string. -- So we shortcut and return the empty string. return "" end -- Convert category tables to strings and pass them through -- [[Module:Category handler]]. return require('Module:Category handler')._main{ main = table.concat(self.categories[0] or {}), template = table.concat(self.categories[10] or {}), all = table.concat(self.categories.all or {}), nocat = self.args.nocat, page = self.args.page } end function MessageBox:export() local root = mw.html.create() -- Add the subst check error. if self.isSubstituted and self.name then root:tag('b') :addClass('error') :wikitext(string.format( 'Template <code>%s[[Template:%s|%s]]%s</code> has been incorrectly substituted.', mw.text.nowiki('{{'), self.name, self.name, mw.text.nowiki('}}') )) end local frame = mw.getCurrentFrame() root:wikitext(frame:extensionTag{ name = 'templatestyles', args = { src = self.base_templatestyles }, }) -- Add support for a single custom templatestyles sheet. Undocumented as -- need should be limited and many templates using mbox are substed; we -- don't want to spread templatestyles sheets around to arbitrary places if self.templatestyles then root:wikitext(frame:extensionTag{ name = 'templatestyles', args = { src = self.templatestyles }, }) end -- Create the box table. local boxTable = root:tag('table') boxTable:attr('id', self.id or nil) for i, class in ipairs(self.classes or {}) do boxTable:addClass(class or nil) end boxTable :cssText(self.style or nil) :attr('role', 'presentation') if self.attrs then boxTable:attr(self.attrs) end -- Add the left-hand image. local row = boxTable:tag('tr') if self.imageLeft then local imageLeftCell = row:tag('td'):addClass('mbox-image') if self.imageCellDiv then -- If we are using a div, redefine imageLeftCell so that the image -- is inside it. Divs use style="width: 52px;", which limits the -- image width to 52px. If any images in a div are wider than that, -- they may overlap with the text or cause other display problems. imageLeftCell = imageLeftCell:tag('div'):addClass('mbox-image-div') end imageLeftCell:wikitext(self.imageLeft or nil) elseif self.imageEmptyCell then -- Some message boxes define an empty cell if no image is specified, and -- some don't. The old template code in templates where empty cells are -- specified gives the following hint: "No image. Cell with some width -- or padding necessary for text cell to have 100% width." row:tag('td') :addClass('mbox-empty-cell') end -- Add the text. local textCell = row:tag('td'):addClass('mbox-text') if self.useCollapsibleTextFields then -- The message box uses advanced text parameters that allow things to be -- collapsible. At the moment, only ambox uses this. textCell:cssText(self.textstyle or nil) local textCellDiv = textCell:tag('div') textCellDiv :addClass('mbox-text-span') :wikitext(self.issue or nil) if (self.talk or self.fix) then textCellDiv:tag('span') :addClass('hide-when-compact') :wikitext(self.talk and (' ' .. self.talk) or nil) :wikitext(self.fix and (' ' .. self.fix) or nil) end textCellDiv:wikitext(self.date and (' ' .. self.date) or nil) if self.info and not self.isSmall then textCellDiv :tag('span') :addClass('hide-when-compact') :wikitext(self.info and (' ' .. self.info) or nil) end if self.removalNotice then textCellDiv:tag('span') :addClass('hide-when-compact') :tag('i') :wikitext(string.format(" (%s)", self.removalNotice)) end else -- Default text formatting - anything goes. textCell :cssText(self.textstyle or nil) :wikitext(self.text or nil) end -- Add the right-hand image. if self.imageRight then local imageRightCell = row:tag('td'):addClass('mbox-imageright') if self.imageCellDiv then -- If we are using a div, redefine imageRightCell so that the image -- is inside it. imageRightCell = imageRightCell:tag('div'):addClass('mbox-image-div') end imageRightCell :wikitext(self.imageRight or nil) end -- Add the below row. if self.below then boxTable:tag('tr') :tag('td') :attr('colspan', self.imageRight and '3' or '2') :addClass('mbox-text') :cssText(self.textstyle or nil) :wikitext(self.below or nil) end -- Add error message for invalid type parameters. if self.invalidTypeError then root:tag('div') :addClass('mbox-invalid-type') :wikitext(string.format( 'This message box is using an invalid "type=%s" parameter and needs fixing.', self.type or '' )) end -- Add categories. root:wikitext(self:renderCategories() or nil) return tostring(root) end -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Exports -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local p, mt = {}, {} function p._exportClasses() -- For testing. return { MessageBox = MessageBox } end function p.main(boxType, args, cfgTables) local box = MessageBox.new(boxType, args, cfgTables or mw.loadData(CONFIG_MODULE)) box:setParameters() box:setCategories() return box:export() end function mt.__index(t, k) return function (frame) if not getArgs then getArgs = require('Module:Arguments').getArgs end return t.main(k, getArgs(frame, {trim = false, removeBlanks = false})) end end return setmetatable(p, mt) 109haa8fa6erok27r4amq7gmehofivo 15701 15570 2026-09-07T05:50:33Z A826 1864 ೧ revisions imported from [[:meta:Module:Message_box]] 15569 Scribunto text/plain require('strict') local getArgs local yesno = require('Module:Yesno') local lang = mw.language.getContentLanguage() local CONFIG_MODULE = 'Module:Message box/configuration' local DEMOSPACES = {talk = 'tmbox', image = 'imbox', file = 'imbox', category = 'cmbox', article = 'ambox', main = 'ambox'} -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Helper functions -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local function getTitleObject(...) -- Get the title object, passing the function through pcall -- in case we are over the expensive function count limit. local success, title = pcall(mw.title.new, ...) if success then return title end end local function union(t1, t2) -- Returns the union of two arrays. local vals = {} for i, v in ipairs(t1) do vals[v] = true end for i, v in ipairs(t2) do vals[v] = true end local ret = {} for k in pairs(vals) do table.insert(ret, k) end table.sort(ret) return ret end local function getArgNums(args, prefix) local nums = {} for k, v in pairs(args) do local num = mw.ustring.match(tostring(k), '^' .. prefix .. '([1-9]%d*)$') if num then table.insert(nums, tonumber(num)) end end table.sort(nums) return nums end -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Box class definition -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local MessageBox = {} MessageBox.__index = MessageBox function MessageBox.new(boxType, args, cfg) args = args or {} local obj = {} -- Set the title object and the namespace. obj.title = getTitleObject(args.page) or mw.title.getCurrentTitle() -- Set the config for our box type. obj.cfg = cfg[boxType] if not obj.cfg then local ns = obj.title.namespace -- boxType is "mbox" or invalid input if args.demospace and args.demospace ~= '' then -- implement demospace parameter of mbox local demospace = string.lower(args.demospace) if DEMOSPACES[demospace] then -- use template from DEMOSPACES obj.cfg = cfg[DEMOSPACES[demospace]] elseif string.find( demospace, 'talk' ) then -- demo as a talk page obj.cfg = cfg.tmbox else -- default to ombox obj.cfg = cfg.ombox end elseif ns == 0 then obj.cfg = cfg.ambox -- main namespace elseif ns == 6 then obj.cfg = cfg.imbox -- file namespace elseif ns == 14 then obj.cfg = cfg.cmbox -- category namespace else local nsTable = mw.site.namespaces[ns] if nsTable and nsTable.isTalk then obj.cfg = cfg.tmbox -- any talk namespace else obj.cfg = cfg.ombox -- other namespaces or invalid input end end end -- Set the arguments, and remove all blank arguments except for the ones -- listed in cfg.allowBlankParams. do local newArgs = {} for k, v in pairs(args) do if v ~= '' then newArgs[k] = v end end for i, param in ipairs(obj.cfg.allowBlankParams or {}) do newArgs[param] = args[param] end obj.args = newArgs end -- Define internal data structure. obj.categories = {} obj.classes = {} -- For lazy loading of [[Module:Category handler]]. obj.hasCategories = false return setmetatable(obj, MessageBox) end function MessageBox:addCat(ns, cat, sort) if not cat then return nil end if sort then cat = string.format('[[Category:%s|%s]]', cat, sort) else cat = string.format('[[Category:%s]]', cat) end self.hasCategories = true self.categories[ns] = self.categories[ns] or {} table.insert(self.categories[ns], cat) end function MessageBox:addClass(class) if not class then return nil end table.insert(self.classes, class) end function MessageBox:setParameters() local args = self.args local cfg = self.cfg -- Get type data. self.type = args.type local typeData = cfg.types[self.type] self.invalidTypeError = cfg.showInvalidTypeError and self.type and not typeData typeData = typeData or cfg.types[cfg.default] self.typeClass = typeData.class self.typeImage = typeData.image self.typeImageNeedsLink = typeData.imageNeedsLink -- Find if the box has been wrongly substituted. self.isSubstituted = cfg.substCheck and args.subst == 'SUBST' -- Find whether we are using a small message box. self.isSmall = cfg.allowSmall and ( cfg.smallParam and args.small == cfg.smallParam or not cfg.smallParam and yesno(args.small) ) -- Set the below row. self.below = cfg.below and args.below -- Add attributes, classes and styles. self.id = args.id self.name = args.name if self.name then self:addClass('box-' .. string.gsub(self.name,' ','_')) end if yesno(args.plainlinks) ~= false then self:addClass('plainlinks') end if self.below then self:addClass('mbox-with-below') end for _, class in ipairs(cfg.classes or {}) do self:addClass(class) end if self.isSmall then self:addClass(cfg.smallClass or 'mbox-small') end self:addClass(self.typeClass) self:addClass(args.class) self.style = args.style self.attrs = args.attrs -- Set text style. self.textstyle = args.textstyle -- Set image classes. self.imageRightClass = args.imagerightclass or args.imageclass self.imageLeftClass = args.imageleftclass or args.imageclass -- Find if we are on the template page or not. This functionality is only -- used if useCollapsibleTextFields is set, or if both cfg.templateCategory -- and cfg.templateCategoryRequireName are set. self.useCollapsibleTextFields = cfg.useCollapsibleTextFields if self.useCollapsibleTextFields or cfg.templateCategory and cfg.templateCategoryRequireName then if self.name then local templateName = mw.ustring.match( self.name, '^[tT][eE][mM][pP][lL][aA][tT][eE][%s_]*:[%s_]*(.*)$' ) or self.name templateName = 'Template:' .. templateName self.templateTitle = getTitleObject(templateName) end self.isTemplatePage = self.templateTitle and mw.title.equals(self.title, self.templateTitle) end -- Process data for collapsible text fields. At the moment these are only -- used in {{ambox}}. if self.useCollapsibleTextFields then -- Get the self.issue value. if self.isSmall and args.smalltext then self.issue = args.smalltext else local sect if args.sect == '' then sect = 'This ' .. (cfg.sectionDefault or 'page') elseif type(args.sect) == 'string' then sect = 'This ' .. args.sect end local issue = args.issue issue = type(issue) == 'string' and issue ~= '' and issue or nil local text = args.text text = type(text) == 'string' and text or nil local issues = {} table.insert(issues, sect) table.insert(issues, issue) table.insert(issues, text) self.issue = table.concat(issues, ' ') end -- Get the self.talk value. local talk = args.talk -- Show talk links on the template page or template subpages if the talk -- parameter is blank. if talk == '' and self.templateTitle and ( mw.title.equals(self.templateTitle, self.title) or self.title:isSubpageOf(self.templateTitle) ) then talk = '#' elseif talk == '' then talk = nil end if talk then -- If the talk value is a talk page, make a link to that page. Else -- assume that it's a section heading, and make a link to the talk -- page of the current page with that section heading. local talkTitle = getTitleObject(talk) local talkArgIsTalkPage = true if not talkTitle or not talkTitle.isTalkPage then talkArgIsTalkPage = false talkTitle = getTitleObject( self.title.text, mw.site.namespaces[self.title.namespace].talk.id ) end if talkTitle and talkTitle.exists then local talkText if self.isSmall then local talkLink = talkArgIsTalkPage and talk or (talkTitle.prefixedText .. (talk == '#' and '' or '#') .. talk) talkText = string.format('([[%s|talk]])', talkLink) else talkText = 'Relevant discussion may be found on' if talkArgIsTalkPage then talkText = string.format( '%s [[%s|%s]].', talkText, talk, talkTitle.prefixedText ) else talkText = string.format( '%s the [[%s' .. (talk == '#' and '' or '#') .. '%s|talk page]].', talkText, talkTitle.prefixedText, talk ) end end self.talk = talkText end end -- Get other values. self.fix = args.fix ~= '' and args.fix or nil local date if args.date and args.date ~= '' then date = args.date elseif args.date == '' and self.isTemplatePage then date = lang:formatDate('F Y') end if date then self.date = string.format(" <span class='date-container'><i>(<span class='date'>%s</span>)</i></span>", date) end self.info = args.info if yesno(args.removalnotice) then self.removalNotice = cfg.removalNotice end end -- Set the non-collapsible text field. At the moment this is used by all box -- types other than ambox, and also by ambox when small=yes. if self.isSmall then self.text = args.smalltext or args.text else self.text = args.text end -- General image settings. self.imageCellDiv = not self.isSmall and cfg.imageCellDiv self.imageEmptyCell = cfg.imageEmptyCell -- Left image settings. local imageLeft = self.isSmall and args.smallimage or args.image if cfg.imageCheckBlank and imageLeft ~= 'blank' and imageLeft ~= 'none' or not cfg.imageCheckBlank and imageLeft ~= 'none' then self.imageLeft = imageLeft if not imageLeft then local imageSize = self.isSmall and (cfg.imageSmallSize or '30x30px') or '40x40px' self.imageLeft = string.format('[[File:%s|%s%s|alt=]]', self.typeImage or 'Information icon4.svg', imageSize, self.typeImageNeedsLink and "" or "|link=" ) end end -- Right image settings. local imageRight = self.isSmall and args.smallimageright or args.imageright if not (cfg.imageRightNone and imageRight == 'none') then self.imageRight = imageRight end -- set templatestyles self.base_templatestyles = cfg.templatestyles self.templatestyles = args.templatestyles end function MessageBox:setMainspaceCategories() local args = self.args local cfg = self.cfg if not cfg.allowMainspaceCategories then return nil end local nums = {} for _, prefix in ipairs{'cat', 'category', 'all'} do args[prefix .. '1'] = args[prefix] nums = union(nums, getArgNums(args, prefix)) end -- The following is roughly equivalent to the old {{Ambox/category}}. local date = args.date date = type(date) == 'string' and date local preposition = 'from' for _, num in ipairs(nums) do local mainCat = args['cat' .. tostring(num)] or args['category' .. tostring(num)] local allCat = args['all' .. tostring(num)] mainCat = type(mainCat) == 'string' and mainCat allCat = type(allCat) == 'string' and allCat if mainCat and date and date ~= '' then local catTitle = string.format('%s %s %s', mainCat, preposition, date) self:addCat(0, catTitle) catTitle = getTitleObject('Category:' .. catTitle) if not catTitle or not catTitle.exists then self:addCat(0, 'Articles with invalid date parameter in template') end elseif mainCat and (not date or date == '') then self:addCat(0, mainCat) end if allCat then self:addCat(0, allCat) end end end function MessageBox:setTemplateCategories() local args = self.args local cfg = self.cfg -- Add template categories. if cfg.templateCategory then if cfg.templateCategoryRequireName then if self.isTemplatePage then self:addCat(10, cfg.templateCategory) end elseif not self.title.isSubpage then self:addCat(10, cfg.templateCategory) end end -- Add template error categories. if cfg.templateErrorCategory then local templateErrorCategory = cfg.templateErrorCategory local templateCat, templateSort if not self.name and not self.title.isSubpage then templateCat = templateErrorCategory elseif self.isTemplatePage then local paramsToCheck = cfg.templateErrorParamsToCheck or {} local count = 0 for i, param in ipairs(paramsToCheck) do if not args[param] then count = count + 1 end end if count > 0 then templateCat = templateErrorCategory templateSort = tostring(count) end if self.categoryNums and #self.categoryNums > 0 then templateCat = templateErrorCategory templateSort = 'C' end end self:addCat(10, templateCat, templateSort) end end function MessageBox:setAllNamespaceCategories() -- Set categories for all namespaces. if self.invalidTypeError then local allSort = (self.title.namespace == 0 and 'Main:' or '') .. self.title.prefixedText self:addCat('all', 'Wikipedia message box parameter needs fixing', allSort) end if self.isSubstituted then self:addCat('all', 'Pages with incorrectly substituted templates') end end function MessageBox:setCategories() if self.title.namespace == 0 then self:setMainspaceCategories() elseif self.title.namespace == 10 then self:setTemplateCategories() end self:setAllNamespaceCategories() end function MessageBox:renderCategories() if not self.hasCategories then -- No categories added, no need to pass them to Category handler so, -- if it was invoked, it would return the empty string. -- So we shortcut and return the empty string. return "" end -- Convert category tables to strings and pass them through -- [[Module:Category handler]]. return require('Module:Category handler')._main{ main = table.concat(self.categories[0] or {}), template = table.concat(self.categories[10] or {}), all = table.concat(self.categories.all or {}), nocat = self.args.nocat, page = self.args.page } end function MessageBox:exportDiv() local root = mw.html.create() -- Add the subst check error. if self.isSubstituted and self.name then root:tag('b') :addClass('error') :wikitext(string.format( 'Template <code>%s[[Template:%s|%s]]%s</code> has been incorrectly substituted.', mw.text.nowiki('{{'), self.name, self.name, mw.text.nowiki('}}') )) end local frame = mw.getCurrentFrame() root:wikitext(frame:extensionTag{ name = 'templatestyles', args = { src = self.base_templatestyles }, }) -- Add support for a single custom templatestyles sheet. Undocumented as -- need should be limited and many templates using mbox are substed; we -- don't want to spread templatestyles sheets around to arbitrary places if self.templatestyles then root:wikitext(frame:extensionTag{ name = 'templatestyles', args = { src = self.templatestyles }, }) end -- Create the box. local mbox = root:tag('div') mbox:attr('id', self.id or nil) for i, class in ipairs(self.classes or {}) do mbox:addClass(class or nil) end mbox :cssText(self.style or nil) if self.attrs then mbox:attr(self.attrs) end local flex_container if self.below then -- we need to wrap the flex components (`image(right)` and `text`) in their -- own container div to support the `below` parameter flex_container = mw.html.create('div') flex_container:addClass('mbox-flex') else -- the mbox itself is the parent, so we need no HTML flex_container flex_container = mw.html.create() end -- Add the left-hand image. if self.imageLeft then local imageLeftCell = flex_container:tag('div'):addClass('mbox-image') imageLeftCell :addClass(self.imageLeftClass) :wikitext(self.imageLeft or nil) end -- Add the text. local textCell = flex_container:tag('div'):addClass('mbox-text') if self.useCollapsibleTextFields then -- The message box uses advanced text parameters that allow things to be -- collapsible. At the moment, only ambox uses this. textCell:cssText(self.textstyle or nil) local textCellDiv = textCell:tag('div') textCellDiv :addClass('mbox-text-span') :wikitext(self.issue or nil) if (self.talk or self.fix) then textCellDiv:tag('span') :addClass('hide-when-compact') :wikitext(self.talk and (' ' .. self.talk) or nil) :wikitext(self.fix and (' ' .. self.fix) or nil) end textCellDiv:wikitext(self.date and (' ' .. self.date) or nil) if self.info and not self.isSmall then textCellDiv :tag('span') :addClass('hide-when-compact') :wikitext(self.info and (' ' .. self.info) or nil) end if self.removalNotice then textCellDiv:tag('span') :addClass('hide-when-compact') :tag('i') :wikitext(string.format(" (%s)", self.removalNotice)) end else -- Default text formatting - anything goes. textCell :cssText(self.textstyle or nil) :wikitext(self.text or nil) end -- Add the right-hand image. if self.imageRight then local imageRightCell = flex_container:tag('div'):addClass('mbox-imageright') imageRightCell :addClass(self.imageRightClass) :wikitext(self.imageRight or nil) end mbox:node(flex_container) -- Add the below row. if self.below then mbox:tag('div') :addClass('mbox-text mbox-below') :cssText(self.textstyle or nil) :wikitext(self.below or nil) end -- Add error message for invalid type parameters. if self.invalidTypeError then root:tag('div') :addClass('mbox-invalid-type') :wikitext(string.format( 'This message box is using an invalid "type=%s" parameter and needs fixing.', self.type or '' )) end -- Add categories. root:wikitext(self:renderCategories() or nil) return tostring(root) end function MessageBox:export() local root = mw.html.create() -- Add the subst check error. if self.isSubstituted and self.name then root:tag('b') :addClass('error') :wikitext(string.format( 'Template <code>%s[[Template:%s|%s]]%s</code> has been incorrectly substituted.', mw.text.nowiki('{{'), self.name, self.name, mw.text.nowiki('}}') )) end local frame = mw.getCurrentFrame() root:wikitext(frame:extensionTag{ name = 'templatestyles', args = { src = self.base_templatestyles }, }) -- Add support for a single custom templatestyles sheet. Undocumented as -- need should be limited and many templates using mbox are substed; we -- don't want to spread templatestyles sheets around to arbitrary places if self.templatestyles then root:wikitext(frame:extensionTag{ name = 'templatestyles', args = { src = self.templatestyles }, }) end -- Create the box table. local boxTable = root:tag('table') boxTable:attr('id', self.id or nil) for i, class in ipairs(self.classes or {}) do boxTable:addClass(class or nil) end boxTable :cssText(self.style or nil) :attr('role', 'presentation') if self.attrs then boxTable:attr(self.attrs) end -- Add the left-hand image. local row = boxTable:tag('tr') if self.imageLeft then local imageLeftCell = row:tag('td'):addClass('mbox-image') if self.imageCellDiv then -- If we are using a div, redefine imageLeftCell so that the image -- is inside it. Divs use style="width: 52px;", which limits the -- image width to 52px. If any images in a div are wider than that, -- they may overlap with the text or cause other display problems. imageLeftCell = imageLeftCell:tag('div'):addClass('mbox-image-div') end imageLeftCell :addClass(self.imageLeftClass) :wikitext(self.imageLeft or nil) elseif self.imageEmptyCell then -- Some message boxes define an empty cell if no image is specified, and -- some don't. The old template code in templates where empty cells are -- specified gives the following hint: "No image. Cell with some width -- or padding necessary for text cell to have 100% width." row:tag('td') :addClass('mbox-empty-cell') end -- Add the text. local textCell = row:tag('td'):addClass('mbox-text') if self.useCollapsibleTextFields then -- The message box uses advanced text parameters that allow things to be -- collapsible. At the moment, only ambox uses this. textCell:cssText(self.textstyle or nil) local textCellDiv = textCell:tag('div') textCellDiv :addClass('mbox-text-span') :wikitext(self.issue or nil) if (self.talk or self.fix) then textCellDiv:tag('span') :addClass('hide-when-compact') :wikitext(self.talk and (' ' .. self.talk) or nil) :wikitext(self.fix and (' ' .. self.fix) or nil) end textCellDiv:wikitext(self.date and (' ' .. self.date) or nil) if self.info and not self.isSmall then textCellDiv :tag('span') :addClass('hide-when-compact') :wikitext(self.info and (' ' .. self.info) or nil) end if self.removalNotice then textCellDiv:tag('span') :addClass('hide-when-compact') :tag('i') :wikitext(string.format(" (%s)", self.removalNotice)) end else -- Default text formatting - anything goes. textCell :cssText(self.textstyle or nil) :wikitext(self.text or nil) end -- Add the right-hand image. if self.imageRight then local imageRightCell = row:tag('td'):addClass('mbox-imageright') if self.imageCellDiv then -- If we are using a div, redefine imageRightCell so that the image -- is inside it. imageRightCell = imageRightCell:tag('div'):addClass('mbox-image-div') end imageRightCell :addClass(self.imageRightClass) :wikitext(self.imageRight or nil) end -- Add the below row. if self.below then boxTable:tag('tr') :tag('td') :attr('colspan', self.imageRight and '3' or '2') :addClass('mbox-text') :cssText(self.textstyle or nil) :wikitext(self.below or nil) end -- Add error message for invalid type parameters. if self.invalidTypeError then root:tag('div') :addClass('mbox-invalid-type') :wikitext(string.format( 'This message box is using an invalid "type=%s" parameter and needs fixing.', self.type or '' )) end -- Add categories. root:wikitext(self:renderCategories() or nil) return tostring(root) end -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Exports -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local p, mt = {}, {} function p._exportClasses() -- For testing. return { MessageBox = MessageBox } end function p.main(boxType, args, cfgTables) local box = MessageBox.new(boxType, args, cfgTables or mw.loadData(CONFIG_MODULE)) box:setParameters() box:setCategories() -- DIV MIGRATION CONDITIONAL if box.cfg.div_structure then return box:exportDiv() end -- END DIV MIGRATION CONDITIONAL return box:export() end function mt.__index(t, k) return function (frame) if not getArgs then getArgs = require('Module:Arguments').getArgs end return t.main(k, getArgs(frame, {trim = false, removeBlanks = false})) end end return setmetatable(p, mt) ocboyo877qnpqum2b9fyiquh72vukqa 828 3169 15702 9531 2025-04-17T07:35:05Z meta>Svartava 0 Restored revision 25547114 by [[Special:Contributions/Billinghurst|Billinghurst]] ([[User talk:Billinghurst|talk]]) 15702 Scribunto text/plain -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Message box configuration -- -- -- -- This module contains configuration data for [[Module:Message box]]. -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- return { ambox = { types = { speedy = { class = 'ambox-speedy', image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg' }, delete = { class = 'ambox-delete', image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg' }, content = { class = 'ambox-content', image = 'Ambox important.svg' }, style = { class = 'ambox-style', image = 'Edit-clear.svg' }, move = { class = 'ambox-move', image = 'Merge-split-transwiki default.svg' }, protection = { class = 'ambox-protection', image = 'Semi-protection-shackle-keyhole.svg' }, notice = { class = 'ambox-notice', image = 'Information icon4.svg' } }, default = 'notice', allowBlankParams = {'talk', 'sect', 'date', 'issue', 'fix', 'subst', 'hidden'}, allowSmall = true, smallParam = 'left', smallClass = 'mbox-small-left', substCheck = true, classes = {'metadata', 'ambox'}, imageEmptyCell = true, imageCheckBlank = true, imageSmallSize = '20x20px', imageCellDiv = true, useCollapsibleTextFields = true, imageRightNone = true, sectionDefault = 'article', allowMainspaceCategories = true, templateCategory = 'Page message templates', templateCategoryRequireName = true, templateErrorCategory = 'Page message templates with missing parameters', templateErrorParamsToCheck = {'issue', 'fix', 'subst'}, removalNotice = '<small>[[:w:Help:Maintenance template removal|Learn how and when to remove this template message]]</small>', templatestyles = 'Module:Message box/ambox.css' }, cmbox = { types = { speedy = { class = 'cmbox-speedy', image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg' }, delete = { class = 'cmbox-delete', image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg' }, content = { class = 'cmbox-content', image = 'Ambox important.svg' }, style = { class = 'cmbox-style', image = 'Edit-clear.svg' }, move = { class = 'cmbox-move', image = 'Merge-split-transwiki default.svg' }, protection = { class = 'cmbox-protection', image = 'Semi-protection-shackle-keyhole.svg' }, notice = { class = 'cmbox-notice', image = 'Information icon4.svg' } }, default = 'notice', showInvalidTypeError = true, classes = {'cmbox'}, imageEmptyCell = true, templatestyles = 'Module:Message box/cmbox.css' }, fmbox = { types = { warning = { class = 'fmbox-warning', image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg' }, editnotice = { class = 'fmbox-editnotice', image = 'Information icon4.svg' }, system = { class = 'fmbox-system', image = 'Information icon4.svg' } }, default = 'system', showInvalidTypeError = true, classes = {'fmbox'}, imageEmptyCell = false, imageRightNone = false, templatestyles = 'Module:Message box/fmbox.css' }, imbox = { types = { speedy = { class = 'imbox-speedy', image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg' }, delete = { class = 'imbox-delete', image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg' }, content = { class = 'imbox-content', image = 'Ambox important.svg' }, style = { class = 'imbox-style', image = 'Edit-clear.svg' }, move = { class = 'imbox-move', image = 'Merge-split-transwiki default.svg' }, protection = { class = 'imbox-protection', image = 'Semi-protection-shackle-keyhole.svg' }, license = { class = 'imbox-license licensetpl', image = 'Imbox-license.svg' }, featured = { class = 'imbox-featured', image = 'Cscr-featured.svg' }, notice = { class = 'imbox-notice', image = 'Information icon4.svg' } }, default = 'notice', showInvalidTypeError = true, classes = {'imbox'}, imageEmptyCell = true, below = true, templateCategory = 'File message boxes', templatestyles = 'Module:Message box/imbox.css' }, ombox = { types = { speedy = { class = 'ombox-speedy', image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg' }, delete = { class = 'ombox-delete', image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg' }, content = { class = 'ombox-content', image = 'Ambox important.svg' }, style = { class = 'ombox-style', image = 'Edit-clear.svg' }, move = { class = 'ombox-move', image = 'Merge-split-transwiki default.svg' }, protection = { class = 'ombox-protection', image = 'Semi-protection-shackle-keyhole.svg' }, notice = { class = 'ombox-notice', image = 'Information icon4.svg' } }, default = 'notice', showInvalidTypeError = true, classes = {'ombox'}, allowSmall = true, imageEmptyCell = true, imageRightNone = true, templatestyles = 'Module:Message box/ombox.css' }, tmbox = { types = { speedy = { class = 'tmbox-speedy', image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg' }, delete = { class = 'tmbox-delete', image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg' }, content = { class = 'tmbox-content', image = 'Ambox important.svg' }, style = { class = 'tmbox-style', image = 'Edit-clear.svg' }, move = { class = 'tmbox-move', image = 'Merge-split-transwiki default.svg' }, protection = { class = 'tmbox-protection', image = 'Semi-protection-shackle-keyhole.svg' }, notice = { class = 'tmbox-notice', image = 'Information icon4.svg' } }, default = 'notice', showInvalidTypeError = true, classes = {'tmbox'}, allowSmall = true, imageRightNone = true, imageEmptyCell = true, templateCategory = 'Talk message boxes', templatestyles = 'Module:Message box/tmbox.css' } } k5dzoo2fasvvpbhjjjuqfcath2p0rnw 15703 15572 2026-09-07T05:50:33Z A826 1864 ೧ revisions imported from [[:meta:Module:Message_box/configuration]] 15571 Scribunto text/plain -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Message box configuration -- -- -- -- This module contains configuration data for [[Module:Message box]]. -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- return { ambox = { types = { speedy = { class = 'ambox-speedy', image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg' }, delete = { class = 'ambox-delete', image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg' }, content = { class = 'ambox-content', image = 'Ambox important.svg' }, style = { class = 'ambox-style', image = 'Edit-clear.svg' }, move = { class = 'ambox-move', image = 'Merge-split-transwiki default.svg' }, protection = { class = 'ambox-protection', image = 'Semi-protection-shackle-keyhole.svg' }, notice = { class = 'ambox-notice', image = 'Information icon4.svg' } }, default = 'notice', allowBlankParams = {'talk', 'sect', 'date', 'issue', 'fix', 'subst', 'hidden'}, allowSmall = true, smallParam = 'left', smallClass = 'mbox-small-left', substCheck = true, classes = {'metadata', 'ambox'}, imageEmptyCell = true, imageCheckBlank = true, imageSmallSize = '20x20px', imageCellDiv = true, useCollapsibleTextFields = true, imageRightNone = true, sectionDefault = 'article', allowMainspaceCategories = true, templateCategory = 'Article message templates', templateCategoryRequireName = true, templateErrorCategory = 'Article message templates with missing parameters', templateErrorParamsToCheck = {'issue', 'fix', 'subst'}, removalNotice = '<small>[[Help:Maintenance template removal|Learn how and when to remove this message]]</small>', templatestyles = 'Module:Message box/ambox.css' }, cmbox = { types = { speedy = { class = 'cmbox-speedy', image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg' }, delete = { class = 'cmbox-delete', image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg' }, content = { class = 'cmbox-content', image = 'Ambox important.svg' }, style = { class = 'cmbox-style', image = 'Edit-clear.svg' }, move = { class = 'cmbox-move', image = 'Merge-split-transwiki default.svg' }, protection = { class = 'cmbox-protection', image = 'Semi-protection-shackle-keyhole.svg' }, notice = { class = 'cmbox-notice', image = 'Information icon4.svg' } }, default = 'notice', showInvalidTypeError = true, classes = {'cmbox'}, imageEmptyCell = true, templatestyles = 'Module:Message box/cmbox.css', div_structure = true, }, fmbox = { types = { warning = { class = 'fmbox-warning', image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg' }, editnotice = { class = 'fmbox-editnotice', image = 'Information icon4.svg' }, system = { class = 'fmbox-system', image = 'Information icon4.svg' } }, default = 'system', showInvalidTypeError = true, classes = {'fmbox'}, imageEmptyCell = false, imageRightNone = false, templatestyles = 'Module:Message box/fmbox.css', div_structure = true, }, imbox = { types = { speedy = { class = 'imbox-speedy', image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg' }, delete = { class = 'imbox-delete', image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg' }, content = { class = 'imbox-content', image = 'Ambox important.svg' }, style = { class = 'imbox-style', image = 'Edit-clear.svg' }, move = { class = 'imbox-move', image = 'Merge-split-transwiki default.svg' }, protection = { class = 'imbox-protection', image = 'Semi-protection-shackle-keyhole.svg' }, license = { class = 'imbox-license licensetpl', image = 'Imbox-license.svg' }, ["license-related"] = { class = 'imbox-license', image = 'Imbox-license.svg' }, featured = { class = 'imbox-featured', image = 'Cscr-featured.svg', imageNeedsLink = true }, notice = { class = 'imbox-notice', image = 'Information icon4.svg' } }, default = 'notice', showInvalidTypeError = true, classes = {'imbox'}, imageEmptyCell = true, below = true, templateCategory = 'File message boxes', templatestyles = 'Module:Message box/imbox.css', div_structure = true, }, ombox = { types = { speedy = { class = 'ombox-speedy', image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg' }, delete = { class = 'ombox-delete', image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg' }, content = { class = 'ombox-content', image = 'Ambox important.svg' }, style = { class = 'ombox-style', image = 'Edit-clear.svg' }, move = { class = 'ombox-move', image = 'Merge-split-transwiki default.svg' }, protection = { class = 'ombox-protection', image = 'Semi-protection-shackle-keyhole.svg' }, notice = { class = 'ombox-notice', image = 'Information icon4.svg' } }, default = 'notice', showInvalidTypeError = true, classes = {'ombox'}, allowSmall = true, imageEmptyCell = true, imageRightNone = true, templatestyles = 'Module:Message box/ombox.css' }, tmbox = { types = { speedy = { class = 'tmbox-speedy', image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg' }, delete = { class = 'tmbox-delete', image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg' }, content = { class = 'tmbox-content', image = 'Ambox important.svg' }, style = { class = 'tmbox-style', image = 'Edit-clear.svg' }, move = { class = 'tmbox-move', image = 'Merge-split-transwiki default.svg' }, protection = { class = 'tmbox-protection', image = 'Semi-protection-shackle-keyhole.svg' }, notice = { class = 'tmbox-notice', image = 'Information icon4.svg' } }, default = 'notice', showInvalidTypeError = true, classes = {'tmbox'}, allowSmall = true, imageRightNone = true, imageEmptyCell = true, templateCategory = 'Talk message boxes', templatestyles = 'Module:Message box/tmbox.css' } } p36hrbxjy99m7clj64lhlint2en3bo0 828 3182 15762 9197 2024-08-28T21:50:32Z meta>Pppery 0 Update from enwiki 15762 sanitized-css text/css /* {{pp|small=y}} */ .ombox { margin: 4px 0; border-collapse: collapse; border: 1px solid #a2a9b1; /* Default "notice" gray */ background-color: var(--background-color-neutral-subtle, #f8f9fa); box-sizing: border-box; color: var(--color-base, #202122); } /* For the "small=yes" option. */ .ombox.mbox-small { font-size: 88%; line-height: 1.25em; } .ombox-speedy { border: 2px solid #b32424; /* Red */ background-color: #fee7e6; /* Pink */ } .ombox-delete { border: 2px solid #b32424; /* Red */ } .ombox-content { border: 1px solid #f28500; /* Orange */ } .ombox-style { border: 1px solid #fc3; /* Yellow */ } .ombox-move { border: 1px solid #9932cc; /* Purple */ } .ombox-protection { border: 2px solid #a2a9b1; /* Gray-gold */ } .ombox .mbox-text { border: none; /* @noflip */ padding: 0.25em 0.9em; width: 100%; } .ombox .mbox-image { border: none; /* @noflip */ padding: 2px 0 2px 0.9em; text-align: center; } .ombox .mbox-imageright { border: none; /* @noflip */ padding: 2px 0.9em 2px 0; text-align: center; } /* An empty narrow cell */ .ombox .mbox-empty-cell { border: none; padding: 0; width: 1px; } .ombox .mbox-invalid-type { text-align: center; } @media (min-width: 720px) { .ombox { margin: 4px 10%; } .ombox.mbox-small { /* @noflip */ clear: right; /* @noflip */ float: right; /* @noflip */ margin: 4px 0 4px 1em; width: 238px; } } /** T367463 */ body.skin--responsive table.ombox img { max-width: none !important; } @media screen { html.skin-theme-clientpref-night .ombox-speedy { background-color: #310402; /* Dark red, same hue/saturation as light */ } } @media screen and (prefers-color-scheme: dark) { html.skin-theme-clientpref-os .ombox-speedy { background-color: #310402; /* Dark red, same hue/saturation as light */ } } aknh3fw7498ygg9b1o85bvfqn56r48n 15763 15586 2026-09-07T05:50:38Z A826 1864 ೧ revisions imported from [[:meta:Module:Message_box/ombox.css]] 15585 sanitized-css text/css /* {{pp|small=y}} */ .ombox { margin: 4px 0; border-collapse: collapse; border: 1px solid #a2a9b1; /* Default "notice" gray */ background-color: var(--background-color-neutral-subtle, #f8f9fa); box-sizing: border-box; color: var(--color-base, #202122); } /* For the "small=yes" option. */ .ombox.mbox-small { font-size: 88%; line-height: 1.25em; } .ombox-speedy { border: 2px solid #b32424; /* Red */ background-color: #fee7e6; /* Pink */ } .ombox-delete { border: 2px solid #b32424; /* Red */ } .ombox-content { border: 1px solid #f28500; /* Orange */ } .ombox-style { border: 1px solid #fc3; /* Yellow */ } .ombox-move { border: 1px solid #9932cc; /* Purple */ } .ombox-protection { border: 2px solid #a2a9b1; /* Gray-gold */ } .ombox .mbox-text { border: none; /* @noflip */ padding: 0.25em 0.9em; width: 100%; } .ombox .mbox-image { border: none; /* @noflip */ padding: 2px 0 2px 0.9em; text-align: center; } .ombox .mbox-imageright { border: none; /* @noflip */ padding: 2px 0.9em 2px 0; text-align: center; } /* An empty narrow cell */ .ombox .mbox-empty-cell { border: none; padding: 0; width: 1px; } /* keep synced with each other type of message box as this isn't qualified */ .mbox-invalid-type { text-align: center; } @media (min-width: 720px) { .ombox { margin: 4px 10%; } .ombox.mbox-small { /* @noflip */ clear: right; /* @noflip */ float: right; /* @noflip */ margin: 4px 0 4px 1em; width: 238px; } } /** T367463 */ body.skin--responsive table.ombox img { max-width: none !important; } @media screen { html.skin-theme-clientpref-night .ombox-speedy { background-color: #310402; /* Dark red, same hue/saturation as light */ } } @media screen and (prefers-color-scheme: dark) { html.skin-theme-clientpref-os .ombox-speedy { background-color: #310402; /* Dark red, same hue/saturation as light */ } } s3kd4o8l90hza7k55c82cm0ltkd3xp2 10 3233 15732 9474 2025-04-27T19:59:32Z meta>Pppery 0 Protected "[[Template:Str left]]" ([Edit=Allow only administrators] (indefinite) [Move=Allow only administrators] (indefinite)) 15732 wikitext text/x-wiki <includeonly>{{ {{{|safesubst:}}}padleft:|{{{2|1}}}|{{{1}}}}}</includeonly><noinclude> {{documentation}} </noinclude> i87f9fd5zu12vbrsxzfd7491aopjrjn 15733 15568 2026-09-07T05:50:35Z A826 1864 ೧ revisions imported from [[:meta:Template:Str_left]] 15567 wikitext text/x-wiki <includeonly>{{safesubst:padleft:|{{{2|1}}}|{{{1}}}}}</includeonly><noinclude> {{Documentation}} <!-- Categories go on the /doc subpage. --> </noinclude> 1b6plvfixcru8aabeofs0uj4t46wwdv 828 3268 15718 15625 2026-01-08T00:27:56Z meta>Pppery 0 Undo revision [[Special:Diff/29839693|29839693]] by [[Special:Contributions/Codename Noreste|Codename Noreste]] ([[User talk:Codename Noreste|talk]]) 15718 Scribunto text/plain ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- -- Configuration for Module:Documentation -- -- Here you can set the values of the parameters and messages used in Module:Documentation to -- localise it to your wiki and your language. Unless specified otherwise, values given here -- should be string values. ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local _format = require('Module:TNT').format local function format(id) return _format('I18n/Documentation', id) end local cfg = {} -- Do not edit this line. cfg['templatestyles-scr'] = 'Module:Documentation/styles.css' ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Protection template configuration ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- cfg['protection-template'] -- The name of the template that displays the protection icon (a padlock on enwiki). cfg['protection-template'] = 'PP-template' -- cfg['protection-reason-edit'] -- The protection reason for edit-protected templates to pass to -- [[Module:Protection banner]]. cfg['protection-reason-edit'] = 'template' --[[ -- cfg['protection-template-args'] -- Any arguments to send to the protection template. This should be a Lua table. -- For example, if the protection template is "pp-template", and the wikitext template invocation -- looks like "{{pp-template|docusage=yes}}", then this table should look like "{docusage = 'yes'}". --]] cfg['protection-template-args'] = {docusage = 'yes'} --[[ ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Sandbox notice configuration -- -- On sandbox pages the module can display a template notifying users that the current page is a -- sandbox, and the location of test cases pages, etc. The module decides whether the page is a -- sandbox or not based on the value of cfg['sandbox-subpage']. The following settings configure the -- messages that the notices contains. ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- --]] -- cfg['sandbox-notice-image'] -- The image displayed in the sandbox notice. cfg['sandbox-notice-image'] = '[[Image:Edit In Sandbox Icon - Color.svg|40px|alt=|link=]]' --[[ -- cfg['sandbox-notice-pagetype-template'] -- cfg['sandbox-notice-pagetype-module'] -- cfg['sandbox-notice-pagetype-other'] -- The page type of the sandbox page. The message that is displayed depends on the current subject -- namespace. This message is used in either cfg['sandbox-notice-blurb'] or -- cfg['sandbox-notice-diff-blurb']. --]] cfg['sandbox-notice-pagetype-template'] = format('sandbox-notice-pagetype-template') cfg['sandbox-notice-pagetype-module'] = format('sandbox-notice-pagetype-module') cfg['sandbox-notice-pagetype-other'] = format('sandbox-notice-pagetype-other') --[[ -- cfg['sandbox-notice-blurb'] -- cfg['sandbox-notice-diff-blurb'] -- cfg['sandbox-notice-diff-display'] -- Either cfg['sandbox-notice-blurb'] or cfg['sandbox-notice-diff-blurb'] is the opening sentence -- of the sandbox notice. The latter has a diff link, but the former does not. $1 is the page -- type, which is either cfg['sandbox-notice-pagetype-template'], -- cfg['sandbox-notice-pagetype-module'] or cfg['sandbox-notice-pagetype-other'] depending what -- namespace we are in. $2 is a link to the main template page, and $3 is a diff link between -- the sandbox and the main template. The display value of the diff link is set by -- cfg['sandbox-notice-compare-link-display']. --]] cfg['sandbox-notice-blurb'] = format('sandbox-notice-blurb') cfg['sandbox-notice-diff-blurb'] = format('sandbox-notice-diff-blurb') cfg['sandbox-notice-compare-link-display'] = format('sandbox-notice-compare-link-display') --[[ -- cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-blurb'] -- cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-link-display'] -- cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-run-blurb'] -- cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-run-link-display'] -- cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-blurb'] is a sentence notifying the user that there is a test cases page -- corresponding to this sandbox that they can edit. $1 is a link to the test cases page. -- cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-link-display'] is the display value for that link. -- cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-run-blurb'] is a sentence notifying the user that there is a test cases page -- corresponding to this sandbox that they can edit, along with a link to run it. $1 is a link to the test -- cases page, and $2 is a link to the page to run it. -- cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-run-link-display'] is the display value for the link to run the test -- cases. --]] cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-blurb'] = format('sandbox-notice-testcases-blurb') cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-link-display'] = format('sandbox-notice-testcases-link-display') cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-run-blurb'] = format('sandbox-notice-testcases-run-blurb') cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-run-link-display'] = format('sandbox-notice-testcases-run-link-display') -- cfg['sandbox-category'] -- A category to add to all template sandboxes. cfg['sandbox-category'] = 'Template sandboxes' ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Start box configuration ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- cfg['documentation-icon-wikitext'] -- The wikitext for the icon shown at the top of the template. cfg['documentation-icon-wikitext'] = '[[File:Test Template Info-Icon - Version (2).svg|50px|link=|alt=Documentation icon]]' ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Link box (end box) configuration ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- cfg['transcluded-from-blurb'] -- Notice displayed when the docs are transcluded from another page. $1 is a wikilink to that page. cfg['transcluded-from-blurb'] = format('transcluded-from-blurb') --[[ -- cfg['create-module-doc-blurb'] -- Notice displayed in the module namespace when the documentation subpage does not exist. -- $1 is a link to create the documentation page with the preload cfg['module-preload'] and the -- display cfg['create-link-display']. --]] cfg['create-module-doc-blurb'] = format('create-module-doc-blurb') ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Experiment blurb configuration ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- --[[ -- cfg['experiment-blurb-template'] -- cfg['experiment-blurb-module'] -- The experiment blurb is the text inviting editors to experiment in sandbox and test cases pages. -- It is only shown in the template and module namespaces. With the default English settings, it -- might look like this: -- -- Editors can experiment in this template's sandbox (edit | diff) and testcases (edit) pages. -- -- In this example, "sandbox", "edit", "diff", "testcases", and "edit" would all be links. -- -- There are two versions, cfg['experiment-blurb-template'] and cfg['experiment-blurb-module'], depending -- on what namespace we are in. -- -- Parameters: -- -- $1 is a link to the sandbox page. If the sandbox exists, it is in the following format: -- -- cfg['sandbox-link-display'] (cfg['sandbox-edit-link-display'] | cfg['compare-link-display']) -- -- If the sandbox doesn't exist, it is in the format: -- -- cfg['sandbox-link-display'] (cfg['sandbox-create-link-display'] | cfg['mirror-link-display']) -- -- The link for cfg['sandbox-create-link-display'] link preloads the page with cfg['template-sandbox-preload'] -- or cfg['module-sandbox-preload'], depending on the current namespace. The link for cfg['mirror-link-display'] -- loads a default edit summary of cfg['mirror-edit-summary']. -- -- $2 is a link to the test cases page. If the test cases page exists, it is in the following format: -- -- cfg['testcases-link-display'] (cfg['testcases-edit-link-display']) -- -- If the test cases page doesn't exist, it is in the format: -- -- cfg['testcases-link-display'] (cfg['testcases-create-link-display']) -- -- If the test cases page doesn't exist, the link for cfg['testcases-create-link-display'] preloads the -- page with cfg['template-testcases-preload'] or cfg['module-testcases-preload'], depending on the current -- namespace. --]] cfg['experiment-blurb-template'] = format('experiment-blurb-template') cfg['experiment-blurb-module'] = format('experiment-blurb-module') ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Sandbox link configuration ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- cfg['sandbox-subpage'] -- The name of the template subpage typically used for sandboxes. cfg['sandbox-subpage'] = 'sandbox' -- cfg['template-sandbox-preload'] -- Preload file for template sandbox pages. cfg['template-sandbox-preload'] = 'Template:Documentation/preload-sandbox' -- cfg['module-sandbox-preload'] -- Preload file for Lua module sandbox pages. cfg['module-sandbox-preload'] = 'Template:Documentation/preload-module-sandbox' -- cfg['sandbox-link-display'] -- The text to display for "sandbox" links. cfg['sandbox-link-display'] = format('sandbox-link-display') -- cfg['sandbox-edit-link-display'] -- The text to display for sandbox "edit" links. cfg['sandbox-edit-link-display'] = format('sandbox-edit-link-display') -- cfg['sandbox-create-link-display'] -- The text to display for sandbox "create" links. cfg['sandbox-create-link-display'] = format('sandbox-create-link-display') -- cfg['compare-link-display'] -- The text to display for "compare" links. cfg['compare-link-display'] = format('compare-link-display') -- cfg['mirror-edit-summary'] -- The default edit summary to use when a user clicks the "mirror" link. $1 is a wikilink to the -- template page. cfg['mirror-edit-summary'] = 'Create sandbox version of $1' -- cfg['mirror-link-display'] -- The text to display for "mirror" links. cfg['mirror-link-display'] = format('mirror-link-display') -- cfg['mirror-link-preload'] -- The page to preload when a user clicks the "mirror" link. cfg['mirror-link-preload'] = 'Template:Documentation/mirror' ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Test cases link configuration ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- cfg['testcases-subpage'] -- The name of the template subpage typically used for test cases. cfg['testcases-subpage'] = 'testcases' -- cfg['template-testcases-preload'] -- Preload file for template test cases pages. cfg['template-testcases-preload'] = 'Template:Documentation/preload-testcases' -- cfg['module-testcases-preload'] -- Preload file for Lua module test cases pages. cfg['module-testcases-preload'] = 'Template:Documentation/preload-module-testcases' -- cfg['testcases-link-display'] -- The text to display for "testcases" links. cfg['testcases-link-display'] = format('testcases-link-display') -- cfg['testcases-edit-link-display'] -- The text to display for test cases "edit" links. cfg['testcases-edit-link-display'] = format('testcases-edit-link-display') -- cfg['testcases-create-link-display'] -- The text to display for test cases "create" links. cfg['testcases-create-link-display'] = format('testcases-create-link-display') ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Add categories blurb configuration ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- --[[ -- cfg['add-categories-blurb'] -- Text to direct users to add categories to the /doc subpage. Not used if the "content" or -- "docname fed" arguments are set, as then it is not clear where to add the categories. $1 is a -- link to the /doc subpage with a display value of cfg['doc-link-display']. --]] cfg['add-categories-blurb'] = format('add-categories-blurb') -- cfg['doc-link-display'] -- The text to display when linking to the /doc subpage. cfg['doc-link-display'] = '/doc' ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Subpages link configuration ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- --[[ -- cfg['subpages-blurb'] -- The "Subpages of this template" blurb. $1 is a link to the main template's subpages with a -- display value of cfg['subpages-link-display']. In the English version this blurb is simply -- the link followed by a period, and the link display provides the actual text. --]] cfg['subpages-blurb'] = format('subpages-blurb') --[[ -- cfg['subpages-link-display'] -- The text to display for the "subpages of this page" link. $1 is cfg['template-pagetype'], -- cfg['module-pagetype'] or cfg['default-pagetype'], depending on whether the current page is in -- the template namespace, the module namespace, or another namespace. --]] cfg['subpages-link-display'] = format('subpages-link-display') -- cfg['template-pagetype'] -- The pagetype to display for template pages. cfg['template-pagetype'] = format('template-pagetype') -- cfg['module-pagetype'] -- The pagetype to display for Lua module pages. cfg['module-pagetype'] = format('module-pagetype') -- cfg['default-pagetype'] -- The pagetype to display for pages other than templates or Lua modules. cfg['default-pagetype'] = format('default-pagetype') ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Doc link configuration ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- cfg['doc-subpage'] -- The name of the subpage typically used for documentation pages. cfg['doc-subpage'] = 'doc' -- cfg['file-docpage-preload'] -- Preload file for documentation page in the file namespace. cfg['file-docpage-preload'] = 'Template:Documentation/preload-filespace' -- cfg['docpage-preload'] -- Preload file for template documentation pages in all namespaces. cfg['docpage-preload'] = 'Template:Documentation/preload' -- cfg['module-preload'] -- Preload file for Lua module documentation pages. cfg['module-preload'] = 'Template:Documentation/preload-module-doc' ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Print version configuration ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- cfg['print-subpage'] -- The name of the template subpage used for print versions. cfg['print-subpage'] = 'Print' -- cfg['print-link-display'] -- The text to display when linking to the /Print subpage. cfg['print-link-display'] = '/Print' -- cfg['print-blurb'] -- Text to display if a /Print subpage exists. $1 is a link to the subpage with a display value of cfg['print-link-display']. cfg['print-blurb'] = format('print-blurb') -- cfg['display-print-category'] -- Set to true to enable output of cfg['print-category'] if a /Print subpage exists. -- This should be a boolean value (either true or false). cfg['display-print-category'] = true -- cfg['print-category'] -- Category to output if cfg['display-print-category'] is set to true, and a /Print subpage exists. cfg['print-category'] = 'Templates with print versions' ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- HTML and CSS configuration ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- cfg['main-div-id'] -- The "id" attribute of the main HTML "div" tag. cfg['main-div-id'] = 'template-documentation' -- cfg['main-div-classes'] -- The CSS classes added to the main HTML "div" tag. cfg['main-div-class'] = 'ts-doc-doc' cfg['header-div-class'] = 'ts-doc-header' cfg['heading-div-class'] = 'ts-doc-heading' cfg['content-div-class'] = 'ts-doc-content' cfg['footer-div-class'] = 'ts-doc-footer plainlinks' cfg['sandbox-class'] = 'ts-doc-sandbox' -- cfg['start-box-linkclasses'] -- The CSS classes used for the [view][edit][history] or [create] links in the start box. cfg['start-box-linkclasses'] = 'ts-tlinks-tlinks mw-editsection-like plainlinks' -- cfg['start-box-link-id'] -- The HTML "id" attribute for the links in the start box. cfg['start-box-link-id'] = 'doc_editlinks' ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Tracking category configuration ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- cfg['display-strange-usage-category'] -- Set to true to enable output of cfg['strange-usage-category'] if the module is used on a /doc subpage -- or a /testcases subpage. This should be a boolean value (either true or false). cfg['display-strange-usage-category'] = true -- cfg['strange-usage-category'] -- Category to output if cfg['display-strange-usage-category'] is set to true and the module is used on a -- /doc subpage or a /testcases subpage. cfg['strange-usage-category'] = 'Pages with strange documentation template usage' --[[ ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- End configuration -- -- Don't edit anything below this line. ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- --]] return cfg 4y5z3gavhdf825owkcodrvz7z8wpxbe 15719 15626 2026-09-07T05:50:34Z A826 1864 ೧ revisions imported from [[:meta:Module:Documentation/config]] 15625 Scribunto text/plain ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- -- Configuration for Module:Documentation -- -- Here you can set the values of the parameters and messages used in Module:Documentation to -- localise it to your wiki and your language. Unless specified otherwise, values given here -- should be string values. ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local cfg = {} -- Do not edit this line. ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Protection template configuration ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- cfg['protection-reason-edit'] -- The protection reason for edit-protected templates to pass to -- [[Module:Protection banner]]. cfg['protection-reason-edit'] = 'template' --[[ ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Sandbox notice configuration -- -- On sandbox pages the module can display a template notifying users that the current page is a -- sandbox, and the location of test cases pages, etc. The module decides whether the page is a -- sandbox or not based on the value of cfg['sandbox-subpage']. The following settings configure the -- messages that the notices contains. ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- --]] -- cfg['sandbox-notice-image'] -- The image displayed in the sandbox notice. cfg['sandbox-notice-image'] = '[[File:Edit In Sandbox Icon - Color.svg|50px|alt=|link=]]' --[[ -- cfg['sandbox-notice-pagetype-template'] -- cfg['sandbox-notice-pagetype-module'] -- cfg['sandbox-notice-pagetype-other'] -- The page type of the sandbox page. The message that is displayed depends on the current subject -- namespace. This message is used in either cfg['sandbox-notice-blurb'] or -- cfg['sandbox-notice-diff-blurb']. --]] cfg['sandbox-notice-pagetype-template'] = '[[Wikipedia:Template test cases|template sandbox]] page' cfg['sandbox-notice-pagetype-module'] = '[[Wikipedia:Template test cases|module sandbox]] page' cfg['sandbox-notice-pagetype-other'] = 'sandbox page' --[[ -- cfg['sandbox-notice-blurb'] -- cfg['sandbox-notice-diff-blurb'] -- cfg['sandbox-notice-diff-display'] -- Either cfg['sandbox-notice-blurb'] or cfg['sandbox-notice-diff-blurb'] is the opening sentence -- of the sandbox notice. The latter has a diff link, but the former does not. $1 is the page -- type, which is either cfg['sandbox-notice-pagetype-template'], -- cfg['sandbox-notice-pagetype-module'] or cfg['sandbox-notice-pagetype-other'] depending what -- namespace we are in. $2 is a link to the main template page, and $3 is a diff link between -- the sandbox and the main template. The display value of the diff link is set by -- cfg['sandbox-notice-compare-link-display']. --]] cfg['sandbox-notice-blurb'] = 'This is the $1 for $2.' cfg['sandbox-notice-diff-blurb'] = 'This is the $1 for $2 ($3).' cfg['sandbox-notice-compare-link-display'] = 'diff' --[[ -- cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-blurb'] -- cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-link-display'] -- cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-run-blurb'] -- cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-run-link-display'] -- cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-blurb'] is a sentence notifying the user that there is a test cases page -- corresponding to this sandbox that they can edit. $1 is a link to the test cases page. -- cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-link-display'] is the display value for that link. -- cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-run-blurb'] is a sentence notifying the user that there is a test cases page -- corresponding to this sandbox that they can edit, along with a link to run it. $1 is a link to the test -- cases page, and $2 is a link to the page to run it. -- cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-run-link-display'] is the display value for the link to run the test -- cases. --]] cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-blurb'] = 'See also the companion subpage for $1.' cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-link-display'] = 'test cases' cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-run-blurb'] = 'See also the companion subpage for $1 ($2).' cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-run-link-display'] = 'run' -- cfg['sandbox-category'] - A category to add to all template sandboxes. -- cfg['module-sandbox-category'] - A category to add to all module sandboxes. -- cfg['module-sandbox-category'] - A category to add to all sandboxe not in templates or modules. cfg['sandbox-category'] = 'Template sandboxes' cfg['module-sandbox-category'] = 'Module sandboxes' cfg['other-sandbox-category'] = 'Sandboxes outside of template or module namespace' ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Start box configuration ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- cfg['documentation-icon-wikitext'] -- The wikitext for the icon shown at the top of the template. cfg['documentation-icon-wikitext'] = '[[File:Test Template Info-Icon - Version (2).svg|50px|link=|alt=]]' -- cfg['template-namespace-heading'] -- The heading shown in the template namespace. cfg['template-namespace-heading'] = 'Template documentation' -- cfg['module-namespace-heading'] -- The heading shown in the module namespace. cfg['module-namespace-heading'] = 'Module documentation' -- cfg['file-namespace-heading'] -- The heading shown in the file namespace. cfg['file-namespace-heading'] = 'Summary' -- cfg['other-namespaces-heading'] -- The heading shown in other namespaces. cfg['other-namespaces-heading'] = 'Documentation' -- cfg['view-link-display'] -- The text to display for "view" links. cfg['view-link-display'] = 'view' -- cfg['edit-link-display'] -- The text to display for "edit" links. cfg['edit-link-display'] = 'edit' -- cfg['history-link-display'] -- The text to display for "history" links. cfg['history-link-display'] = 'history' -- cfg['purge-link-display'] -- The text to display for "purge" links. cfg['purge-link-display'] = 'purge' -- cfg['create-link-display'] -- The text to display for "create" links. cfg['create-link-display'] = 'create' ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Link box (end box) configuration ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- cfg['transcluded-from-blurb'] -- Notice displayed when the docs are transcluded from another page. $1 is a wikilink to that page. cfg['transcluded-from-blurb'] = 'The above [[Wikipedia:Template documentation|documentation]] is [[Help:Transclusion|transcluded]] from $1.' --[[ -- cfg['create-module-doc-blurb'] -- Notice displayed in the module namespace when the documentation subpage does not exist. -- $1 is a link to create the documentation page with the preload cfg['module-preload'] and the -- display cfg['create-link-display']. --]] cfg['create-module-doc-blurb'] = 'You might want to $1 a documentation page for this [[Wikipedia:Lua|Scribunto module]].' ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Experiment blurb configuration ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- --[[ -- cfg['experiment-blurb-template'] -- cfg['experiment-blurb-module'] -- The experiment blurb is the text inviting editors to experiment in sandbox and test cases pages. -- It is only shown in the template and module namespaces. With the default English settings, it -- might look like this: -- -- Editors can experiment in this template's sandbox (edit | diff) and testcases (edit) pages. -- -- In this example, "sandbox", "edit", "diff", "testcases", and "edit" would all be links. -- -- There are two versions, cfg['experiment-blurb-template'] and cfg['experiment-blurb-module'], depending -- on what namespace we are in. -- -- Parameters: -- -- $1 is a link to the sandbox page. If the sandbox exists, it is in the following format: -- -- cfg['sandbox-link-display'] (cfg['sandbox-edit-link-display'] | cfg['compare-link-display']) -- -- If the sandbox doesn't exist, it is in the format: -- -- cfg['sandbox-link-display'] (cfg['sandbox-create-link-display'] | cfg['mirror-link-display']) -- -- The link for cfg['sandbox-create-link-display'] link preloads the page with cfg['template-sandbox-preload'] -- or cfg['module-sandbox-preload'], depending on the current namespace. The link for cfg['mirror-link-display'] -- loads a default edit summary of cfg['mirror-edit-summary']. -- -- $2 is a link to the test cases page. If the test cases page exists, it is in the following format: -- -- cfg['testcases-link-display'] (cfg['testcases-edit-link-display'] | cfg['testcases-run-link-display']) -- -- If the test cases page doesn't exist, it is in the format: -- -- cfg['testcases-link-display'] (cfg['testcases-create-link-display']) -- -- If the test cases page doesn't exist, the link for cfg['testcases-create-link-display'] preloads the -- page with cfg['template-testcases-preload'] or cfg['module-testcases-preload'], depending on the current -- namespace. --]] cfg['experiment-blurb-template'] = "Editors can experiment in this template's $1 and $2 pages." cfg['experiment-blurb-module'] = "Editors can experiment in this module's $1 and $2 pages." ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Sandbox link configuration ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- cfg['sandbox-subpage'] -- The name of the template subpage typically used for sandboxes. cfg['sandbox-subpage'] = 'sandbox' -- cfg['template-sandbox-preload'] -- Preload file for template sandbox pages. cfg['template-sandbox-preload'] = 'Template:Documentation/preload-sandbox' -- cfg['module-sandbox-preload'] -- Preload file for Lua module sandbox pages. cfg['module-sandbox-preload'] = 'Template:Documentation/preload-module-sandbox' -- cfg['sandbox-link-display'] -- The text to display for "sandbox" links. cfg['sandbox-link-display'] = 'sandbox' -- cfg['sandbox-edit-link-display'] -- The text to display for sandbox "edit" links. cfg['sandbox-edit-link-display'] = 'edit' -- cfg['sandbox-create-link-display'] -- The text to display for sandbox "create" links. cfg['sandbox-create-link-display'] = 'create' -- cfg['compare-link-display'] -- The text to display for "compare" links. cfg['compare-link-display'] = 'diff' -- cfg['mirror-edit-summary'] -- The default edit summary to use when a user clicks the "mirror" link. $1 is a wikilink to the -- template page. cfg['mirror-edit-summary'] = 'Create sandbox version of $1' -- cfg['mirror-link-display'] -- The text to display for "mirror" links. cfg['mirror-link-display'] = 'mirror' -- cfg['mirror-link-preload'] -- The page to preload when a user clicks the "mirror" link. cfg['mirror-link-preload'] = 'Template:Documentation/mirror' ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Test cases link configuration ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- cfg['testcases-subpage'] -- The name of the template subpage typically used for test cases. cfg['testcases-subpage'] = 'testcases' -- cfg['template-testcases-preload'] -- Preload file for template test cases pages. cfg['template-testcases-preload'] = 'Template:Documentation/preload-testcases' -- cfg['module-testcases-preload'] -- Preload file for Lua module test cases pages. cfg['module-testcases-preload'] = 'Template:Documentation/preload-module-testcases' -- cfg['testcases-link-display'] -- The text to display for "testcases" links. cfg['testcases-link-display'] = 'testcases' -- cfg['testcases-edit-link-display'] -- The text to display for test cases "edit" links. cfg['testcases-edit-link-display'] = 'edit' -- cfg['testcases-run-link-display'] -- The text to display for test cases "run" links. cfg['testcases-run-link-display'] = 'run' -- cfg['testcases-create-link-display'] -- The text to display for test cases "create" links. cfg['testcases-create-link-display'] = 'create' ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Add categories blurb configuration ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- --[[ -- cfg['add-categories-blurb'] -- Text to direct users to add categories to the /doc subpage. Not used if the "content" or -- "docname fed" arguments are set, as then it is not clear where to add the categories. $1 is a -- link to the /doc subpage with a display value of cfg['doc-link-display']. --]] cfg['add-categories-blurb'] = 'Add categories to the $1 subpage.' -- cfg['doc-link-display'] -- The text to display when linking to the /doc subpage. cfg['doc-link-display'] = '/doc' ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Subpages link configuration ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- --[[ -- cfg['subpages-blurb'] -- The "Subpages of this template" blurb. $1 is a link to the main template's subpages with a -- display value of cfg['subpages-link-display']. In the English version this blurb is simply -- the link followed by a period, and the link display provides the actual text. --]] cfg['subpages-blurb'] = '$1.' --[[ -- cfg['subpages-link-display'] -- The text to display for the "subpages of this page" link. $1 is cfg['template-pagetype'], -- cfg['module-pagetype'] or cfg['default-pagetype'], depending on whether the current page is in -- the template namespace, the module namespace, or another namespace. --]] cfg['subpages-link-display'] = 'Subpages of this $1' -- cfg['template-pagetype'] -- The pagetype to display for template pages. cfg['template-pagetype'] = 'template' -- cfg['module-pagetype'] -- The pagetype to display for Lua module pages. cfg['module-pagetype'] = 'module' -- cfg['default-pagetype'] -- The pagetype to display for pages other than templates or Lua modules. cfg['default-pagetype'] = 'page' ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Doc link configuration ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- cfg['doc-subpage'] -- The name of the subpage typically used for documentation pages. cfg['doc-subpage'] = 'doc' -- cfg['docpage-preload'] -- Preload file for template documentation pages in all namespaces. cfg['docpage-preload'] = 'Template:Documentation/preload' -- cfg['module-preload'] -- Preload file for Lua module documentation pages. cfg['module-preload'] = 'Template:Documentation/preload-module-doc' ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- HTML and CSS configuration ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- cfg['templatestyles'] -- The name of the TemplateStyles page where CSS is kept. -- Sandbox CSS will be at Module:Documentation/sandbox/styles.css when needed. cfg['templatestyles'] = 'Module:Documentation/styles.css' -- cfg['container'] -- Class which can be used to set flex or grid CSS on the -- two child divs documentation and documentation-metadata cfg['container'] = 'documentation-container' -- cfg['main-div-classes'] -- Classes added to the main HTML "div" tag. cfg['main-div-classes'] = 'documentation' -- cfg['main-div-heading-class'] -- Class for the main heading for templates and modules and assoc. talk spaces cfg['main-div-heading-class'] = 'documentation-heading' -- cfg['start-box-class'] -- Class for the start box cfg['start-box-class'] = 'documentation-startbox' -- cfg['start-box-link-classes'] -- Classes used for the [view][edit][history] or [create] links in the start box. -- mw-editsection-like is per [[Wikipedia:Village pump (technical)/Archive 117]] cfg['start-box-link-classes'] = 'mw-editsection-like plainlinks' -- cfg['end-box-class'] -- Class for the end box. cfg['end-box-class'] = 'documentation-metadata' -- cfg['end-box-plainlinks'] -- Plainlinks cfg['end-box-plainlinks'] = 'plainlinks' -- cfg['toolbar-class'] -- Class added for toolbar links. cfg['toolbar-class'] = 'documentation-toolbar' -- cfg['clear'] -- Just used to clear things. cfg['clear'] = 'documentation-clear' ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Tracking category configuration ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- cfg['display-strange-usage-category'] -- Set to true to enable output of cfg['strange-usage-category'] if the module is used on a /doc subpage -- or a /testcases subpage. This should be a boolean value (either true or false). cfg['display-strange-usage-category'] = true -- cfg['strange-usage-category'] -- Category to output if cfg['display-strange-usage-category'] is set to true and the module is used on a -- /doc subpage or a /testcases subpage. cfg['strange-usage-category'] = 'Wikipedia pages with strange ((documentation)) usage' --[[ ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- End configuration -- -- Don't edit anything below this line. ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- --]] return cfg 2z4v6f5nkabra0nulgb7sxch1cktfsn 828 3269 15726 15627 2026-08-13T14:01:15Z meta>NguoiDungKhongDinhDanh 0 Synchronize from [[Special:Permalink/30916679|Module:Documentation/sandbox/styles.css]] per [[Special:Permalink/30916693#Protected edit request on 12 August 2026|request]] 15726 sanitized-css text/css /* {{PP-template}} */ .ts-doc-sandbox .mbox-image { padding:.75em 0 .75em .75em; } .ts-doc-doc { clear: both; background-color: #ecfcf4; border: 1px solid #a2a9b1; margin-top: 1em; padding: 5px; } .ts-doc-header { padding-bottom: 3px; border-bottom: 1px solid #a2a9b1; margin-bottom: 1ex; } .ts-doc-header .ts-tlinks-tlinks { display: inline-block; line-height: 24px; margin-left: 1em; } /* add padding for themes that don't add brackets (see [[en:Special:Diff/1360085358]]) */ body.skin-minerva .ts-doc-header .ts-tlinks-tlinks a, body.skin-timeless .ts-doc-header .ts-tlinks-tlinks a { display: inline-block; margin-left: 0.3em; margin-right: 0.3em; } .ts-doc-header .ts-tlinks-tlinks a.external { color: #0645ad; } .ts-doc-header .ts-tlinks-tlinks a.external:visited { color: #0b0080; } .ts-doc-header .ts-tlinks-tlinks a.external:active { color: #faa700; } .ts-doc-content:after { content: ''; clear: both; display: block; } .ts-doc-heading { display: inline-block; padding-left: 55px; background: center left/50px no-repeat; /* [[File:Test Template Info-Icon - Version (2).svg]] */ /* The first background-image is for browser webs not supporting SVG files, but must be [[mw:Common thumbnail sizes]]. */ background-image: url(https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/thumb/4/43/Test_Template_Info-Icon_-_Version_%282%29.svg/60px-Test_Template_Info-Icon_-_Version_%282%29.svg.png); background-image: url(https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/4/43/Test_Template_Info-Icon_-_Version_%282%29.svg); font-size: 1.5em; } .ts-doc-content > *:first-child, .ts-doc-footer > *:first-child { margin-top: .5em; } .ts-doc-content > *:last-child, .ts-doc-footer > *:last-child { margin-bottom: .5em; } .ts-doc-footer { background-color: #ecfcf4; border: 1px solid #a2a9b1; padding: .25em 1em; margin-top: .2em; font-style: italic; } .ts-doc-footer small { font-style: normal; } .ts-doc-sandbox { clear: both; } @media screen { html.skin-theme-clientpref-night .ts-doc-footer, html.skin-theme-clientpref-night .ts-doc-doc { background-color: #0b1e1c; } } @media screen and (prefers-color-scheme: dark) { html.skin-theme-clientpref-os .ts-doc-footer, html.skin-theme-clientpref-os .ts-doc-doc { background-color: #0b1e1c; } } /* fix headers in dark mode */ .ts-doc-content .mw-headline { color:inherit; } .mw-templatedata-caption, .mw-templatedata-format { color:inherit; } /* fix icon for templatedata params (inline/block) in dark mode */ .mw-templatedata-doc-params .oo-ui-widget { filter: unset !important; } l7iryhyrk6tklftxpxlgdw705vog71y 15727 15628 2026-09-07T05:50:35Z A826 1864 ೧ revisions imported from [[:meta:Module:Documentation/styles.css]] 15627 sanitized-css text/css /* {{pp|small=yes}} */ .documentation, .documentation-metadata { border: 1px solid var( --border-color-base, #a2a9b1 ); background-color: #ecfcf4; color:inherit; clear: both; } .documentation { margin: 1em 0 0 0; padding: 1em; } .documentation-metadata { margin: 0.2em 0; /* same margin left-right as .documentation */ font-style: italic; padding: 0.4em 1em; /* same padding left-right as .documentation */ } .documentation-startbox { padding-bottom: 3px; border-bottom: 1px solid var( --border-color-base, #a2a9b1 ); margin-bottom: 1ex; } .documentation-heading { font-weight: bold; font-size: 125%; } body.skin-minerva .documentation-startbox .mw-editsection-like a, body.skin-timeless .documentation-startbox .mw-editsection-like a { display: inline-block; margin-left: 0.3em; margin-right: 0.3em; } .documentation-clear { /* Don't want things to stick out where they shouldn't. */ clear: both; } .documentation-toolbar { font-style: normal; font-size: 85%; } @media screen { html.skin-theme-clientpref-night .documentation, html.skin-theme-clientpref-night .documentation-metadata { background-color: #0b1e1c; } } @media screen and ( prefers-color-scheme: dark ) { html.skin-theme-clientpref-os .documentation, html.skin-theme-clientpref-os .documentation-metadata { background-color: #0b1e1c; } } ohekqp4ao232tow40gho8bknn5qdpvd 828 3307 15698 9747 2025-04-27T20:05:10Z meta>Pppery 0 Protected "[[Module:TableTools]]" ([Edit=Allow only administrators] (indefinite) [Move=Allow only administrators] (indefinite)) 15698 Scribunto text/plain --[[ ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- TableTools -- -- -- -- This module includes a number of functions for dealing with Lua tables. -- -- It is a meta-module, meant to be called from other Lua modules, and should -- -- not be called directly from #invoke. -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ --]] local libraryUtil = require('libraryUtil') local p = {} -- Define often-used variables and functions. local floor = math.floor local infinity = math.huge local checkType = libraryUtil.checkType local checkTypeMulti = libraryUtil.checkTypeMulti --[[ ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- isPositiveInteger -- -- This function returns true if the given value is a positive integer, and false -- if not. Although it doesn't operate on tables, it is included here as it is -- useful for determining whether a given table key is in the array part or the -- hash part of a table. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ --]] function p.isPositiveInteger(v) if type(v) == 'number' and v >= 1 and floor(v) == v and v < infinity then return true else return false end end --[[ ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- isNan -- -- This function returns true if the given number is a NaN value, and false -- if not. Although it doesn't operate on tables, it is included here as it is -- useful for determining whether a value can be a valid table key. Lua will -- generate an error if a NaN is used as a table key. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ --]] function p.isNan(v) if type(v) == 'number' and tostring(v) == '-nan' then return true else return false end end --[[ ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- shallowClone -- -- This returns a clone of a table. The value returned is a new table, but all -- subtables and functions are shared. Metamethods are respected, but the returned -- table will have no metatable of its own. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ --]] function p.shallowClone(t) local ret = {} for k, v in pairs(t) do ret[k] = v end return ret end --[[ ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- removeDuplicates -- -- This removes duplicate values from an array. Non-positive-integer keys are -- ignored. The earliest value is kept, and all subsequent duplicate values are -- removed, but otherwise the array order is unchanged. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ --]] function p.removeDuplicates(t) checkType('removeDuplicates', 1, t, 'table') local isNan = p.isNan local ret, exists = {}, {} for i, v in ipairs(t) do if isNan(v) then -- NaNs can't be table keys, and they are also unique, so we don't need to check existence. ret[#ret + 1] = v else if not exists[v] then ret[#ret + 1] = v exists[v] = true end end end return ret end --[[ ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- numKeys -- -- This takes a table and returns an array containing the numbers of any numerical -- keys that have non-nil values, sorted in numerical order. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ --]] function p.numKeys(t) checkType('numKeys', 1, t, 'table') local isPositiveInteger = p.isPositiveInteger local nums = {} for k, v in pairs(t) do if isPositiveInteger(k) then nums[#nums + 1] = k end end table.sort(nums) return nums end --[[ ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- affixNums -- -- This takes a table and returns an array containing the numbers of keys with the -- specified prefix and suffix. For example, for the table -- {a1 = 'foo', a3 = 'bar', a6 = 'baz'} and the prefix "a", affixNums will -- return {1, 3, 6}. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ --]] function p.affixNums(t, prefix, suffix) checkType('affixNums', 1, t, 'table') checkType('affixNums', 2, prefix, 'string', true) checkType('affixNums', 3, suffix, 'string', true) local function cleanPattern(s) -- Cleans a pattern so that the magic characters ()%.[]*+-?^$ are interpreted literally. s = s:gsub('([%(%)%%%.%[%]%*%+%-%?%^%$])', '%%%1') return s end prefix = prefix or '' suffix = suffix or '' prefix = cleanPattern(prefix) suffix = cleanPattern(suffix) local pattern = '^' .. prefix .. '([1-9]%d*)' .. suffix .. '$' local nums = {} for k, v in pairs(t) do if type(k) == 'string' then local num = mw.ustring.match(k, pattern) if num then nums[#nums + 1] = tonumber(num) end end end table.sort(nums) return nums end --[[ ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- numData -- -- Given a table with keys like ("foo1", "bar1", "foo2", "baz2"), returns a table -- of subtables in the format -- { [1] = {foo = 'text', bar = 'text'}, [2] = {foo = 'text', baz = 'text'} } -- Keys that don't end with an integer are stored in a subtable named "other". -- The compress option compresses the table so that it can be iterated over with -- ipairs. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ --]] function p.numData(t, compress) checkType('numData', 1, t, 'table') checkType('numData', 2, compress, 'boolean', true) local ret = {} for k, v in pairs(t) do local prefix, num = mw.ustring.match(tostring(k), '^([^0-9]*)([1-9][0-9]*)$') if num then num = tonumber(num) local subtable = ret[num] or {} if prefix == '' then -- Positional parameters match the blank string; put them at the start of the subtable instead. prefix = 1 end subtable[prefix] = v ret[num] = subtable else local subtable = ret.other or {} subtable[k] = v ret.other = subtable end end if compress then local other = ret.other ret = p.compressSparseArray(ret) ret.other = other end return ret end --[[ ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- compressSparseArray -- -- This takes an array with one or more nil values, and removes the nil values -- while preserving the order, so that the array can be safely traversed with -- ipairs. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ --]] function p.compressSparseArray(t) checkType('compressSparseArray', 1, t, 'table') local ret = {} local nums = p.numKeys(t) for _, num in ipairs(nums) do ret[#ret + 1] = t[num] end return ret end --[[ ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- sparseIpairs -- -- This is an iterator for sparse arrays. It can be used like ipairs, but can -- handle nil values. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ --]] function p.sparseIpairs(t) checkType('sparseIpairs', 1, t, 'table') local nums = p.numKeys(t) local i = 0 local lim = #nums return function () i = i + 1 if i <= lim then local key = nums[i] return key, t[key] else return nil, nil end end end --[[ ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- size -- -- This returns the size of a key/value pair table. It will also work on arrays, -- but for arrays it is more efficient to use the # operator. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ --]] function p.size(t) checkType('size', 1, t, 'table') local i = 0 for k in pairs(t) do i = i + 1 end return i end local function defaultKeySort(item1, item2) -- "number" < "string", so numbers will be sorted before strings. local type1, type2 = type(item1), type(item2) if type1 ~= type2 then return type1 < type2 else -- This will fail with table, boolean, function. return item1 < item2 end end --[[ Returns a list of the keys in a table, sorted using either a default comparison function or a custom keySort function. ]] function p.keysToList(t, keySort, checked) if not checked then checkType('keysToList', 1, t, 'table') checkTypeMulti('keysToList', 2, keySort, { 'function', 'boolean', 'nil' }) end local list = {} local index = 1 for key, value in pairs(t) do list[index] = key index = index + 1 end if keySort ~= false then keySort = type(keySort) == 'function' and keySort or defaultKeySort table.sort(list, keySort) end return list end --[[ Iterates through a table, with the keys sorted using the keysToList function. If there are only numerical keys, sparseIpairs is probably more efficient. ]] function p.sortedPairs(t, keySort) checkType('sortedPairs', 1, t, 'table') checkType('sortedPairs', 2, keySort, 'function', true) local list = p.keysToList(t, keySort, true) local i = 0 return function() i = i + 1 local key = list[i] if key ~= nil then return key, t[key] else return nil, nil end end end --[[ Returns true if all keys in the table are consecutive integers starting at 1. --]] function p.isArray(t) checkType("isArray", 1, t, "table") local i = 0 for k, v in pairs(t) do i = i + 1 if t[i] == nil then return false end end return true end -- { "a", "b", "c" } -> { a = 1, b = 2, c = 3 } function p.invert(array) checkType("invert", 1, array, "table") local map = {} for i, v in ipairs(array) do map[v] = i end return map end --[[ { "a", "b", "c" } -> { ["a"] = true, ["b"] = true, ["c"] = true } --]] function p.listToSet(t) checkType("listToSet", 1, t, "table") local set = {} for _, item in ipairs(t) do set[item] = true end return set end --[[ Recursive deep copy function. Preserves identities of subtables. ]] local function _deepCopy(orig, includeMetatable, already_seen) -- Stores copies of tables indexed by the original table. already_seen = already_seen or {} local copy = already_seen[orig] if copy ~= nil then return copy end if type(orig) == 'table' then copy = {} for orig_key, orig_value in pairs(orig) do copy[deepcopy(orig_key, includeMetatable, already_seen)] = deepcopy(orig_value, includeMetatable, already_seen) end already_seen[orig] = copy if includeMetatable then local mt = getmetatable(orig) if mt ~= nil then local mt_copy = deepcopy(mt, includeMetatable, already_seen) setmetatable(copy, mt_copy) already_seen[mt] = mt_copy end end else -- number, string, boolean, etc copy = orig end return copy end function p.deepCopy(orig, noMetatable, already_seen) checkType("deepCopy", 3, already_seen, "table", true) return _deepCopy(orig, not noMetatable, already_seen) end --[[ Concatenates all values in the table that are indexed by a number, in order. sparseConcat{ a, nil, c, d } => "acd" sparseConcat{ nil, b, c, d } => "bcd" ]] function p.sparseConcat(t, sep, i, j) local list = {} local list_i = 0 for _, v in p.sparseIpairs(t) do list_i = list_i + 1 list[list_i] = v end return table.concat(list, sep, i, j) end --[[ -- This returns the length of a table, or the first integer key n counting from -- 1 such that t[n + 1] is nil. It is similar to the operator #, but may return -- a different value when there are gaps in the array portion of the table. -- Intended to be used on data loaded with mw.loadData. For other tables, use #. -- Note: #frame.args in frame object always be set to 0, regardless of -- the number of unnamed template parameters, so use this function for -- frame.args. --]] function p.length(t) local i = 1 while t[i] ~= nil do i = i + 1 end return i - 1 end function p.inArray(arr, valueToFind) checkType("inArray", 1, arr, "table") -- if valueToFind is nil, error? for _, v in ipairs(arr) do if v == valueToFind then return true end end return false end return p tqif0qe0lu98pj8cuq70kgi6evye5t3 15699 10538 2026-09-07T05:50:33Z A826 1864 ೧ revisions imported from [[:meta:Module:TableTools]] 9747 Scribunto text/plain ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- TableTools -- -- -- -- This module includes a number of functions for dealing with Lua tables. -- -- It is a meta-module, meant to be called from other Lua modules, and should not -- -- be called directly from #invoke. -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ local libraryUtil = require('libraryUtil') local p = {} -- Define often-used variables and functions. local floor = math.floor local infinity = math.huge local checkType = libraryUtil.checkType local checkTypeMulti = libraryUtil.checkTypeMulti ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- isPositiveInteger -- -- This function returns true if the given value is a positive integer, and false -- if not. Although it doesn't operate on tables, it is included here as it is -- useful for determining whether a given table key is in the array part or the -- hash part of a table. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ function p.isPositiveInteger(v) return type(v) == 'number' and v >= 1 and floor(v) == v and v < infinity end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- isNan -- -- This function returns true if the given number is a NaN value, and false if -- not. Although it doesn't operate on tables, it is included here as it is useful -- for determining whether a value can be a valid table key. Lua will generate an -- error if a NaN is used as a table key. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ function p.isNan(v) return type(v) == 'number' and v ~= v end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- shallowClone -- -- This returns a clone of a table. The value returned is a new table, but all -- subtables and functions are shared. Metamethods are respected, but the returned -- table will have no metatable of its own. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ function p.shallowClone(t) checkType('shallowClone', 1, t, 'table') local ret = {} for k, v in pairs(t) do ret[k] = v end return ret end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- removeDuplicates -- -- This removes duplicate values from an array. Non-positive-integer keys are -- ignored. The earliest value is kept, and all subsequent duplicate values are -- removed, but otherwise the array order is unchanged. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ function p.removeDuplicates(arr) checkType('removeDuplicates', 1, arr, 'table') local isNan = p.isNan local ret, exists = {}, {} for _, v in ipairs(arr) do if isNan(v) then -- NaNs can't be table keys, and they are also unique, so we don't need to check existence. ret[#ret + 1] = v elseif not exists[v] then ret[#ret + 1] = v exists[v] = true end end return ret end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- numKeys -- -- This takes a table and returns an array containing the numbers of any numerical -- keys that have non-nil values, sorted in numerical order. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ function p.numKeys(t) checkType('numKeys', 1, t, 'table') local isPositiveInteger = p.isPositiveInteger local nums = {} for k in pairs(t) do if isPositiveInteger(k) then nums[#nums + 1] = k end end table.sort(nums) return nums end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- affixNums -- -- This takes a table and returns an array containing the numbers of keys with the -- specified prefix and suffix. For example, for the table -- {a1 = 'foo', a3 = 'bar', a6 = 'baz'} and the prefix "a", affixNums will return -- {1, 3, 6}. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ function p.affixNums(t, prefix, suffix) checkType('affixNums', 1, t, 'table') checkType('affixNums', 2, prefix, 'string', true) checkType('affixNums', 3, suffix, 'string', true) local function cleanPattern(s) -- Cleans a pattern so that the magic characters ()%.[]*+-?^$ are interpreted literally. return s:gsub('([%(%)%%%.%[%]%*%+%-%?%^%$])', '%%%1') end prefix = prefix or '' suffix = suffix or '' prefix = cleanPattern(prefix) suffix = cleanPattern(suffix) local pattern = '^' .. prefix .. '([1-9]%d*)' .. suffix .. '$' local nums = {} for k in pairs(t) do if type(k) == 'string' then local num = mw.ustring.match(k, pattern) if num then nums[#nums + 1] = tonumber(num) end end end table.sort(nums) return nums end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- numData -- -- Given a table with keys like {"foo1", "bar1", "foo2", "baz2"}, returns a table -- of subtables in the format -- {[1] = {foo = 'text', bar = 'text'}, [2] = {foo = 'text', baz = 'text'}}. -- Keys that don't end with an integer are stored in a subtable named "other". The -- compress option compresses the table so that it can be iterated over with -- ipairs. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ function p.numData(t, compress) checkType('numData', 1, t, 'table') checkType('numData', 2, compress, 'boolean', true) local ret = {} for k, v in pairs(t) do local prefix, num = mw.ustring.match(tostring(k), '^([^0-9]*)([1-9][0-9]*)$') if num then num = tonumber(num) local subtable = ret[num] or {} if prefix == '' then -- Positional parameters match the blank string; put them at the start of the subtable instead. prefix = 1 end subtable[prefix] = v ret[num] = subtable else local subtable = ret.other or {} subtable[k] = v ret.other = subtable end end if compress then local other = ret.other ret = p.compressSparseArray(ret) ret.other = other end return ret end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- compressSparseArray -- -- This takes an array with one or more nil values, and removes the nil values -- while preserving the order, so that the array can be safely traversed with -- ipairs. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ function p.compressSparseArray(t) checkType('compressSparseArray', 1, t, 'table') local ret = {} local nums = p.numKeys(t) for _, num in ipairs(nums) do ret[#ret + 1] = t[num] end return ret end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- sparseIpairs -- -- This is an iterator for sparse arrays. It can be used like ipairs, but can -- handle nil values. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ function p.sparseIpairs(t) checkType('sparseIpairs', 1, t, 'table') local nums = p.numKeys(t) local i = 0 local lim = #nums return function () i = i + 1 if i <= lim then local key = nums[i] return key, t[key] else return nil, nil end end end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- size -- -- This returns the size of a key/value pair table. It will also work on arrays, -- but for arrays it is more efficient to use the # operator. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ function p.size(t) checkType('size', 1, t, 'table') local i = 0 for _ in pairs(t) do i = i + 1 end return i end local function defaultKeySort(item1, item2) -- "number" < "string", so numbers will be sorted before strings. local type1, type2 = type(item1), type(item2) if type1 ~= type2 then return type1 < type2 elseif type1 == 'table' or type1 == 'boolean' or type1 == 'function' then return tostring(item1) < tostring(item2) else return item1 < item2 end end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- keysToList -- -- Returns an array of the keys in a table, sorted using either a default -- comparison function or a custom keySort function. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ function p.keysToList(t, keySort, checked) if not checked then checkType('keysToList', 1, t, 'table') checkTypeMulti('keysToList', 2, keySort, {'function', 'boolean', 'nil'}) end local arr = {} local index = 1 for k in pairs(t) do arr[index] = k index = index + 1 end if keySort ~= false then keySort = type(keySort) == 'function' and keySort or defaultKeySort table.sort(arr, keySort) end return arr end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- sortedPairs -- -- Iterates through a table, with the keys sorted using the keysToList function. -- If there are only numerical keys, sparseIpairs is probably more efficient. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ function p.sortedPairs(t, keySort) checkType('sortedPairs', 1, t, 'table') checkType('sortedPairs', 2, keySort, 'function', true) local arr = p.keysToList(t, keySort, true) local i = 0 return function () i = i + 1 local key = arr[i] if key ~= nil then return key, t[key] else return nil, nil end end end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- isArray -- -- Returns true if the given value is a table and all keys are consecutive -- integers starting at 1. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ function p.isArray(v) if type(v) ~= 'table' then return false end local i = 0 for _ in pairs(v) do i = i + 1 if v[i] == nil then return false end end return true end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- isArrayLike -- -- Returns true if the given value is iterable and all keys are consecutive -- integers starting at 1. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ function p.isArrayLike(v) if not pcall(pairs, v) then return false end local i = 0 for _ in pairs(v) do i = i + 1 if v[i] == nil then return false end end return true end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- invert -- -- Transposes the keys and values in an array. For example, {"a", "b", "c"} -> -- {a = 1, b = 2, c = 3}. Duplicates are not supported (result values refer to -- the index of the last duplicate) and NaN values are ignored. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ function p.invert(arr) checkType("invert", 1, arr, "table") local isNan = p.isNan local map = {} for i, v in ipairs(arr) do if not isNan(v) then map[v] = i end end return map end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- listToSet -- -- Creates a set from the array part of the table. Indexing the set by any of the -- values of the array returns true. For example, {"a", "b", "c"} -> -- {a = true, b = true, c = true}. NaN values are ignored as Lua considers them -- never equal to any value (including other NaNs or even themselves). ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ function p.listToSet(arr) checkType("listToSet", 1, arr, "table") local isNan = p.isNan local set = {} for _, v in ipairs(arr) do if not isNan(v) then set[v] = true end end return set end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- deepCopy -- -- Recursive deep copy function. Preserves identities of subtables. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ local function _deepCopy(orig, includeMetatable, already_seen) if type(orig) ~= "table" then return orig end -- already_seen stores copies of tables indexed by the original table. local copy = already_seen[orig] if copy ~= nil then return copy end copy = {} already_seen[orig] = copy -- memoize before any recursion, to avoid infinite loops for orig_key, orig_value in pairs(orig) do copy[_deepCopy(orig_key, includeMetatable, already_seen)] = _deepCopy(orig_value, includeMetatable, already_seen) end if includeMetatable then local mt = getmetatable(orig) if mt ~= nil then setmetatable(copy, _deepCopy(mt, true, already_seen)) end end return copy end function p.deepCopy(orig, noMetatable, already_seen) checkType("deepCopy", 3, already_seen, "table", true) return _deepCopy(orig, not noMetatable, already_seen or {}) end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- sparseConcat -- -- Concatenates all values in the table that are indexed by a number, in order. -- sparseConcat{a, nil, c, d} => "acd" -- sparseConcat{nil, b, c, d} => "bcd" ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ function p.sparseConcat(t, sep, i, j) local arr = {} local arr_i = 0 for _, v in p.sparseIpairs(t) do arr_i = arr_i + 1 arr[arr_i] = v end return table.concat(arr, sep, i, j) end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- length -- -- Finds the length of an array, or of a quasi-array with keys such as "data1", -- "data2", etc., using an exponential search algorithm. It is similar to the -- operator #, but may return a different value when there are gaps in the array -- portion of the table. Intended to be used on data loaded with mw.loadData. For -- other tables, use #. -- Note: #frame.args in frame object always be set to 0, regardless of the number -- of unnamed template parameters, so use this function for frame.args. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ function p.length(t, prefix) -- requiring module inline so that [[Module:Exponential search]] which is -- only needed by this one function doesn't get millions of transclusions local expSearch = require("Module:Exponential search") checkType('length', 1, t, 'table') checkType('length', 2, prefix, 'string', true) return expSearch(function (i) local key if prefix then key = prefix .. tostring(i) else key = i end return t[key] ~= nil end) or 0 end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- inArray -- -- Returns true if searchElement is a member of the array, and false otherwise. -- Equivalent to JavaScript array.includes(searchElement) or -- array.includes(searchElement, fromIndex), except fromIndex is 1 indexed ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ function p.inArray(array, searchElement, fromIndex) checkType("inArray", 1, array, "table") -- if searchElement is nil, error? fromIndex = tonumber(fromIndex) if fromIndex then if (fromIndex < 0) then fromIndex = #array + fromIndex + 1 end if fromIndex < 1 then fromIndex = 1 end for _, v in ipairs({unpack(array, fromIndex)}) do if v == searchElement then return true end end else for _, v in pairs(array) do if v == searchElement then return true end end end return false end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- merge -- -- Given the arrays, returns an array containing the elements of each input array -- in sequence. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ function p.merge(...) local arrays = {...} local ret = {} for i, arr in ipairs(arrays) do checkType('merge', i, arr, 'table') for _, v in ipairs(arr) do ret[#ret + 1] = v end end return ret end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- extend -- -- Extends the first array in place by appending all elements from the second -- array. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ function p.extend(arr1, arr2) checkType('extend', 1, arr1, 'table') checkType('extend', 2, arr2, 'table') for _, v in ipairs(arr2) do arr1[#arr1 + 1] = v end end return p 4n03zk6kcoeg4gz82mieeh94c1szcjy 828 3328 15720 9797 2025-04-27T18:50:27Z meta>Pppery 0 Protected "[[Module:TNT]]" ([Edit=Allow only administrators] (indefinite) [Move=Allow only administrators] (indefinite)) 9797 Scribunto text/plain -- -- INTRO: (!!! DO NOT RENAME THIS PAGE !!!) -- This module allows any template or module to be copy/pasted between -- wikis without any translation changes. All translation text is stored -- in the global Data:*.tab pages on Commons, and used everywhere. -- -- SEE: https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Multilingual_Templates_and_Modules -- -- ATTENTION: -- Please do NOT rename this module - it has to be identical on all wikis. -- This code is maintained at https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Module:TNT -- Please do not modify it anywhere else, as it may get copied and override your changes. -- Suggestions can be made at https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Module_talk:TNT -- -- DESCRIPTION: -- The "msg" function uses a Commons dataset to translate a message -- with a given key (e.g. source-table), plus optional arguments -- to the wiki markup in the current content language. -- Use lang=xx to set language. Example: -- -- {{#invoke:TNT | msg -- | I18n/Template:Graphs.tab <!-- https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/Data:I18n/Template:Graphs.tab --> -- | source-table <!-- uses a translation message with id = "source-table" --> -- | param1 }} <!-- optional parameter --> -- -- -- The "doc" function will generate the <templatedata> parameter documentation for templates. -- This way all template parameters can be stored and localized in a single Commons dataset. -- NOTE: "doc" assumes that all documentation is located in Data:Templatedata/* on Commons. -- -- {{#invoke:TNT | doc | Graph:Lines }} -- uses https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/Data:Templatedata/Graph:Lines.tab -- if the current page is Template:Graph:Lines/doc -- local p = {} local i18nDataset = 'I18n/Module:TNT.tab' -- Forward declaration of the local functions local sanitizeDataset, loadData, link, formatMessage function p.msg(frame) local dataset, id local params = {} local lang = nil for k, v in pairs(frame.args) do if k == 1 then dataset = mw.text.trim(v) elseif k == 2 then id = mw.text.trim(v) elseif type(k) == 'number' then params[k - 2] = mw.text.trim(v) elseif k == 'lang' and v ~= '_' then lang = mw.text.trim(v) end end return formatMessage(dataset, id, params, lang) end -- Identical to p.msg() above, but used from other lua modules -- Parameters: name of dataset, message key, optional arguments -- Example with 2 params: format('I18n/Module:TNT', 'error_bad_msgkey', 'my-key', 'my-dataset') function p.format(dataset, key, ...) local checkType = require('libraryUtil').checkType checkType('format', 1, dataset, 'string') checkType('format', 2, key, 'string') return formatMessage(dataset, key, {...}) end -- Identical to p.msg() above, but used from other lua modules with the language param -- Parameters: language code, name of dataset, message key, optional arguments -- Example with 2 params: formatInLanguage('es', I18n/Module:TNT', 'error_bad_msgkey', 'my-key', 'my-dataset') function p.formatInLanguage(lang, dataset, key, ...) local checkType = require('libraryUtil').checkType checkType('formatInLanguage', 1, lang, 'string') checkType('formatInLanguage', 2, dataset, 'string') checkType('formatInLanguage', 3, key, 'string') return formatMessage(dataset, key, {...}, lang) end -- Obsolete function that adds a 'c:' prefix to the first param. -- "Sandbox/Sample.tab" -> 'c:Data:Sandbox/Sample.tab' function p.link(frame) return link(frame.args[1]) end function p.doc(frame) local dataset = 'Templatedata/' .. sanitizeDataset(frame.args[1]) return frame:extensionTag('templatedata', p.getTemplateData(dataset)) .. formatMessage(i18nDataset, 'edit_doc', {link(dataset)}) end function p.getTemplateData(dataset) -- TODO: add '_' parameter once lua starts reindexing properly for "all" languages local data = loadData(dataset) local names = {} for _, field in ipairs(data.schema.fields) do table.insert(names, field.name) end local numOnly = true local params = {} local paramOrder = {} for _, row in ipairs(data.data) do local newVal = {} local name = nil for pos, columnName in ipairs(names) do if columnName == 'name' then name = row[pos] else newVal[columnName] = row[pos] end end if name then if ( (type(name) ~= "number") and ( (type(name) ~= "string") or not string.match(name, "^%d+$") ) ) then numOnly = false end params[name] = newVal table.insert(paramOrder, name) end end -- Work around json encoding treating {"1":{...}} as an [{...}] if numOnly then params['zzz123']='' end local json = mw.text.jsonEncode({ params=params, paramOrder=paramOrder, description=data.description, }) if numOnly then json = string.gsub(json,'"zzz123":"",?', "") end return json end -- Local functions sanitizeDataset = function(dataset) if not dataset then return nil end dataset = mw.text.trim(dataset) if dataset == '' then return nil elseif string.sub(dataset,-4) ~= '.tab' then return dataset .. '.tab' else return dataset end end loadData = function(dataset, lang) dataset = sanitizeDataset(dataset) if not dataset then error(formatMessage(i18nDataset, 'error_no_dataset', {})) end -- Give helpful error to thirdparties who try and copy this module. if not mw.ext or not mw.ext.data or not mw.ext.data.get then error(string.format([['''Missing JsonConfig extension, or not properly configured; Cannot load https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/Data:%s. See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Extension:JsonConfig#Supporting_Wikimedia_templates''']], dataset)) end local data = mw.ext.data.get(dataset, lang) if data == false then if dataset == i18nDataset then -- Prevent cyclical calls error('Missing Commons dataset ' .. i18nDataset) else error(formatMessage(i18nDataset, 'error_bad_dataset', {link(dataset)})) end end return data end -- Given a dataset name, convert it to a title with the 'commons:data:' prefix link = function(dataset) return 'c:Data:' .. mw.text.trim(dataset or '') end formatMessage = function(dataset, key, params, lang) for _, row in pairs(loadData(dataset, lang).data) do local id, msg = unpack(row) if id == key then local result = mw.message.newRawMessage(msg, unpack(params or {})) return result:plain() end end if dataset == i18nDataset then -- Prevent cyclical calls error('Invalid message key "' .. key .. '"') else error(formatMessage(i18nDataset, 'error_bad_msgkey', {key, link(dataset)})) end end return p r7hn49mbqg5sfa9i7l9l3ts62h7gy7u 15721 9798 2026-09-07T05:50:34Z A826 1864 ೧ revisions imported from [[:meta:Module:TNT]] 9797 Scribunto text/plain -- -- INTRO: (!!! DO NOT RENAME THIS PAGE !!!) -- This module allows any template or module to be copy/pasted between -- wikis without any translation changes. All translation text is stored -- in the global Data:*.tab pages on Commons, and used everywhere. -- -- SEE: https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Multilingual_Templates_and_Modules -- -- ATTENTION: -- Please do NOT rename this module - it has to be identical on all wikis. -- This code is maintained at https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Module:TNT -- Please do not modify it anywhere else, as it may get copied and override your changes. -- Suggestions can be made at https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Module_talk:TNT -- -- DESCRIPTION: -- The "msg" function uses a Commons dataset to translate a message -- with a given key (e.g. source-table), plus optional arguments -- to the wiki markup in the current content language. -- Use lang=xx to set language. Example: -- -- {{#invoke:TNT | msg -- | I18n/Template:Graphs.tab <!-- https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/Data:I18n/Template:Graphs.tab --> -- | source-table <!-- uses a translation message with id = "source-table" --> -- | param1 }} <!-- optional parameter --> -- -- -- The "doc" function will generate the <templatedata> parameter documentation for templates. -- This way all template parameters can be stored and localized in a single Commons dataset. -- NOTE: "doc" assumes that all documentation is located in Data:Templatedata/* on Commons. -- -- {{#invoke:TNT | doc | Graph:Lines }} -- uses https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/Data:Templatedata/Graph:Lines.tab -- if the current page is Template:Graph:Lines/doc -- local p = {} local i18nDataset = 'I18n/Module:TNT.tab' -- Forward declaration of the local functions local sanitizeDataset, loadData, link, formatMessage function p.msg(frame) local dataset, id local params = {} local lang = nil for k, v in pairs(frame.args) do if k == 1 then dataset = mw.text.trim(v) elseif k == 2 then id = mw.text.trim(v) elseif type(k) == 'number' then params[k - 2] = mw.text.trim(v) elseif k == 'lang' and v ~= '_' then lang = mw.text.trim(v) end end return formatMessage(dataset, id, params, lang) end -- Identical to p.msg() above, but used from other lua modules -- Parameters: name of dataset, message key, optional arguments -- Example with 2 params: format('I18n/Module:TNT', 'error_bad_msgkey', 'my-key', 'my-dataset') function p.format(dataset, key, ...) local checkType = require('libraryUtil').checkType checkType('format', 1, dataset, 'string') checkType('format', 2, key, 'string') return formatMessage(dataset, key, {...}) end -- Identical to p.msg() above, but used from other lua modules with the language param -- Parameters: language code, name of dataset, message key, optional arguments -- Example with 2 params: formatInLanguage('es', I18n/Module:TNT', 'error_bad_msgkey', 'my-key', 'my-dataset') function p.formatInLanguage(lang, dataset, key, ...) local checkType = require('libraryUtil').checkType checkType('formatInLanguage', 1, lang, 'string') checkType('formatInLanguage', 2, dataset, 'string') checkType('formatInLanguage', 3, key, 'string') return formatMessage(dataset, key, {...}, lang) end -- Obsolete function that adds a 'c:' prefix to the first param. -- "Sandbox/Sample.tab" -> 'c:Data:Sandbox/Sample.tab' function p.link(frame) return link(frame.args[1]) end function p.doc(frame) local dataset = 'Templatedata/' .. sanitizeDataset(frame.args[1]) return frame:extensionTag('templatedata', p.getTemplateData(dataset)) .. formatMessage(i18nDataset, 'edit_doc', {link(dataset)}) end function p.getTemplateData(dataset) -- TODO: add '_' parameter once lua starts reindexing properly for "all" languages local data = loadData(dataset) local names = {} for _, field in ipairs(data.schema.fields) do table.insert(names, field.name) end local numOnly = true local params = {} local paramOrder = {} for _, row in ipairs(data.data) do local newVal = {} local name = nil for pos, columnName in ipairs(names) do if columnName == 'name' then name = row[pos] else newVal[columnName] = row[pos] end end if name then if ( (type(name) ~= "number") and ( (type(name) ~= "string") or not string.match(name, "^%d+$") ) ) then numOnly = false end params[name] = newVal table.insert(paramOrder, name) end end -- Work around json encoding treating {"1":{...}} as an [{...}] if numOnly then params['zzz123']='' end local json = mw.text.jsonEncode({ params=params, paramOrder=paramOrder, description=data.description, }) if numOnly then json = string.gsub(json,'"zzz123":"",?', "") end return json end -- Local functions sanitizeDataset = function(dataset) if not dataset then return nil end dataset = mw.text.trim(dataset) if dataset == '' then return nil elseif string.sub(dataset,-4) ~= '.tab' then return dataset .. '.tab' else return dataset end end loadData = function(dataset, lang) dataset = sanitizeDataset(dataset) if not dataset then error(formatMessage(i18nDataset, 'error_no_dataset', {})) end -- Give helpful error to thirdparties who try and copy this module. if not mw.ext or not mw.ext.data or not mw.ext.data.get then error(string.format([['''Missing JsonConfig extension, or not properly configured; Cannot load https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/Data:%s. See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Extension:JsonConfig#Supporting_Wikimedia_templates''']], dataset)) end local data = mw.ext.data.get(dataset, lang) if data == false then if dataset == i18nDataset then -- Prevent cyclical calls error('Missing Commons dataset ' .. i18nDataset) else error(formatMessage(i18nDataset, 'error_bad_dataset', {link(dataset)})) end end return data end -- Given a dataset name, convert it to a title with the 'commons:data:' prefix link = function(dataset) return 'c:Data:' .. mw.text.trim(dataset or '') end formatMessage = function(dataset, key, params, lang) for _, row in pairs(loadData(dataset, lang).data) do local id, msg = unpack(row) if id == key then local result = mw.message.newRawMessage(msg, unpack(params or {})) return result:plain() end end if dataset == i18nDataset then -- Prevent cyclical calls error('Invalid message key "' .. key .. '"') else error(formatMessage(i18nDataset, 'error_bad_msgkey', {key, link(dataset)})) end end return p r7hn49mbqg5sfa9i7l9l3ts62h7gy7u 828 3540 15724 13655 2022-01-01T18:01:23Z meta>MusikBot II 0 Changed protection settings for "[[Module:Check for unknown parameters]]": High-risk template or module ([[User:MusikBot II/TemplateProtector|more info]]) ([Edit=Allow only administrators] (indefinite) [Move=Allow only administrators] (indefinite)) 15724 Scribunto text/plain -- This module may be used to compare the arguments passed to the parent -- with a list of arguments, returning a specified result if an argument is -- not on the list local p = {} local function trim(s) return s:match('^%s*(.-)%s*$') end local function isnotempty(s) return s and s:match('%S') end local function clean(text) -- Return text cleaned for display and truncated if too long. -- Strip markers are replaced with dummy text representing the original wikitext. local pos, truncated local function truncate(text) if truncated then return '' end if mw.ustring.len(text) > 25 then truncated = true text = mw.ustring.sub(text, 1, 25) .. '...' end return mw.text.nowiki(text) end local parts = {} for before, tag, remainder in text:gmatch('([^\127]*)\127[^\127]*%-(%l+)%-[^\127]*\127()') do pos = remainder table.insert(parts, truncate(before) .. '&lt;' .. tag .. '&gt;...&lt;/' .. tag .. '&gt;') end table.insert(parts, truncate(text:sub(pos or 1))) return table.concat(parts) end function p._check(args, pargs) if type(args) ~= "table" or type(pargs) ~= "table" then -- TODO: error handling return end -- create the list of known args, regular expressions, and the return string local knownargs = {} local regexps = {} for k, v in pairs(args) do if type(k) == 'number' then v = trim(v) knownargs[v] = 1 elseif k:find('^regexp[1-9][0-9]*$') then table.insert(regexps, '^' .. v .. '$') end end -- loop over the parent args, and make sure they are on the list local ignoreblank = isnotempty(args['ignoreblank']) local showblankpos = isnotempty(args['showblankpositional']) local values = {} for k, v in pairs(pargs) do if type(k) == 'string' and knownargs[k] == nil then local knownflag = false for _, regexp in ipairs(regexps) do if mw.ustring.match(k, regexp) then knownflag = true break end end if not knownflag and ( not ignoreblank or isnotempty(v) ) then table.insert(values, clean(k)) end elseif type(k) == 'number' and knownargs[tostring(k)] == nil and ( showblankpos or isnotempty(v) ) then table.insert(values, k .. ' = ' .. clean(v)) end end -- add results to the output tables local res = {} if #values > 0 then local unknown_text = args['unknown'] or 'Found _VALUE_, ' if mw.getCurrentFrame():preprocess( "{{REVISIONID}}" ) == "" then local preview_text = args['preview'] if isnotempty(preview_text) then preview_text = require('Module:If preview')._warning({preview_text}) elseif preview == nil then preview_text = unknown_text end unknown_text = preview_text end for _, v in pairs(values) do -- Fix odd bug for | = which gets stripped to the empty string and -- breaks category links if v == '' then v = ' ' end -- avoid error with v = 'example%2' ("invalid capture index") local r = unknown_text:gsub('_VALUE_', {_VALUE_ = v}) table.insert(res, r) end end return table.concat(res) end function p.check(frame) local args = frame.args local pargs = frame:getParent().args return p._check(args, pargs) end return p 6e3cz07yurudsa5um7bq4jcfyxhamf4 15725 13659 2026-09-07T05:50:35Z A826 1864 ೧ revisions imported from [[:meta:Module:Check_for_unknown_parameters]] 10503 Scribunto text/plain -- This module may be used to compare the arguments passed to the parent -- with a list of arguments, returning a specified result if an argument is -- not on the list require ('strict'); local p = {} local function trim(s) return s:match('^%s*(.-)%s*$') end local function isnotempty(s) return s and s:match('%S') end local function clean(text) -- Return text cleaned for display and truncated if too long. -- Strip markers are replaced with dummy text representing the original wikitext. local pos, truncated local function truncate(text) if truncated then return '' end if mw.ustring.len(text) > 25 then truncated = true text = mw.ustring.sub(text, 1, 25) .. '...' end return mw.text.nowiki(text) end local parts = {} for before, tag, remainder in text:gmatch('([^\127]*)\127[^\127]*%-(%l+)%-[^\127]*\127()') do pos = remainder table.insert(parts, truncate(before) .. '&lt;' .. tag .. '&gt;...&lt;/' .. tag .. '&gt;') end table.insert(parts, truncate(text:sub(pos or 1))) return table.concat(parts) end function p._check(args, pargs) if type(args) ~= "table" or type(pargs) ~= "table" then -- TODO: error handling return end -- create the list of known args, regular expressions, and the return string local knownargs = {} local regexps = {} for k, v in pairs(args) do if type(k) == 'number' then v = trim(v) knownargs[v] = 1 elseif k:find('^regexp[1-9][0-9]*$') then table.insert(regexps, '^' .. v .. '$') end end -- loop over the parent args, and make sure they are on the list local ignoreblank = isnotempty(args['ignoreblank']) local showblankpos = isnotempty(args['showblankpositional']) local values = {} for k, v in pairs(pargs) do if type(k) == 'string' and knownargs[k] == nil then local knownflag = false for _, regexp in ipairs(regexps) do if mw.ustring.match(k, regexp) then knownflag = true break end end if not knownflag and ( not ignoreblank or isnotempty(v) ) then table.insert(values, clean(k)) end elseif type(k) == 'number' and knownargs[tostring(k)] == nil then local knownflag = false for _, regexp in ipairs(regexps) do if mw.ustring.match(tostring(k), regexp) then knownflag = true break end end if not knownflag and ( showblankpos or isnotempty(v) ) then table.insert(values, k .. ' = ' .. clean(v)) end end end -- add results to the output tables local res = {} if #values > 0 then local unknown_text = args['unknown'] or 'Found _VALUE_, ' if mw.getCurrentFrame():preprocess( "{{REVISIONID}}" ) == "" then local preview_text = args['preview'] if isnotempty(preview_text) then preview_text = require('Module:If preview')._warning({preview_text}) elseif preview_text == nil then preview_text = unknown_text end unknown_text = preview_text end for _, v in pairs(values) do -- Fix odd bug for | = which gets stripped to the empty string and -- breaks category links if v == '' then v = ' ' end -- avoid error with v = 'example%2' ("invalid capture index") local r = unknown_text:gsub('_VALUE_', {_VALUE_ = v}) table.insert(res, r) end end return table.concat(res) end function p.check(frame) local args = frame.args local pargs = frame:getParent().args return p._check(args, pargs) end return p duq9iab2i1yitd2f8nw1por2veybp89 10 3542 15706 10507 2025-03-30T18:08:16Z meta>MusikBot II 0 Changed protection settings for "[[Template:Template other]]": High-risk template or module ([[User:MusikBot II/TemplateProtector|more info]]) ([Edit=Allow only administrators] (indefinite) [Move=Allow only administrators] (indefinite)) 10507 wikitext text/x-wiki {{#switch: <!--If no or empty "demospace" parameter then detect namespace--> {{#if:{{{demospace|}}} | {{lc: {{{demospace}}} }} <!--Use lower case "demospace"--> | {{#ifeq:{{NAMESPACE}}|{{ns:Template}} | template | other }} }} | template = {{{1|}}} | other | #default = {{{2|}}} }}<!--End switch--><noinclude> {{documentation}} <!-- Add categories and interwikis to the /doc subpage, not here! --> </noinclude> 0tcssjmltwl7y5v3f5wj2kqciaabqly 15707 10508 2026-09-07T05:50:33Z A826 1864 ೧ revisions imported from [[:meta:Template:Template_other]] 10507 wikitext text/x-wiki {{#switch: <!--If no or empty "demospace" parameter then detect namespace--> {{#if:{{{demospace|}}} | {{lc: {{{demospace}}} }} <!--Use lower case "demospace"--> | {{#ifeq:{{NAMESPACE}}|{{ns:Template}} | template | other }} }} | template = {{{1|}}} | other | #default = {{{2|}}} }}<!--End switch--><noinclude> {{documentation}} <!-- Add categories and interwikis to the /doc subpage, not here! --> </noinclude> 0tcssjmltwl7y5v3f5wj2kqciaabqly 828 3554 15704 10536 2025-10-10T21:24:19Z meta>Pppery 0 Restore old version of sublength to avoid breaking stuff 15704 Scribunto text/plain --[[ This module is intended to provide access to basic string functions. Most of the functions provided here can be invoked with named parameters, unnamed parameters, or a mixture. If named parameters are used, Mediawiki will automatically remove any leading or trailing whitespace from the parameter. Depending on the intended use, it may be advantageous to either preserve or remove such whitespace. Global options ignore_errors: If set to 'true' or 1, any error condition will result in an empty string being returned rather than an error message. error_category: If an error occurs, specifies the name of a category to include with the error message. The default category is [Category:Errors reported by Module String]. no_category: If set to 'true' or 1, no category will be added if an error is generated. Unit tests for this module are available at Module:String/tests. ]] local str = {} --[[ len This function returns the length of the target string. Usage: {{#invoke:String|len|target_string|}} OR {{#invoke:String|len|s=target_string}} Parameters s: The string whose length to report If invoked using named parameters, Mediawiki will automatically remove any leading or trailing whitespace from the target string. ]] function str.len( frame ) local new_args = str._getParameters( frame.args, {'s'} ) local s = new_args['s'] or '' return mw.ustring.len( s ) end --[[ sub This function returns a substring of the target string at specified indices. Usage: {{#invoke:String|sub|target_string|start_index|end_index}} OR {{#invoke:String|sub|s=target_string|i=start_index|j=end_index}} Parameters s: The string to return a subset of i: The first index of the substring to return, defaults to 1. j: The last index of the string to return, defaults to the last character. The first character of the string is assigned an index of 1. If either i or j is a negative value, it is interpreted the same as selecting a character by counting from the end of the string. Hence, a value of -1 is the same as selecting the last character of the string. If the requested indices are out of range for the given string, an error is reported. ]] function str.sub( frame ) local new_args = str._getParameters( frame.args, { 's', 'i', 'j' } ) local s = new_args['s'] or '' local i = tonumber( new_args['i'] ) or 1 local j = tonumber( new_args['j'] ) or -1 local len = mw.ustring.len( s ) -- Convert negatives for range checking if i < 0 then i = len + i + 1 end if j < 0 then j = len + j + 1 end if i > len or j > len or i < 1 or j < 1 then return str._error( 'String subset index out of range' ) end if j < i then return str._error( 'String subset indices out of order' ) end return mw.ustring.sub( s, i, j ) end --[[ This function implements that features of {{subr|s|skip|max}} and is kept in order to maintain these older templates. Uses only numbered paramameters to preserve spaces (caller may trim whitespaces by passing the parameter explicitly by numbering the parameters). Accepts negative values as relative to strng length. No error is returned if attempting to read past end of string or before start of string. Currently does not parse and replace placeholders for nowiki tags. ]] function str.sublength( frame ) local s = frame.args[1] or ''; local skip = tonumber( frame.args[2] ) or 0; local max = tonumber( frame.args[3] ) or 0; local len = mw.ustring.len( s ); -- convert negative values of max and skip as relative to string length if max < 0 then max = len + max end if skip < 0 then skip = len + skip end -- check boundaries to reduce the requested max if skip < 0 then -- if before start of string max = max + skip skip = 0 -- skip can't underflow now end if max > len - skip then -- if past end of string max = len - skip -- max can't overflow now end if max <= 0 then return '' -- nothing left to return end return mw.ustring.sub( s, skip + 1, skip + max ) end --[[ _match This function returns a substring from the source string that matches a specified pattern. It is exported for use in other modules Usage: strmatch = require("Module:String")._match sresult = strmatch( s, pattern, start, match, plain, nomatch ) Parameters s: The string to search pattern: The pattern or string to find within the string start: The index within the source string to start the search. The first character of the string has index 1. Defaults to 1. match: In some cases it may be possible to make multiple matches on a single string. This specifies which match to return, where the first match is match= 1. If a negative number is specified then a match is returned counting from the last match. Hence match = -1 is the same as requesting the last match. Defaults to 1. plain: A flag indicating that the pattern should be understood as plain text. Defaults to false. nomatch: If no match is found, output the "nomatch" value rather than an error. For information on constructing Lua patterns, a form of [regular expression], see: * http://www.lua.org/manual/5.1/manual.html#5.4.1 * http://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Extension:Scribunto/Lua_reference_manual#Patterns * http://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Extension:Scribunto/Lua_reference_manual#Ustring_patterns ]] -- This sub-routine is exported for use in other modules function str._match( s, pattern, start, match_index, plain_flag, nomatch ) if s == '' then return str._error( 'Target string is empty' ) end if pattern == '' then return str._error( 'Pattern string is empty' ) end start = tonumber(start) or 1 if math.abs(start) < 1 or math.abs(start) > mw.ustring.len( s ) then return str._error( 'Requested start is out of range' ) end if match_index == 0 then return str._error( 'Match index is out of range' ) end if plain_flag then pattern = str._escapePattern( pattern ) end local result if match_index == 1 then -- Find first match is simple case result = mw.ustring.match( s, pattern, start ) else if start > 1 then s = mw.ustring.sub( s, start ) end local iterator = mw.ustring.gmatch(s, pattern) if match_index > 0 then -- Forward search for w in iterator do match_index = match_index - 1 if match_index == 0 then result = w break end end else -- Reverse search local result_table = {} local count = 1 for w in iterator do result_table[count] = w count = count + 1 end result = result_table[ count + match_index ] end end if result == nil then if nomatch == nil then return str._error( 'Match not found' ) else return nomatch end else return result end end --[[ match This function returns a substring from the source string that matches a specified pattern. Usage: {{#invoke:String|match|source_string|pattern_string|start_index|match_number|plain_flag|nomatch_output}} OR {{#invoke:String|match|s=source_string|pattern=pattern_string|start=start_index |match=match_number|plain=plain_flag|nomatch=nomatch_output}} Parameters s: The string to search pattern: The pattern or string to find within the string start: The index within the source string to start the search. The first character of the string has index 1. Defaults to 1. match: In some cases it may be possible to make multiple matches on a single string. This specifies which match to return, where the first match is match= 1. If a negative number is specified then a match is returned counting from the last match. Hence match = -1 is the same as requesting the last match. Defaults to 1. plain: A flag indicating that the pattern should be understood as plain text. Defaults to false. nomatch: If no match is found, output the "nomatch" value rather than an error. If invoked using named parameters, Mediawiki will automatically remove any leading or trailing whitespace from each string. In some circumstances this is desirable, in other cases one may want to preserve the whitespace. If the match_number or start_index are out of range for the string being queried, then this function generates an error. An error is also generated if no match is found. If one adds the parameter ignore_errors=true, then the error will be suppressed and an empty string will be returned on any failure. For information on constructing Lua patterns, a form of [regular expression], see: * http://www.lua.org/manual/5.1/manual.html#5.4.1 * http://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Extension:Scribunto/Lua_reference_manual#Patterns * http://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Extension:Scribunto/Lua_reference_manual#Ustring_patterns ]] -- This is the entry point for #invoke:String|match function str.match( frame ) local new_args = str._getParameters( frame.args, {'s', 'pattern', 'start', 'match', 'plain', 'nomatch'} ) local s = new_args['s'] or '' local start = tonumber( new_args['start'] ) or 1 local plain_flag = str._getBoolean( new_args['plain'] or false ) local pattern = new_args['pattern'] or '' local match_index = math.floor( tonumber(new_args['match']) or 1 ) local nomatch = new_args['nomatch'] return str._match( s, pattern, start, match_index, plain_flag, nomatch ) end --[[ pos This function returns a single character from the target string at position pos. Usage: {{#invoke:String|pos|target_string|index_value}} OR {{#invoke:String|pos|target=target_string|pos=index_value}} Parameters target: The string to search pos: The index for the character to return If invoked using named parameters, Mediawiki will automatically remove any leading or trailing whitespace from the target string. In some circumstances this is desirable, in other cases one may want to preserve the whitespace. The first character has an index value of 1. If one requests a negative value, this function will select a character by counting backwards from the end of the string. In other words pos = -1 is the same as asking for the last character. A requested value of zero, or a value greater than the length of the string returns an error. ]] function str.pos( frame ) local new_args = str._getParameters( frame.args, {'target', 'pos'} ) local target_str = new_args['target'] or '' local pos = tonumber( new_args['pos'] ) or 0 if pos == 0 or math.abs(pos) > mw.ustring.len( target_str ) then return str._error( 'String index out of range' ) end return mw.ustring.sub( target_str, pos, pos ) end --[[ str_find This function duplicates the behavior of {{str_find}}, including all of its quirks. This is provided in order to support existing templates, but is NOT RECOMMENDED for new code and templates. New code is recommended to use the "find" function instead. Returns the first index in "source" that is a match to "target". Indexing is 1-based, and the function returns -1 if the "target" string is not present in "source". Important Note: If the "target" string is empty / missing, this function returns a value of "1", which is generally unexpected behavior, and must be accounted for separatetly. ]] function str.str_find( frame ) local new_args = str._getParameters( frame.args, {'source', 'target'} ) local source_str = new_args['source'] or '' local target_str = new_args['target'] or '' if target_str == '' then return 1 end local start = mw.ustring.find( source_str, target_str, 1, true ) if start == nil then start = -1 end return start end --[[ find This function allows one to search for a target string or pattern within another string. Usage: {{#invoke:String|find|source_str|target_string|start_index|plain_flag}} OR {{#invoke:String|find|source=source_str|target=target_str|start=start_index|plain=plain_flag}} Parameters source: The string to search target: The string or pattern to find within source start: The index within the source string to start the search, defaults to 1 plain: Boolean flag indicating that target should be understood as plain text and not as a Lua style regular expression, defaults to true If invoked using named parameters, Mediawiki will automatically remove any leading or trailing whitespace from the parameter. In some circumstances this is desirable, in other cases one may want to preserve the whitespace. This function returns the first index >= "start" where "target" can be found within "source". Indices are 1-based. If "target" is not found, then this function returns 0. If either "source" or "target" are missing / empty, this function also returns 0. This function should be safe for UTF-8 strings. ]] function str.find( frame ) local new_args = str._getParameters( frame.args, {'source', 'target', 'start', 'plain' } ) local source_str = new_args['source'] or '' local pattern = new_args['target'] or '' local start_pos = tonumber(new_args['start']) or 1 local plain = new_args['plain'] or true if source_str == '' or pattern == '' then return 0 end plain = str._getBoolean( plain ) local start = mw.ustring.find( source_str, pattern, start_pos, plain ) if start == nil then start = 0 end return start end --[[ replace This function allows one to replace a target string or pattern within another string. Usage: {{#invoke:String|replace|source_str|pattern_string|replace_string|replacement_count|plain_flag}} OR {{#invoke:String|replace|source=source_string|pattern=pattern_string|replace=replace_string| count=replacement_count|plain=plain_flag}} Parameters source: The string to search pattern: The string or pattern to find within source replace: The replacement text count: The number of occurences to replace, defaults to all. plain: Boolean flag indicating that pattern should be understood as plain text and not as a Lua style regular expression, defaults to true ]] function str.replace( frame ) local new_args = str._getParameters( frame.args, {'source', 'pattern', 'replace', 'count', 'plain' } ) local source_str = new_args['source'] or '' local pattern = new_args['pattern'] or '' local replace = new_args['replace'] or '' local count = tonumber( new_args['count'] ) local plain = new_args['plain'] or true if source_str == '' or pattern == '' then return source_str end plain = str._getBoolean( plain ) if plain then pattern = str._escapePattern( pattern ) replace = string.gsub( replace, "%%", "%%%%" ) --Only need to escape replacement sequences. end local result if count ~= nil then result = mw.ustring.gsub( source_str, pattern, replace, count ) else result = mw.ustring.gsub( source_str, pattern, replace ) end return result end --[[ simple function to pipe string.rep to templates. ]] function str.rep( frame ) local repetitions = tonumber( frame.args[2] ) if not repetitions then return str._error( 'function rep expects a number as second parameter, received "' .. ( frame.args[2] or '' ) .. '"' ) end return string.rep( frame.args[1] or '', repetitions ) end --[[ escapePattern This function escapes special characters from a Lua string pattern. See [1] for details on how patterns work. [1] https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Extension:Scribunto/Lua_reference_manual#Patterns Usage: {{#invoke:String|escapePattern|pattern_string}} Parameters pattern_string: The pattern string to escape. ]] function str.escapePattern( frame ) local pattern_str = frame.args[1] if not pattern_str then return str._error( 'No pattern string specified' ) end local result = str._escapePattern( pattern_str ) return result end --[[ count This function counts the number of occurrences of one string in another. ]] function str.count(frame) local args = str._getParameters(frame.args, {'source', 'pattern', 'plain'}) local source = args.source or '' local pattern = args.pattern or '' local plain = str._getBoolean(args.plain or true) if plain then pattern = str._escapePattern(pattern) end local _, count = mw.ustring.gsub(source, pattern, '') return count end --[[ endswith This function determines whether a string ends with another string. ]] function str.endswith(frame) local args = str._getParameters(frame.args, {'source', 'pattern'}) local source = args.source or '' local pattern = args.pattern or '' if pattern == '' then -- All strings end with the empty string. return "yes" end if mw.ustring.sub(source, -mw.ustring.len(pattern), -1) == pattern then return "yes" else return "" end end --[[ join Join all non empty arguments together; the first argument is the separator. Usage: {{#invoke:String|join|sep|one|two|three}} ]] function str.join(frame) local args = {} local sep for _, v in ipairs( frame.args ) do if sep then if v ~= '' then table.insert(args, v) end else sep = v end end return table.concat( args, sep or '' ) end -- findpagetext returns the position of a piece of text in a page -- First positional parameter or |text is the search text -- Optional parameter |title is the page title, defaults to current page -- Optional parameter |plain is either true for plain search (default) or false for Lua pattern search -- Optional parameter |nomatch is the return value when no match is found; default is nil function str._findpagetext(args) -- process parameters local nomatch = args.nomatch or "" if nomatch == "" then nomatch = nil end -- local text = mw.text.trim(args[1] or args.text or "") if text == "" then return nil end -- local title = args.title or "" local titleobj if title == "" then titleobj = mw.title.getCurrentTitle() else titleobj = mw.title.new(title) end -- local plain = args.plain or "" if plain:sub(1, 1) == "f" then plain = false else plain = true end -- get the page content and look for 'text' - return position or nomatch local content = titleobj and titleobj:getContent() return content and mw.ustring.find(content, text, 1, plain) or nomatch end function str.findpagetext(frame) local args = frame.args local pargs = frame:getParent().args for k, v in pairs(pargs) do args[k] = v end if not (args[1] or args.text) then return nil end -- just the first value return (str._findpagetext(args)) end --[[ Helper function that populates the argument list given that user may need to use a mix of named and unnamed parameters. This is relevant because named parameters are not identical to unnamed parameters due to string trimming, and when dealing with strings we sometimes want to either preserve or remove that whitespace depending on the application. ]] function str._getParameters( frame_args, arg_list ) local new_args = {} local index = 1 local value for _, arg in ipairs( arg_list ) do value = frame_args[arg] if value == nil then value = frame_args[index] index = index + 1 end new_args[arg] = value end return new_args end --[[ Helper function to handle error messages. ]] function str._error( error_str ) local frame = mw.getCurrentFrame() local error_category = frame.args.error_category or 'Errors reported by Module String' local ignore_errors = frame.args.ignore_errors or false local no_category = frame.args.no_category or false if str._getBoolean(ignore_errors) then return '' end local error_str = '<strong class="error">String Module Error: ' .. error_str .. '</strong>' if error_category ~= '' and not str._getBoolean( no_category ) then error_str = '[[Category:' .. error_category .. ']]' .. error_str end return error_str end --[[ Helper Function to interpret boolean strings ]] function str._getBoolean( boolean_str ) local boolean_value if type( boolean_str ) == 'string' then boolean_str = boolean_str:lower() if boolean_str == 'false' or boolean_str == 'no' or boolean_str == '0' or boolean_str == '' then boolean_value = false else boolean_value = true end elseif type( boolean_str ) == 'boolean' then boolean_value = boolean_str else error( 'No boolean value found' ) end return boolean_value end --[[ Helper function that escapes all pattern characters so that they will be treated as plain text. ]] function str._escapePattern( pattern_str ) return ( string.gsub( pattern_str, "[%(%)%.%%%+%-%*%?%[%^%$%]]", "%%%0" ) ) end return str bnrdlzlacalclid3valsmsosgzbqqm2 15705 15704 2026-09-07T05:50:33Z A826 1864 ೧ revisions imported from [[:meta:Module:String]] 15704 Scribunto text/plain --[[ This module is intended to provide access to basic string functions. Most of the functions provided here can be invoked with named parameters, unnamed parameters, or a mixture. If named parameters are used, Mediawiki will automatically remove any leading or trailing whitespace from the parameter. Depending on the intended use, it may be advantageous to either preserve or remove such whitespace. Global options ignore_errors: If set to 'true' or 1, any error condition will result in an empty string being returned rather than an error message. error_category: If an error occurs, specifies the name of a category to include with the error message. The default category is [Category:Errors reported by Module String]. no_category: If set to 'true' or 1, no category will be added if an error is generated. Unit tests for this module are available at Module:String/tests. ]] local str = {} --[[ len This function returns the length of the target string. Usage: {{#invoke:String|len|target_string|}} OR {{#invoke:String|len|s=target_string}} Parameters s: The string whose length to report If invoked using named parameters, Mediawiki will automatically remove any leading or trailing whitespace from the target string. ]] function str.len( frame ) local new_args = str._getParameters( frame.args, {'s'} ) local s = new_args['s'] or '' return mw.ustring.len( s ) end --[[ sub This function returns a substring of the target string at specified indices. Usage: {{#invoke:String|sub|target_string|start_index|end_index}} OR {{#invoke:String|sub|s=target_string|i=start_index|j=end_index}} Parameters s: The string to return a subset of i: The first index of the substring to return, defaults to 1. j: The last index of the string to return, defaults to the last character. The first character of the string is assigned an index of 1. If either i or j is a negative value, it is interpreted the same as selecting a character by counting from the end of the string. Hence, a value of -1 is the same as selecting the last character of the string. If the requested indices are out of range for the given string, an error is reported. ]] function str.sub( frame ) local new_args = str._getParameters( frame.args, { 's', 'i', 'j' } ) local s = new_args['s'] or '' local i = tonumber( new_args['i'] ) or 1 local j = tonumber( new_args['j'] ) or -1 local len = mw.ustring.len( s ) -- Convert negatives for range checking if i < 0 then i = len + i + 1 end if j < 0 then j = len + j + 1 end if i > len or j > len or i < 1 or j < 1 then return str._error( 'String subset index out of range' ) end if j < i then return str._error( 'String subset indices out of order' ) end return mw.ustring.sub( s, i, j ) end --[[ This function implements that features of {{subr|s|skip|max}} and is kept in order to maintain these older templates. Uses only numbered paramameters to preserve spaces (caller may trim whitespaces by passing the parameter explicitly by numbering the parameters). Accepts negative values as relative to strng length. No error is returned if attempting to read past end of string or before start of string. Currently does not parse and replace placeholders for nowiki tags. ]] function str.sublength( frame ) local s = frame.args[1] or ''; local skip = tonumber( frame.args[2] ) or 0; local max = tonumber( frame.args[3] ) or 0; local len = mw.ustring.len( s ); -- convert negative values of max and skip as relative to string length if max < 0 then max = len + max end if skip < 0 then skip = len + skip end -- check boundaries to reduce the requested max if skip < 0 then -- if before start of string max = max + skip skip = 0 -- skip can't underflow now end if max > len - skip then -- if past end of string max = len - skip -- max can't overflow now end if max <= 0 then return '' -- nothing left to return end return mw.ustring.sub( s, skip + 1, skip + max ) end --[[ _match This function returns a substring from the source string that matches a specified pattern. It is exported for use in other modules Usage: strmatch = require("Module:String")._match sresult = strmatch( s, pattern, start, match, plain, nomatch ) Parameters s: The string to search pattern: The pattern or string to find within the string start: The index within the source string to start the search. The first character of the string has index 1. Defaults to 1. match: In some cases it may be possible to make multiple matches on a single string. This specifies which match to return, where the first match is match= 1. If a negative number is specified then a match is returned counting from the last match. Hence match = -1 is the same as requesting the last match. Defaults to 1. plain: A flag indicating that the pattern should be understood as plain text. Defaults to false. nomatch: If no match is found, output the "nomatch" value rather than an error. For information on constructing Lua patterns, a form of [regular expression], see: * http://www.lua.org/manual/5.1/manual.html#5.4.1 * http://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Extension:Scribunto/Lua_reference_manual#Patterns * http://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Extension:Scribunto/Lua_reference_manual#Ustring_patterns ]] -- This sub-routine is exported for use in other modules function str._match( s, pattern, start, match_index, plain_flag, nomatch ) if s == '' then return str._error( 'Target string is empty' ) end if pattern == '' then return str._error( 'Pattern string is empty' ) end start = tonumber(start) or 1 if math.abs(start) < 1 or math.abs(start) > mw.ustring.len( s ) then return str._error( 'Requested start is out of range' ) end if match_index == 0 then return str._error( 'Match index is out of range' ) end if plain_flag then pattern = str._escapePattern( pattern ) end local result if match_index == 1 then -- Find first match is simple case result = mw.ustring.match( s, pattern, start ) else if start > 1 then s = mw.ustring.sub( s, start ) end local iterator = mw.ustring.gmatch(s, pattern) if match_index > 0 then -- Forward search for w in iterator do match_index = match_index - 1 if match_index == 0 then result = w break end end else -- Reverse search local result_table = {} local count = 1 for w in iterator do result_table[count] = w count = count + 1 end result = result_table[ count + match_index ] end end if result == nil then if nomatch == nil then return str._error( 'Match not found' ) else return nomatch end else return result end end --[[ match This function returns a substring from the source string that matches a specified pattern. Usage: {{#invoke:String|match|source_string|pattern_string|start_index|match_number|plain_flag|nomatch_output}} OR {{#invoke:String|match|s=source_string|pattern=pattern_string|start=start_index |match=match_number|plain=plain_flag|nomatch=nomatch_output}} Parameters s: The string to search pattern: The pattern or string to find within the string start: The index within the source string to start the search. The first character of the string has index 1. Defaults to 1. match: In some cases it may be possible to make multiple matches on a single string. This specifies which match to return, where the first match is match= 1. If a negative number is specified then a match is returned counting from the last match. Hence match = -1 is the same as requesting the last match. Defaults to 1. plain: A flag indicating that the pattern should be understood as plain text. Defaults to false. nomatch: If no match is found, output the "nomatch" value rather than an error. If invoked using named parameters, Mediawiki will automatically remove any leading or trailing whitespace from each string. In some circumstances this is desirable, in other cases one may want to preserve the whitespace. If the match_number or start_index are out of range for the string being queried, then this function generates an error. An error is also generated if no match is found. If one adds the parameter ignore_errors=true, then the error will be suppressed and an empty string will be returned on any failure. For information on constructing Lua patterns, a form of [regular expression], see: * http://www.lua.org/manual/5.1/manual.html#5.4.1 * http://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Extension:Scribunto/Lua_reference_manual#Patterns * http://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Extension:Scribunto/Lua_reference_manual#Ustring_patterns ]] -- This is the entry point for #invoke:String|match function str.match( frame ) local new_args = str._getParameters( frame.args, {'s', 'pattern', 'start', 'match', 'plain', 'nomatch'} ) local s = new_args['s'] or '' local start = tonumber( new_args['start'] ) or 1 local plain_flag = str._getBoolean( new_args['plain'] or false ) local pattern = new_args['pattern'] or '' local match_index = math.floor( tonumber(new_args['match']) or 1 ) local nomatch = new_args['nomatch'] return str._match( s, pattern, start, match_index, plain_flag, nomatch ) end --[[ pos This function returns a single character from the target string at position pos. Usage: {{#invoke:String|pos|target_string|index_value}} OR {{#invoke:String|pos|target=target_string|pos=index_value}} Parameters target: The string to search pos: The index for the character to return If invoked using named parameters, Mediawiki will automatically remove any leading or trailing whitespace from the target string. In some circumstances this is desirable, in other cases one may want to preserve the whitespace. The first character has an index value of 1. If one requests a negative value, this function will select a character by counting backwards from the end of the string. In other words pos = -1 is the same as asking for the last character. A requested value of zero, or a value greater than the length of the string returns an error. ]] function str.pos( frame ) local new_args = str._getParameters( frame.args, {'target', 'pos'} ) local target_str = new_args['target'] or '' local pos = tonumber( new_args['pos'] ) or 0 if pos == 0 or math.abs(pos) > mw.ustring.len( target_str ) then return str._error( 'String index out of range' ) end return mw.ustring.sub( target_str, pos, pos ) end --[[ str_find This function duplicates the behavior of {{str_find}}, including all of its quirks. This is provided in order to support existing templates, but is NOT RECOMMENDED for new code and templates. New code is recommended to use the "find" function instead. Returns the first index in "source" that is a match to "target". Indexing is 1-based, and the function returns -1 if the "target" string is not present in "source". Important Note: If the "target" string is empty / missing, this function returns a value of "1", which is generally unexpected behavior, and must be accounted for separatetly. ]] function str.str_find( frame ) local new_args = str._getParameters( frame.args, {'source', 'target'} ) local source_str = new_args['source'] or '' local target_str = new_args['target'] or '' if target_str == '' then return 1 end local start = mw.ustring.find( source_str, target_str, 1, true ) if start == nil then start = -1 end return start end --[[ find This function allows one to search for a target string or pattern within another string. Usage: {{#invoke:String|find|source_str|target_string|start_index|plain_flag}} OR {{#invoke:String|find|source=source_str|target=target_str|start=start_index|plain=plain_flag}} Parameters source: The string to search target: The string or pattern to find within source start: The index within the source string to start the search, defaults to 1 plain: Boolean flag indicating that target should be understood as plain text and not as a Lua style regular expression, defaults to true If invoked using named parameters, Mediawiki will automatically remove any leading or trailing whitespace from the parameter. In some circumstances this is desirable, in other cases one may want to preserve the whitespace. This function returns the first index >= "start" where "target" can be found within "source". Indices are 1-based. If "target" is not found, then this function returns 0. If either "source" or "target" are missing / empty, this function also returns 0. This function should be safe for UTF-8 strings. ]] function str.find( frame ) local new_args = str._getParameters( frame.args, {'source', 'target', 'start', 'plain' } ) local source_str = new_args['source'] or '' local pattern = new_args['target'] or '' local start_pos = tonumber(new_args['start']) or 1 local plain = new_args['plain'] or true if source_str == '' or pattern == '' then return 0 end plain = str._getBoolean( plain ) local start = mw.ustring.find( source_str, pattern, start_pos, plain ) if start == nil then start = 0 end return start end --[[ replace This function allows one to replace a target string or pattern within another string. Usage: {{#invoke:String|replace|source_str|pattern_string|replace_string|replacement_count|plain_flag}} OR {{#invoke:String|replace|source=source_string|pattern=pattern_string|replace=replace_string| count=replacement_count|plain=plain_flag}} Parameters source: The string to search pattern: The string or pattern to find within source replace: The replacement text count: The number of occurences to replace, defaults to all. plain: Boolean flag indicating that pattern should be understood as plain text and not as a Lua style regular expression, defaults to true ]] function str.replace( frame ) local new_args = str._getParameters( frame.args, {'source', 'pattern', 'replace', 'count', 'plain' } ) local source_str = new_args['source'] or '' local pattern = new_args['pattern'] or '' local replace = new_args['replace'] or '' local count = tonumber( new_args['count'] ) local plain = new_args['plain'] or true if source_str == '' or pattern == '' then return source_str end plain = str._getBoolean( plain ) if plain then pattern = str._escapePattern( pattern ) replace = string.gsub( replace, "%%", "%%%%" ) --Only need to escape replacement sequences. end local result if count ~= nil then result = mw.ustring.gsub( source_str, pattern, replace, count ) else result = mw.ustring.gsub( source_str, pattern, replace ) end return result end --[[ simple function to pipe string.rep to templates. ]] function str.rep( frame ) local repetitions = tonumber( frame.args[2] ) if not repetitions then return str._error( 'function rep expects a number as second parameter, received "' .. ( frame.args[2] or '' ) .. '"' ) end return string.rep( frame.args[1] or '', repetitions ) end --[[ escapePattern This function escapes special characters from a Lua string pattern. See [1] for details on how patterns work. [1] https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Extension:Scribunto/Lua_reference_manual#Patterns Usage: {{#invoke:String|escapePattern|pattern_string}} Parameters pattern_string: The pattern string to escape. ]] function str.escapePattern( frame ) local pattern_str = frame.args[1] if not pattern_str then return str._error( 'No pattern string specified' ) end local result = str._escapePattern( pattern_str ) return result end --[[ count This function counts the number of occurrences of one string in another. ]] function str.count(frame) local args = str._getParameters(frame.args, {'source', 'pattern', 'plain'}) local source = args.source or '' local pattern = args.pattern or '' local plain = str._getBoolean(args.plain or true) if plain then pattern = str._escapePattern(pattern) end local _, count = mw.ustring.gsub(source, pattern, '') return count end --[[ endswith This function determines whether a string ends with another string. ]] function str.endswith(frame) local args = str._getParameters(frame.args, {'source', 'pattern'}) local source = args.source or '' local pattern = args.pattern or '' if pattern == '' then -- All strings end with the empty string. return "yes" end if mw.ustring.sub(source, -mw.ustring.len(pattern), -1) == pattern then return "yes" else return "" end end --[[ join Join all non empty arguments together; the first argument is the separator. Usage: {{#invoke:String|join|sep|one|two|three}} ]] function str.join(frame) local args = {} local sep for _, v in ipairs( frame.args ) do if sep then if v ~= '' then table.insert(args, v) end else sep = v end end return table.concat( args, sep or '' ) end -- findpagetext returns the position of a piece of text in a page -- First positional parameter or |text is the search text -- Optional parameter |title is the page title, defaults to current page -- Optional parameter |plain is either true for plain search (default) or false for Lua pattern search -- Optional parameter |nomatch is the return value when no match is found; default is nil function str._findpagetext(args) -- process parameters local nomatch = args.nomatch or "" if nomatch == "" then nomatch = nil end -- local text = mw.text.trim(args[1] or args.text or "") if text == "" then return nil end -- local title = args.title or "" local titleobj if title == "" then titleobj = mw.title.getCurrentTitle() else titleobj = mw.title.new(title) end -- local plain = args.plain or "" if plain:sub(1, 1) == "f" then plain = false else plain = true end -- get the page content and look for 'text' - return position or nomatch local content = titleobj and titleobj:getContent() return content and mw.ustring.find(content, text, 1, plain) or nomatch end function str.findpagetext(frame) local args = frame.args local pargs = frame:getParent().args for k, v in pairs(pargs) do args[k] = v end if not (args[1] or args.text) then return nil end -- just the first value return (str._findpagetext(args)) end --[[ Helper function that populates the argument list given that user may need to use a mix of named and unnamed parameters. This is relevant because named parameters are not identical to unnamed parameters due to string trimming, and when dealing with strings we sometimes want to either preserve or remove that whitespace depending on the application. ]] function str._getParameters( frame_args, arg_list ) local new_args = {} local index = 1 local value for _, arg in ipairs( arg_list ) do value = frame_args[arg] if value == nil then value = frame_args[index] index = index + 1 end new_args[arg] = value end return new_args end --[[ Helper function to handle error messages. ]] function str._error( error_str ) local frame = mw.getCurrentFrame() local error_category = frame.args.error_category or 'Errors reported by Module String' local ignore_errors = frame.args.ignore_errors or false local no_category = frame.args.no_category or false if str._getBoolean(ignore_errors) then return '' end local error_str = '<strong class="error">String Module Error: ' .. error_str .. '</strong>' if error_category ~= '' and not str._getBoolean( no_category ) then error_str = '[[Category:' .. error_category .. ']]' .. error_str end return error_str end --[[ Helper Function to interpret boolean strings ]] function str._getBoolean( boolean_str ) local boolean_value if type( boolean_str ) == 'string' then boolean_str = boolean_str:lower() if boolean_str == 'false' or boolean_str == 'no' or boolean_str == '0' or boolean_str == '' then boolean_value = false else boolean_value = true end elseif type( boolean_str ) == 'boolean' then boolean_value = boolean_str else error( 'No boolean value found' ) end return boolean_value end --[[ Helper function that escapes all pattern characters so that they will be treated as plain text. ]] function str._escapePattern( pattern_str ) return ( string.gsub( pattern_str, "[%(%)%.%%%+%-%*%?%[%^%$%]]", "%%%0" ) ) end return str bnrdlzlacalclid3valsmsosgzbqqm2 828 3555 15752 10541 2025-04-27T20:03:57Z meta>Pppery 0 Protected "[[Module:List]]" ([Edit=Allow only administrators] (indefinite)) 15752 Scribunto text/plain -- This module outputs different kinds of lists. At the moment, bulleted, -- unbulleted, horizontal, ordered, and horizontal ordered lists are supported. local libUtil = require('libraryUtil') local checkType = libUtil.checkType local mTableTools = require('Module:TableTools') local p = {} local listTypes = { ['bulleted'] = true, ['unbulleted'] = true, ['horizontal'] = true, ['ordered'] = true, ['horizontal_ordered'] = true } function p.makeListData(listType, args) -- Constructs a data table to be passed to p.renderList. local data = {} -- Classes data.classes = {} data.templatestyles = '' if listType == 'horizontal' or listType == 'horizontal_ordered' then table.insert(data.classes, 'hlist') data.templatestyles = mw.getCurrentFrame():extensionTag{ name = 'templatestyles', args = { src = 'Template:Flatlist/styles.css' } } elseif listType == 'unbulleted' then table.insert(data.classes, 'plainlist') data.templatestyles = mw.getCurrentFrame():extensionTag{ name = 'templatestyles', args = { src = 'Template:Plainlist/styles.css' } } end table.insert(data.classes, args.class) -- Main div style data.style = args.style -- Indent for horizontal lists if listType == 'horizontal' or listType == 'horizontal_ordered' then local indent = tonumber(args.indent) indent = indent and indent * 1.6 or 0 if indent > 0 then data.marginLeft = indent .. 'em' end end -- List style types for ordered lists -- This could be "1, 2, 3", "a, b, c", or a number of others. The list style -- type is either set by the "type" attribute or the "list-style-type" CSS -- property. if listType == 'ordered' or listType == 'horizontal_ordered' then data.listStyleType = args.list_style_type or args['list-style-type'] data.type = args['type'] -- Detect invalid type attributes and attempt to convert them to -- list-style-type CSS properties. if data.type and not data.listStyleType and not tostring(data.type):find('^%s*[1AaIi]%s*$') then data.listStyleType = data.type data.type = nil end end -- List tag type if listType == 'ordered' or listType == 'horizontal_ordered' then data.listTag = 'ol' else data.listTag = 'ul' end -- Start number for ordered lists data.start = args.start if listType == 'horizontal_ordered' then -- Apply fix to get start numbers working with horizontal ordered lists. local startNum = tonumber(data.start) if startNum then data.counterReset = 'listitem ' .. tostring(startNum - 1) end end -- List style -- ul_style and ol_style are included for backwards compatibility. No -- distinction is made for ordered or unordered lists. data.listStyle = args.list_style -- List items -- li_style is included for backwards compatibility. item_style was included -- to be easier to understand for non-coders. data.itemStyle = args.item_style or args.li_style data.items = {} for i, num in ipairs(mTableTools.numKeys(args)) do local item = {} item.content = args[num] item.style = args['item' .. tostring(num) .. '_style'] or args['item_style' .. tostring(num)] item.value = args['item' .. tostring(num) .. '_value'] or args['item_value' .. tostring(num)] table.insert(data.items, item) end return data end function p.renderList(data) -- Renders the list HTML. -- Return the blank string if there are no list items. if type(data.items) ~= 'table' or #data.items < 1 then return '' end -- Render the main div tag. local root = mw.html.create('div') for i, class in ipairs(data.classes or {}) do root:addClass(class) end root:css{['margin-left'] = data.marginLeft} if data.style then root:cssText(data.style) end -- Render the list tag. local list = root:tag(data.listTag or 'ul') list :attr{start = data.start, type = data.type} :css{ ['counter-reset'] = data.counterReset, ['list-style-type'] = data.listStyleType } if data.listStyle then list:cssText(data.listStyle) end -- Render the list items for i, t in ipairs(data.items or {}) do local item = list:tag('li') if data.itemStyle then item:cssText(data.itemStyle) end if t.style then item:cssText(t.style) end item :attr{value = t.value} :wikitext(t.content) end return data.templatestyles .. tostring(root) end function p.renderTrackingCategories(args) local isDeprecated = false -- Tracks deprecated parameters. for k, v in pairs(args) do k = tostring(k) if k:find('^item_style%d+$') or k:find('^item_value%d+$') then isDeprecated = true break end end local ret = '' if isDeprecated then ret = ret .. '[[Category:List templates with deprecated parameters]]' end return ret end function p.makeList(listType, args) if not listType or not listTypes[listType] then error(string.format( "bad argument #1 to 'makeList' ('%s' is not a valid list type)", tostring(listType) ), 2) end checkType('makeList', 2, args, 'table') local data = p.makeListData(listType, args) local list = p.renderList(data) local trackingCategories = p.renderTrackingCategories(args) return list .. trackingCategories end for listType in pairs(listTypes) do p[listType] = function (frame) local mArguments = require('Module:Arguments') local origArgs = mArguments.getArgs(frame, { valueFunc = function (key, value) if not value or not mw.ustring.find(value, '%S') then return nil end if mw.ustring.find(value, '^%s*[%*#;:]') then return value else return value:match('^%s*(.-)%s*$') end return nil end }) -- Copy all the arguments to a new table, for faster indexing. local args = {} for k, v in pairs(origArgs) do args[k] = v end return p.makeList(listType, args) end end return p l9k05rs6xii5eho8vsyi4z47nuledc6 15753 10542 2026-09-07T05:50:37Z A826 1864 ೧ revisions imported from [[:meta:Module:List]] 10541 Scribunto text/plain local libUtil = require('libraryUtil') local checkType = libUtil.checkType local mTableTools = require('Module:TableTools') local p = {} local listTypes = { ['bulleted'] = true, ['unbulleted'] = true, ['horizontal'] = true, ['ordered'] = true, ['horizontal_ordered'] = true } function p.makeListData(listType, args) -- Constructs a data table to be passed to p.renderList. local data = {} -- Classes and TemplateStyles data.classes = {} data.templatestyles = '' if listType == 'horizontal' or listType == 'horizontal_ordered' then table.insert(data.classes, 'hlist') data.templatestyles = mw.getCurrentFrame():extensionTag{ name = 'templatestyles', args = { src = 'Hlist/styles.css' } } elseif listType == 'unbulleted' then table.insert(data.classes, 'plainlist') data.templatestyles = mw.getCurrentFrame():extensionTag{ name = 'templatestyles', args = { src = 'Plainlist/styles.css' } } end table.insert(data.classes, args.class) -- Main div style data.style = args.style -- Indent for horizontal lists if listType == 'horizontal' or listType == 'horizontal_ordered' then local indent = tonumber(args.indent) indent = indent and indent * 1.6 or 0 if indent > 0 then data.marginLeft = indent .. 'em' end end -- List style types for ordered lists -- This could be "1, 2, 3", "a, b, c", or a number of others. The list style -- type is either set by the "type" attribute or the "list-style-type" CSS -- property. if listType == 'ordered' or listType == 'horizontal_ordered' then data.listStyleType = args.list_style_type or args['list-style-type'] data.type = args['type'] -- Detect invalid type attributes and attempt to convert them to -- list-style-type CSS properties. if data.type and not data.listStyleType and not tostring(data.type):find('^%s*[1AaIi]%s*$') then data.listStyleType = data.type data.type = nil end end -- List tag type if listType == 'ordered' or listType == 'horizontal_ordered' then data.listTag = 'ol' else data.listTag = 'ul' end -- Start number for ordered lists data.start = args.start if listType == 'horizontal_ordered' then -- Apply fix to get start numbers working with horizontal ordered lists. local startNum = tonumber(data.start) if startNum then data.counterReset = 'listitem ' .. tostring(startNum - 1) end end -- List style -- ul_style and ol_style are included for backwards compatibility. No -- distinction is made for ordered or unordered lists. data.listStyle = args.list_style -- List items -- li_style is included for backwards compatibility. item_style was included -- to be easier to understand for non-coders. data.itemStyle = args.item_style or args.li_style data.items = {} for _, num in ipairs(mTableTools.numKeys(args)) do local item = {} item.content = args[num] item.style = args['item' .. tostring(num) .. '_style'] or args['item_style' .. tostring(num)] item.value = args['item' .. tostring(num) .. '_value'] or args['item_value' .. tostring(num)] table.insert(data.items, item) end return data end function p.renderList(data) -- Renders the list HTML. -- Return the blank string if there are no list items. if type(data.items) ~= 'table' or #data.items < 1 then return '' end -- Render the main div tag. local root = mw.html.create('div') for _, class in ipairs(data.classes or {}) do root:addClass(class) end root:css{['margin-left'] = data.marginLeft} if data.style then root:cssText(data.style) end -- Render the list tag. local list = root:tag(data.listTag or 'ul') list :attr{start = data.start, type = data.type} :css{ ['counter-reset'] = data.counterReset, ['list-style-type'] = data.listStyleType } if data.listStyle then list:cssText(data.listStyle) end -- Render the list items for _, t in ipairs(data.items or {}) do local item = list:tag('li') if data.itemStyle then item:cssText(data.itemStyle) end if t.style then item:cssText(t.style) end item :attr{value = t.value} :wikitext(t.content) end return data.templatestyles .. tostring(root) end function p.renderTrackingCategories(args) local isDeprecated = false -- Tracks deprecated parameters. for k, v in pairs(args) do k = tostring(k) if k:find('^item_style%d+$') or k:find('^item_value%d+$') then isDeprecated = true break end end local ret = '' if isDeprecated then ret = ret .. '[[Category:List templates with deprecated parameters]]' end return ret end function p.makeList(listType, args) if not listType or not listTypes[listType] then error(string.format( "bad argument #1 to 'makeList' ('%s' is not a valid list type)", tostring(listType) ), 2) end checkType('makeList', 2, args, 'table') local data = p.makeListData(listType, args) local list = p.renderList(data) local trackingCategories = p.renderTrackingCategories(args) return list .. trackingCategories end for listType in pairs(listTypes) do p[listType] = function (frame) local mArguments = require('Module:Arguments') local origArgs = mArguments.getArgs(frame, { frameOnly = ((frame and frame.args and frame.args.frameonly or '') ~= ''), valueFunc = function (key, value) if not value or not mw.ustring.find(value, '%S') then return nil end if mw.ustring.find(value, '^%s*[%*#;:]') then return value else return value:match('^%s*(.-)%s*$') end return nil end }) -- Copy all the arguments to a new table, for faster indexing. local args = {} for k, v in pairs(origArgs) do args[k] = v end return p.makeList(listType, args) end end return p 80u633hue68752ie9c34bo23bvxg416 10 3580 15754 10594 2026-07-24T16:33:58Z meta>Koavf 0 Reverted change by [[Special:Contributions/Peyton981|Peyton981]] ([[User talk:Peyton981|talk]]) to last version by Pppery 15754 wikitext text/x-wiki <includeonly>{{#invoke:Lua banner|main}}</includeonly><noinclude> {{documentation}} <!-- Categories go on the /doc subpage and interwikis go on Wikidata. --> </noinclude> bq4gunenwnawh4easqrcrhmivfm716n 15755 15754 2026-09-07T05:50:37Z A826 1864 ೧ revisions imported from [[:meta:Template:Lua]] 15754 wikitext text/x-wiki <includeonly>{{#invoke:Lua banner|main}}</includeonly><noinclude> {{documentation}} <!-- Categories go on the /doc subpage and interwikis go on Wikidata. --> </noinclude> bq4gunenwnawh4easqrcrhmivfm716n 828 3581 15756 10598 2026-07-24T16:33:59Z meta>Koavf 0 Reverted change by [[Special:Contributions/Peyton981|Peyton981]] ([[User talk:Peyton981|talk]]) to last version by Pppery 15756 Scribunto text/plain -- This module implements the {{lua}} template. local yesno = require('Module:Yesno') local mList = require('Module:List') local mTableTools = require('Module:TableTools') local mMessageBox = require('Module:Message box') local TNT = require('Module:TNT') local p = {} local function format(msg) return TNT.format('I18n/Lua banner', msg) end local function getConfig() return mw.loadData('Module:Lua banner/config') end function p.main(frame) local origArgs = frame:getParent().args local args = {} for k, v in pairs(origArgs) do v = v:match('^%s*(.-)%s*$') if v ~= '' then args[k] = v end end return p._main(args) end function p._main(args, cfg) local modules = mTableTools.compressSparseArray(args) local box = p.renderBox(modules, cfg) local trackingCategories = p.renderTrackingCategories(args, modules, nil, cfg) return box .. trackingCategories end function p.renderBox(modules, cfg) local boxArgs = {} if #modules < 1 then cfg = cfg or getConfig() if cfg['allow_wishes'] then boxArgs.text = format('wishtext') else boxArgs.text = string.format('<strong class="error">%s</strong>', format('error_emptylist')) end else local moduleLinks = {} for i, module in ipairs(modules) do moduleLinks[i] = string.format('[[:%s]]', module) end local moduleList = mList.makeList('bulleted', moduleLinks) boxArgs.text = format('header') .. '\n' .. moduleList end boxArgs.type = 'notice' boxArgs.small = true boxArgs.image = string.format( '[[File:Lua-logo-nolabel.svg|30px|alt=%s|link=%s]]', format('logo_alt'), format('logo_link') ) return mMessageBox.main('mbox', boxArgs) end function p.renderTrackingCategories(args, modules, titleObj, cfg) if yesno(args.nocat) then return '' end cfg = cfg or getConfig() local cats = {} -- Error category if #modules < 1 and not cfg['allow_wishes'] and cfg['error_category'] then cats[#cats + 1] = cfg['error_category'] end local protCatName -- Lua templates category titleObj = titleObj or mw.title.getCurrentTitle() if titleObj.namespace == 10 and not cfg['subpage_blacklist'][titleObj.subpageText] then protCatName = "Templates using under-protected Lua modules" local category = args.category if not category then local pagename = modules[1] and mw.title.new(modules[1]) category = pagename and cfg['module_categories'][pagename.text] if not category then if cfg['allow_wishes'] and #modules < 1 then category = cfg['wish_category'] else category = cfg['default_category'] end end end if category then cats[#cats + 1] = category end elseif titleObj.namespace == 828 then protCatName = "Modules depending on under-protected modules" end if not args.noprotcat and protCatName then local protLevels = { autoconfirmed = 1, ["banner-protect"] = 3, sysop = 4, ["centralnotice-admin"] = 5 } local currentProt if titleObj.id ~= 0 then -- id is 0 (page does not exist) if am previewing before creating a template. currentProt = titleObj.protectionLevels["edit"][1] end if currentProt == nil then currentProt = 0 else currentProt = protLevels[currentProt] end for i, module in ipairs(modules) do local moduleTitle = mw.title.new(module) local moduleProt = moduleTitle and moduleTitle.protectionLevels["edit"][1] if moduleProt == nil then moduleProt = 0 else moduleProt = protLevels[moduleProt] end if moduleProt < currentProt then cats[#cats + 1] = protCatName break end end end for i, cat in ipairs(cats) do cats[i] = string.format('[[Category:%s]]', cat) end return table.concat(cats) end return p 061o6mtykdofzj5ttskkpsp6mdx2aa6 15757 15756 2026-09-07T05:50:37Z A826 1864 ೧ revisions imported from [[:meta:Module:Lua_banner]] 15756 Scribunto text/plain -- This module implements the {{lua}} template. local yesno = require('Module:Yesno') local mList = require('Module:List') local mTableTools = require('Module:TableTools') local mMessageBox = require('Module:Message box') local TNT = require('Module:TNT') local p = {} local function format(msg) return TNT.format('I18n/Lua banner', msg) end local function getConfig() return mw.loadData('Module:Lua banner/config') end function p.main(frame) local origArgs = frame:getParent().args local args = {} for k, v in pairs(origArgs) do v = v:match('^%s*(.-)%s*$') if v ~= '' then args[k] = v end end return p._main(args) end function p._main(args, cfg) local modules = mTableTools.compressSparseArray(args) local box = p.renderBox(modules, cfg) local trackingCategories = p.renderTrackingCategories(args, modules, nil, cfg) return box .. trackingCategories end function p.renderBox(modules, cfg) local boxArgs = {} if #modules < 1 then cfg = cfg or getConfig() if cfg['allow_wishes'] then boxArgs.text = format('wishtext') else boxArgs.text = string.format('<strong class="error">%s</strong>', format('error_emptylist')) end else local moduleLinks = {} for i, module in ipairs(modules) do moduleLinks[i] = string.format('[[:%s]]', module) end local moduleList = mList.makeList('bulleted', moduleLinks) boxArgs.text = format('header') .. '\n' .. moduleList end boxArgs.type = 'notice' boxArgs.small = true boxArgs.image = string.format( '[[File:Lua-logo-nolabel.svg|30px|alt=%s|link=%s]]', format('logo_alt'), format('logo_link') ) return mMessageBox.main('mbox', boxArgs) end function p.renderTrackingCategories(args, modules, titleObj, cfg) if yesno(args.nocat) then return '' end cfg = cfg or getConfig() local cats = {} -- Error category if #modules < 1 and not cfg['allow_wishes'] and cfg['error_category'] then cats[#cats + 1] = cfg['error_category'] end local protCatName -- Lua templates category titleObj = titleObj or mw.title.getCurrentTitle() if titleObj.namespace == 10 and not cfg['subpage_blacklist'][titleObj.subpageText] then protCatName = "Templates using under-protected Lua modules" local category = args.category if not category then local pagename = modules[1] and mw.title.new(modules[1]) category = pagename and cfg['module_categories'][pagename.text] if not category then if cfg['allow_wishes'] and #modules < 1 then category = cfg['wish_category'] else category = cfg['default_category'] end end end if category then cats[#cats + 1] = category end elseif titleObj.namespace == 828 then protCatName = "Modules depending on under-protected modules" end if not args.noprotcat and protCatName then local protLevels = { autoconfirmed = 1, ["banner-protect"] = 3, sysop = 4, ["centralnotice-admin"] = 5 } local currentProt if titleObj.id ~= 0 then -- id is 0 (page does not exist) if am previewing before creating a template. currentProt = titleObj.protectionLevels["edit"][1] end if currentProt == nil then currentProt = 0 else currentProt = protLevels[currentProt] end for i, module in ipairs(modules) do local moduleTitle = mw.title.new(module) local moduleProt = moduleTitle and moduleTitle.protectionLevels["edit"][1] if moduleProt == nil then moduleProt = 0 else moduleProt = protLevels[moduleProt] end if moduleProt < currentProt then cats[#cats + 1] = protCatName break end end end for i, cat in ipairs(cats) do cats[i] = string.format('[[Category:%s]]', cat) end return table.concat(cats) end return p 061o6mtykdofzj5ttskkpsp6mdx2aa6 10 3588 15740 2022-10-28T18:01:31Z meta>MusikBot II 0 Protected "[[Template:Sandbox other]]": High-risk template or module ([[User:MusikBot II/TemplateProtector|more info]]) ([Edit=Allow only autoconfirmed users] (indefinite)) 15740 wikitext text/x-wiki <!-- -->{{#if:<!-- -->{{#ifeq:{{str left|{{SUBPAGENAME}}|7}}<!-- -->|sandbox<!-- -->|1<!-- -->}}<!-- -->{{#ifeq:{{SUBPAGENAME}}|doc<!-- -->|1<!-- -->}}<!-- -->{{#invoke:String|match<!-- -->|{{PAGENAME}}<!-- -->|/sandbox/styles.css$<!-- -->|plain = false<!-- -->|nomatch = <!-- -->}}<!-- -->|{{{1|}}}<!-- -->|{{{2|}}}<!-- -->}}<!-- --><noinclude> {{documentation}} </noinclude> 1y3ezinjk9je05y4yiwas9j33n5efsa 15741 10624 2026-09-07T05:50:36Z A826 1864 ೧ revisions imported from [[:meta:Template:Sandbox_other]] 10623 wikitext text/x-wiki {{#if:{{#ifeq:{{#invoke:String|sublength|s={{SUBPAGENAME}}|i=0|len=7}}|sandbox|1}}{{#ifeq:{{SUBPAGENAME}}|doc|1}}{{#invoke:String|match|{{PAGENAME}}|/sandbox/styles.css$|plain=false|nomatch=}}|{{{1|}}}|{{{2|}}}}}<!-- --><noinclude>{{documentation}}</noinclude> h1idujwaw20aducxsd1gc4ovgnjikqa 10 3590 15714 10627 2025-03-30T18:08:32Z meta>MusikBot II 0 Protected "[[Template:TemplateData header]]": High-risk template or module ([[User:MusikBot II/TemplateProtector|more info]]) ([Edit=Allow only autoconfirmed users] (indefinite)) 15714 wikitext text/x-wiki <div class="templatedata-header">{{#if:{{{noheader|}}}|<!-- noheader: -->|<!-- +header: -->This is the {{#if:{{{nolink|}}}|<!-- +header, nolink TD -->TemplateData|<!-- +header, +link [[TD]]; DEFAULT: -->[[w:Wikipedia:TemplateData|TemplateData]]}}<!-- e.o. #if:nolink; DEFAULT: --> for this template used by [[mw:Extension:TemplateWizard|TemplateWizard]], [[Wikipedia:VisualEditor|VisualEditor]] and other tools.<!-- e.o. #if:noheader -->}} '''TemplateData for {{{1|{{BASEPAGENAME}}}}}''' </div><includeonly><!-- Add categories -->{{#ifeq:{{SUBPAGENAME}}|sandbox|<!-- -->|{{#if:{{IsDocSubpage|false=}}<!-- -->|[[Category:TemplateData documentation{{#translation:}}]]<!-- -->|[[Category:Templates using TemplateData{{#translation:}}]]<!-- -->}}<!-- -->}}<!-- check parameters -->{{#invoke:Check for unknown parameters|check |unknown={{template other|1=[[Category:Pages using TemplateData header with unknown parameters|_VALUE_]]}} |template=Template:TemplateData header |1 |nolink |noheader |preview=<div class="error" style="font-weight:normal">Unknown parameter '_VALUE_' in [[Template:TemplateData header]].</div> }}<!-- --></includeonly><!-- --><noinclude>{{Documentation}}</noinclude> agjm9tabcqjedgzbzax556y3bj1vcai 15715 10628 2026-09-07T05:50:34Z A826 1864 ೧ revisions imported from [[:meta:Template:TemplateData_header]] 10627 wikitext text/x-wiki <div class="templatedata-header">{{#if:{{{noheader|}}}|<!-- noheader: -->{{Template parameter usage|{{{1|{{BASEPAGENAME}}}}}|based=y}}|<!-- +header: -->This is the {{#if:{{{nolink|}}}|<!-- +header, nolink TD -->TemplateData|<!-- +header, +link [[TD]]; DEFAULT: -->[[Wikipedia:TemplateData|TemplateData]]}}<!-- e.o. #if:nolink; DEFAULT: --> for this template used by [[mw:Extension:TemplateWizard|TemplateWizard]], [[Wikipedia:VisualEditor|VisualEditor]] and other tools. {{Template parameter usage|{{{1|{{BASEPAGENAME}}}}}|based=y}}<!-- e.o. #if:noheader -->}} '''TemplateData for {{{1|{{BASEPAGENAME}}}}}''' </div><includeonly><!-- check parameters -->{{#invoke:Check for unknown parameters|check |unknown={{template other|1=[[Category:Pages using TemplateData header with unknown parameters|_VALUE_]]}} |template=Template:TemplateData header |1 |nolink |noheader |preview=<div class="error" style="font-weight:normal">Unknown parameter '_VALUE_' in [[Template:TemplateData header]].</div> }}<!-- -->{{template other|{{sandbox other|| [[Category:Templates using TemplateData]] }}}}</includeonly><!-- --><noinclude>{{Documentation}}</noinclude> dm3fsfuowxw0chxh4fnnh51ar884k3v 828 4467 15710 2021-08-23T18:01:07Z meta>MusikBot II 0 Changed protection settings for "[[Module:Fallback]]": High-risk template or module ([[User:MusikBot II/TemplateProtector|more info]]) ([Edit=Allow only administrators] (indefinite) [Move=Allow only administrators] (indefinite)) 15710 Scribunto text/plain local p = {} -- List the full fallback chain from a language to default (usually English) function p.fblist(lang) local fbtable = mw.language.getFallbacksFor(lang) table.insert(fbtable, 1, lang) --[[ Take a translation from "Mediawiki:<Message-ID>/<language-code>" namespace or from a loaded i18 resource bundle in MediaWiki for its UI messages (also used by the "{{Int:<Message-ID>}}" parser function), before using the provided default value. Requires args.message = 'Message-ID', instead of args.message = 'actual translated message'. --]] table.insert(fbtable, 'message') table.insert(fbtable, 'default') return fbtable end --[==[ Return an error if there is not default and no English version, otherwise return the message in the most appropriate, plus the lang code as a second value. --]==] function p._langSwitch(args, lang) -- args: table of translations if not args.en and not args.default and not args.message and args.nocat ~= '1' then return error("langSwitch error: no default") end -- Get language (either stated one or user's default language). if not lang then return '<strong class="error">LangSwitch Error: no lang</strong>' -- must become proper error end -- Get the list of acceptable language (lang + those in lang's fallback chain) and check their content. for _, code in ipairs(p.fblist(lang)) do local msg = args[code] if msg then -- Trim the assigned message value before testing it. msg = mw.text.trim(msg) if msg ~= '' then if code == 'message' then -- If this is an UI message. See [[mw:Manual:Messages API]]. msg = mw.message.new(args.message):inLanguage(lang) --[==[ If this message name does not exist, converting it to a string would not return an actual message, but this name within curved angle brackets U+29FC/U+29FD '⧼/⧽', part of mathematical symbols). The UI message may also be disabled administratively if it causes problems. --]==] if msg:exists() and not msg:isDisabled() then --[==[FIXME: In which language is this message? This may be in some fallback language and not lang. Note that some UI messages may have placeholders like '%s' but there's no way to replace them here by actual values. --]==] return tostring(msg), lang end elseif msg == '~' then return nil, code else return msg, code end end end end return nil end --[==[ Version to be used from wikitext. --]==] function p.langSwitch(frame) local args = frame.args -- If no expected args provided than check parent template/module args. if not args.en and not args.default and not args.nocat then args = frame:getParent().args end local lang if args.lang and args.lang ~= '' then lang = args.lang args.lang = nil else -- Get user's chosen language. lang = frame:preprocess("{{Int:Lang}}") end --[==[ if args.zh ~= '' and args['zh-hans'] == '' and args['zh-hant'] == '' then else end --]==] local str, language = p._langSwitch(args, lang) return str -- Get the first value of the langSwitch, (the text) not the second (the language). end function p.fallbackpage(base, lang, formatting) local languages = p.fblist(lang) for i, lng in ipairs(languages) do if mw.title.new(base .. '/' .. lng).exists then if formatting == 'table' then return {base .. '/' .. lng, lng} -- Returns name of the page + name of the language. else return base .. '/' .. lng -- Returns only the page. end end end return base end --[==[ Logic for [[Template:Autotranslate]]. ]==] function p.autotranslate(frame) local args = frame.args if not args.lang or args.lang == '' then args.lang = frame:preprocess("{{Int:Lang}}") -- Get user's chosen language. end -- Find base page. local base = args.base if not base or base == '' then return '<strong class="error">Base page not provided for autotranslate</strong>' end if string.sub(base, 2, 9) ~= 'emplate:' then base = 'Template:' .. base -- Base provided without 'Template:' part. end -- Find base template language subpage. local page = p.fallbackpage(base, args.lang) -- if (not page and base ~= args.base) then -- Try the original args.base string. This case is only needed if base is not in template namespace. page = p.fallbackpage(args.base, args.lang) end if not page then return string.format('<strong class="error">no fallback page found for autotranslate (base=[[%s]], lang=%s)</strong>', args.base, args.lang) end -- Repack args in a standard table. local newargs = {} for field, value in pairs(args) do if field ~= 'base' then newargs[field] = value end end -- Transclude {{page |....}} with template arguments the same as the ones passed to {{autotranslate}} template. return frame:expandTemplate{ title = page, args = newargs } end --[==[ Translate data stored in a module. ]==] function p.translate(page, key, lang) if type(page) == 'string' then -- If the requested translation table is not yet loaded. page = require('Module:' .. page) end local val if page[key] then val = page[key] elseif page.keys and page.keys[key] then -- Key 'keys" is an index of all keys, including redirects, see [[Module:i18n/datatype]]. val = page.keys[key] end if not val then return '<' .. key .. '>' end return p._langSwitch(val, lang) end function p.translatelua(frame) local lang = frame.args.lang local page = require('Module:' .. mw.text.trim(frame.args[1])) -- Page should only contain a simple of translations. if not lang or mw.text.trim(lang) == '' then lang = frame:preprocess("{{Int:Lang}}") end if frame.args[2] then page = page[mw.text.trim(frame.args[2])] end return p._langSwitch(page, lang) end -- This test does not work ('Module:Fallback/tests/fallbacks' is missing) function p.runTests() local toFallbackTest = require('Module:Fallback/tests/fallbacks') local result = true mw.log('Testing fallback chains') for i, t in ipairs(toFallbackTest) do local fbtbl = table.concat(p.fblist(t.initial), ', ') local expected = table.concat(t.expected, ', ') local ret = (fbtbl == expected) mw.log(i, ret and 'passed' or 'FAILED', t.initial, (not ret) and ('FAILED\nis >>' .. fbtbl .. '<<\nbut should be >>' .. expected .. '<<\n') or '') result = result and ret end return result end --[==[ List all input arguments of the template that calls "{{#invoke:Fallback|showTemplateArguments}}" ]==] function p.showTemplateArguments(frame) local str = '' for name, value in pairs( frame:getParent().args ) do if str == '' then str = string.format('%s=%s', name, value) -- argument #1 else str = string.format('%s, %s=%s', str, name, value) -- the rest end end return str end return p kq13xuoypsd1pyeoa4kyap1puypg48b 15711 15590 2026-09-07T05:50:34Z A826 1864 ೧ revisions imported from [[:meta:Module:Fallback]] 15589 Scribunto text/plain local p = {} -- List the full fallback chain from a language to default (usually English) function p.fblist(lang) local fbtable = mw.language.getFallbacksFor(lang) table.insert(fbtable, 1, lang) --[[ Take a translation from "Mediawiki:<Message-ID>/<language-code>" namespace or from a loaded i18 resource bundle in MediaWiki for its UI messages (also used by the "{{Int:<Message-ID>}}" parser function), before using the provided default value. Requires args.message = 'Message-ID', instead of args.message = 'actual translated message'. --]] table.insert(fbtable, 'message') table.insert(fbtable, 'default') return fbtable end --[==[ Return an error if there is not default and no English version, otherwise return the message in the most appropriate, plus the lang code as a second value. --]==] function p._langSwitch(args, lang) -- args: table of translations if not args.en and not args.default and not args.message and args.nocat ~= '1' then return error("langSwitch error: no default") end -- Get language (either stated one or user's default language). if not lang then return '<strong class="error">LangSwitch Error: no lang</strong>' -- must become proper error end -- Get the list of acceptable language (lang + those in lang's fallback chain) and check their content. for _, code in ipairs(p.fblist(lang)) do local msg = args[code] if msg then -- Trim the assigned message value before testing it. msg = mw.text.trim(msg) if msg ~= '' then if code == 'message' then -- If this is an UI message. See [[mw:Manual:Messages API]]. msg = mw.message.new(args.message):inLanguage(lang) --[==[ If this message name does not exist, converting it to a string would not return an actual message, but this name within curved angle brackets U+29FC/U+29FD '⧼/⧽', part of mathematical symbols). The UI message may also be disabled administratively if it causes problems. --]==] if msg:exists() and not msg:isDisabled() then --[==[FIXME: In which language is this message? This may be in some fallback language and not lang. Note that some UI messages may have placeholders like '%s' but there's no way to replace them here by actual values. --]==] return tostring(msg), lang end elseif msg == '~' then return nil, code else return msg, code end end end end return nil end --[==[ Version to be used from wikitext. --]==] function p.langSwitch(frame) local args = frame.args -- If no expected args provided than check parent template/module args. if not args.en and not args.default and not args.nocat then args = frame:getParent().args end local lang if args.lang and args.lang ~= '' then lang = args.lang args.lang = nil else -- Get user's chosen language. lang = frame:preprocess("{{Int:Lang}}") end --[==[ if args.zh ~= '' and args['zh-hans'] == '' and args['zh-hant'] == '' then else end --]==] local str, language = p._langSwitch(args, lang) return str -- Get the first value of the langSwitch, (the text) not the second (the language). end function p.fallbackpage(base, lang, formatting) local languages = p.fblist(lang) for i, lng in ipairs(languages) do if mw.title.new(base .. '/' .. lng).exists then if formatting == 'table' then return {base .. '/' .. lng, lng} -- Returns name of the page + name of the language. else return base .. '/' .. lng -- Returns only the page. end end end return base end --[==[ Logic for [[Template:Autotranslate]]. ]==] function p.autotranslate(frame) local args = frame.args if not args.lang or args.lang == '' then args.lang = frame:preprocess("{{Int:Lang}}") -- Get user's chosen language. end -- Find base page. local base = args.base if not base or base == '' then return '<strong class="error">Base page not provided for autotranslate</strong>' end if string.sub(base, 2, 9) ~= 'emplate:' then base = 'Template:' .. base -- Base provided without 'Template:' part. end -- Find base template language subpage. local page = p.fallbackpage(base, args.lang) -- if (not page and base ~= args.base) then -- Try the original args.base string. This case is only needed if base is not in template namespace. page = p.fallbackpage(args.base, args.lang) end if not page then return string.format('<strong class="error">no fallback page found for autotranslate (base=[[%s]], lang=%s)</strong>', args.base, args.lang) end -- Repack args in a standard table. local newargs = {} for field, value in pairs(args) do if field ~= 'base' then newargs[field] = value end end -- Transclude {{page |....}} with template arguments the same as the ones passed to {{autotranslate}} template. return frame:expandTemplate{ title = page, args = newargs } end --[==[ Translate data stored in a module. ]==] function p.translate(page, key, lang) if type(page) == 'string' then -- If the requested translation table is not yet loaded. page = require('Module:' .. page) end local val if page[key] then val = page[key] elseif page.keys and page.keys[key] then -- Key 'keys" is an index of all keys, including redirects, see [[Module:i18n/datatype]]. val = page.keys[key] end if not val then return '<' .. key .. '>' end return p._langSwitch(val, lang) end function p.translatelua(frame) local lang = frame.args.lang local page = require('Module:' .. mw.text.trim(frame.args[1])) -- Page should only contain a simple of translations. if not lang or mw.text.trim(lang) == '' then lang = frame:preprocess("{{Int:Lang}}") end if frame.args[2] then page = page[mw.text.trim(frame.args[2])] end return p._langSwitch(page, lang) end -- This test does not work ('Module:Fallback/tests/fallbacks' is missing) function p.runTests() local toFallbackTest = require('Module:Fallback/tests/fallbacks') local result = true mw.log('Testing fallback chains') for i, t in ipairs(toFallbackTest) do local fbtbl = table.concat(p.fblist(t.initial), ', ') local expected = table.concat(t.expected, ', ') local ret = (fbtbl == expected) mw.log(i, ret and 'passed' or 'FAILED', t.initial, (not ret) and ('FAILED\nis >>' .. fbtbl .. '<<\nbut should be >>' .. expected .. '<<\n') or '') result = result and ret end return result end --[==[ List all input arguments of the template that calls "{{#invoke:Fallback|showTemplateArguments}}" ]==] function p.showTemplateArguments(frame) local str = '' for name, value in pairs( frame:getParent().args ) do if str == '' then str = string.format('%s=%s', name, value) -- argument #1 else str = string.format('%s, %s=%s', str, name, value) -- the rest end end return str end return p kq13xuoypsd1pyeoa4kyap1puypg48b 10 4490 15766 15668 2026-09-07T06:02:12Z A826 1864 15766 wikitext text/x-wiki <div style="float:right; size:20%"> {{LangSwitch |kn= {{:ಟೆಂಪ್ಲೇಟು:SheSaid_menu/kn}} |en= {{:ಟೆಂಪ್ಲೇಟು:SheSaid_menu/en}} }}<noinclude>[[Category:ಅವಳ ಮಾತು]]</noinclude> </div> fpxsd71tmjpy17q1ax5k7zjf8aoldj3 15767 15766 2026-09-07T06:08:42Z A826 1864 15767 wikitext text/x-wiki <div style="float:right; width:20%;"> [[File:SheSaid_2026_kannada_poster.svg|300px|link=Project:ಅವಳ-ಮಾತು|alt=ಅಭಿಯಾನದ ಕುರಿತಾದ ಮಾಹಿತಿಯಿಂದ ಸುತ್ತುವರಿಯಲ್ಪಟ್ಟ, ಹಲವಾರು ಮಹಿಳೆಯರನ್ನು ಒಳಗೊಂಡಿರುವ ಒಂದು ಚಿತ್ರಣ.]] *'''[[q:wikiquote:SheSaid]]''' *[[q:wikiquote:SheSaid/RedLists|RedLists]] and [[q:wikiquote:SheSaid/Suggestions|Suggestions]] *[[ವಿಕಿಕೋಟ್:ಅವಳ-ಮಾತು/೨೦೨೬|೨೦೨೬]], *[[m:Wiki Loves Women/SheSaid|Global]] <small>[https://kn.wikiquote.org/w/index.php?title=Template:SheSaid_menu&action=edit&action=edit edit this template]</small><noinclude>[[Category:ಅವಳ ಮಾತು]]</noinclude> </div> 0z7xefwmt9crqzcxftehbyize9zbihd 15768 15767 2026-09-07T06:11:19Z A826 1864 15768 wikitext text/x-wiki <div style="float:right; width:20%; margin-right:20%;"> [[File:SheSaid_2026_kannada_poster.svg|300px|link=Project:ಅವಳ-ಮಾತು|alt=ಅಭಿಯಾನದ ಕುರಿತಾದ ಮಾಹಿತಿಯಿಂದ ಸುತ್ತುವರಿಯಲ್ಪಟ್ಟ, ಹಲವಾರು ಮಹಿಳೆಯರನ್ನು ಒಳಗೊಂಡಿರುವ ಒಂದು ಚಿತ್ರಣ.]] *'''[[q:wikiquote:SheSaid]]''' *[[q:wikiquote:SheSaid/RedLists|RedLists]] and [[q:wikiquote:SheSaid/Suggestions|Suggestions]] *[[ವಿಕಿಕೋಟ್:ಅವಳ-ಮಾತು/೨೦೨೬|೨೦೨೬]], *[[m:Wiki Loves Women/SheSaid|Global]] </div> <noinclude>[[Category:ಅವಳ ಮಾತು]]</noinclude> s2b0iyfrk0xxqfacurbwc3qa7raks3p 15769 15768 2026-09-07T06:11:53Z A826 1864 15769 wikitext text/x-wiki <div style="float:right; width:20%; margin-right:20px;"> [[File:SheSaid_2026_kannada_poster.svg|300px|link=Project:ಅವಳ-ಮಾತು|alt=ಅಭಿಯಾನದ ಕುರಿತಾದ ಮಾಹಿತಿಯಿಂದ ಸುತ್ತುವರಿಯಲ್ಪಟ್ಟ, ಹಲವಾರು ಮಹಿಳೆಯರನ್ನು ಒಳಗೊಂಡಿರುವ ಒಂದು ಚಿತ್ರಣ.]] *'''[[q:wikiquote:SheSaid]]''' *[[q:wikiquote:SheSaid/RedLists|RedLists]] and [[q:wikiquote:SheSaid/Suggestions|Suggestions]] *[[ವಿಕಿಕೋಟ್:ಅವಳ-ಮಾತು/೨೦೨೬|೨೦೨೬]], *[[m:Wiki Loves Women/SheSaid|Global]] </div> <noinclude>[[Category:ಅವಳ ಮಾತು]]</noinclude> snm58netls72758f5vj4ormuk9zt24k 0 4500 15691 15686 2026-09-06T16:25:25Z Sangeetha N shet 2411 15691 wikitext text/x-wiki ಸಾಲುಮರದ ತಿಮ್ಮಕ್ಕ ಕರ್ನಾಟಕದ ಖ್ಯಾತ ಪರಿಸರವಾದಿ ಹಾಗೂ “ವೃಕ್ಷ ಮಾತೆ” ಎಂದು ಗೌರವದಿಂದ ಕರೆಯಲ್ಪಡುವ ಮಹನೀಯರಾಗಿದ್ದರು. ಅವರು ತಮ್ಮ ಪತಿ ಬಿಕ್ಕಲ ಚಿಕ್ಕಯ್ಯ ಅವರೊಂದಿಗೆ ಸೇರಿ ಮರಗಳನ್ನು ನೆಟ್ಟು, ಅವುಗಳನ್ನು ಮಕ್ಕಳಂತೆ ಕಾಳಜಿಯಿಂದ ಬೆಳೆಸಿದರು. ವಿಶೇಷವಾಗಿ ಹುಲಿಕಲ್–ಕುದುರು ರಸ್ತೆಯ ಬದಿಯಲ್ಲಿ ನೂರಾರು ಆಲದ ಮರಗಳನ್ನು ಬೆಳೆಸಿದ ಅವರ ಪರಿಸರ ಸೇವೆ ದೇಶ-ವಿದೇಶಗಳಲ್ಲಿ ವ್ಯಾಪಕ ಮೆಚ್ಚುಗೆಗೆ ಪಾತ್ರವಾಯಿತು. ಔಪಚಾರಿಕ ಶಿಕ್ಷಣದ ಅವಕಾಶಗಳು ಸೀಮಿತವಾಗಿದ್ದರೂ, ಪ್ರಕೃತಿ ಸಂರಕ್ಷಣೆಯ ಮಹತ್ವದ ಕುರಿತು ಅವರು ಸಮಾಜಕ್ಕೆ ಅಮೂಲ್ಯ ಸಂದೇಶವನ್ನು ನೀಡಿದರು. ಅವರ ಅಪೂರ್ವ ಪರಿಸರ ಸೇವೆಗೆ ಪದ್ಮಶ್ರೀ ಸೇರಿದಂತೆ ಅನೇಕ ಪ್ರತಿಷ್ಠಿತ ಪ್ರಶಸ್ತಿಗಳು ಲಭಿಸಿವೆ. ಮರಗಳನ್ನು ನೆಡುವುದು ಮತ್ತು ಪ್ರಕೃತಿಯನ್ನು ಸಂರಕ್ಷಿಸುವುದು ಪ್ರತಿಯೊಬ್ಬರ ಜವಾಬ್ದಾರಿಯಾಗಿದೆ ಎಂಬ ಸಂದೇಶವನ್ನು ಅವರು ತಮ್ಮ ಜೀವನದ ಮೂಲಕ ಸಾರಿದರು. ==ನುಡಿಗಳು== # " ಉತ್ತಮ ಜೀವನಕ್ಕಾಗಿ ಹೋರಾಡಲು ಹಸಿರು ನನ್ನ ಕತ್ತಿಯಾಗಿದೆ, ಅದನ್ನು ನಿಮ್ಮದಾಗಿಸಿಕೊಳ್ಳಿ ". # "ನೀವು ಹಸಿರು ಪರಿಕಲ್ಪನೆಯನ್ನು ಅರ್ಥಮಾಡಿಕೊಳ್ಳಬೇಕು ಮತ್ತು ಹೆಚ್ಚು ಸಸಿಗಳನ್ನು ನೆಡಬೇಕು, ಏಕೆಂದರೆ ಇನ್ನು ಮುಂದೆ ಸರ್ಕಾರಿ ಅಧಿಕಾರಿಗಳನ್ನು ನಂಬುವುದರಿಂದ ಯಾವುದೇ ಪ್ರಯೋಜನವಿಲ್ಲ". ==ಉಲ್ಲೇಖಗಳು== # https://www.deccanchronicle.com/lifestyle/pets-and-environment/050616/green-is-my-sword-make-it-yours-says-saalumarada-thimmakka.html # j3y5d0b6uw4efxgoqjih22ats3kjkty 10 4501 15692 2025-04-27T20:29:00Z meta>Pppery 0 Protected "[[Template:LangSwitch]]" ([Edit=Allow only administrators] (indefinite) [Move=Allow only administrators] (indefinite)) 15692 wikitext text/x-wiki {{#invoke:Fallback|langSwitch<noinclude>|default=</noinclude>}}<noinclude>{{Documentation}}</noinclude> cdnnzwe239xvs5v3lswwcvsgskwtwwb 15693 15692 2026-09-07T05:50:33Z A826 1864 ೧ revisions imported from [[:meta:Template:LangSwitch]] 15692 wikitext text/x-wiki {{#invoke:Fallback|langSwitch<noinclude>|default=</noinclude>}}<noinclude>{{Documentation}}</noinclude> cdnnzwe239xvs5v3lswwcvsgskwtwwb 828 4502 15708 2021-08-23T18:01:11Z meta>MusikBot II 0 Changed protection settings for "[[Module:Template translation]]": High-risk template or module ([[User:MusikBot II/TemplateProtector|more info]]) ([Edit=Allow only administrators] (indefinite) [Move=Allow only administrators] (indefinite)) 15708 Scribunto text/plain local this = {} function this.checkLanguage(subpage, default) --[[Check first if there's an any invalid character that would cause the mw.language.isKnownLanguageTag function() to throw an exception: - all ASCII controls in [\000-\031\127], - double quote ("), sharp sign (#), ampersand (&), apostrophe ('), - slash (/), colon (:), semicolon (;), lower than (<), greater than (>), - brackets and braces ([, ], {, }), pipe (|), backslash (\\) All other characters are accepted, including space and all non-ASCII characters (including \192, which is invalid in UTF-8). --]] if mw.language.isValidCode(subpage) and mw.language.isKnownLanguageTag(subpage) --[[However "SupportedLanguages" are too restrictive, as they discard many valid BCP47 script variants (only because MediaWiki still does not define automatic transliterators for them, e.g. "en-dsrt" or "fr-brai" for French transliteration in Braille), and country variants, (useful in localized data, even if they are no longer used for translations, such as zh-cn, also useful for legacy codes). We want to avoid matching subpagenames containing any uppercase letter, (even if they are considered valid in BCP 47, in which they are case-insensitive; they are not "SupportedLanguages" for MediaWiki, so they are not "KnownLanguageTags" for MediaWiki). To be more restrictive, we exclude tags * for specific uses in template subpages and unusable as language tags; * that is not ASCII and not a lowercase letter, minus-hyphen, or digit, or does not start by a letter or does not finish by a letter or digit; * or that has subtags with more than 8 characters between hyphens; * or that has two hyphens. --]] or subpage ~= "doc" and subpage ~= "layout" and subpage ~= "button" and subpage ~= "buttons" and subpage ~= "sandbox" and subpage ~= "testcase" and subpage ~= "testcases" and string.find(subpage, "^[%l][%-%d%l]*[%d%l]$") ~= nil and string.find(subpage, "[%d%l][%d%l][%d%l][%d%l][%d%l][%d%l][%d%l][%d%l][%d%l]") == nil and string.find(subpage, "%-%-") == nil then return subpage end -- Otherwise there's currently no known language subpage return default end --[[Get the last subpage of an arbitrary page if it is a translation. To be used from templates. ]] function this.getLanguageSubpage(frame) local title = frame and frame.args[1] if not title or title == '' then title = mw.title.getCurrentTitle() end return this._getLanguageSubpage(title) end --[[Get the last subpage of an arbitrary page if it is a translation. To be used from Lua. ]] function this._getLanguageSubpage(title) if type(title) == 'string' then title = mw.title.new(title) end if not title then -- invalid title return nil end --[[This code does not work in all namespaces where the Translate tool works. -- It works in the main namespace on Meta because it allows subpages there -- It would not work in the main namespace of English Wikipedia (but the -- articles are monolignual on that wiki). -- On Meta-Wiki the main space uses subpages and its pages are translated. -- The Translate tool allows translatng pages in all namespaces, even if -- the namespace officially does not have subpages. -- On Meta-Wiki the Category namespace still does not have subpages enabled, -- even if they would be very useful for categorizing templates, that DO have -- subpages (for documentatio and tstboxes pages). This is a misconfiguration -- bug of Meta-Wiki. The work-around is to split the full title and then -- get the last titlepart. local subpage = title.subpageText --]] local titleparts = mw.text.split(title.fullText, '/') local subpage = titleparts[#titleparts] return this.checkLanguage(subpage, '') end --[[Get the last subpage of the current page if it is a translation. ]] function this.getCurrentLanguageSubpage() return this._getLanguageSubpage(mw.title.getCurrentTitle()) end --[[Get the first part of the language code of the subpage, before the '-'. --]] function this.getMainLanguageSubpage() parts = mw.text.split(this.getCurrentLanguageSubpage(), '-') return parts[1] end --[[Get the last subpage of the current frame if it is a translation. Not used locally. --]] function this.getFrameLanguageSubpage(frame) return this._getLanguageSubpage(frame:getParent():getTitle()) end --[[Get the language of the current page. Not used locally. --]] function this.getLanguage() local subpage = mw.title.getCurrentTitle().subpageText return this.checkLanguage(subpage, mw.language.getContentLanguage():getCode()) end --[[Get the language of the current frame. Not used locally. --]] function this.getFrameLanguage(frame) local titleparts = mw.text.split(frame:getParent():getTitle(), '/') local subpage = titleparts[#titleparts] return this.checkLanguage(subpage, mw.language.getContentLanguage():getCode()) end function this.title(namespace, basepagename, subpage) local message, title local pagename = basepagename if (subpage or '') ~= '' then pagename = pagename .. '/' .. subpage end local valid, title = xpcall(function() return mw.title.new(pagename, namespace) -- costly end, function(msg) -- catch undocumented exception (!?) -- thrown when namespace does not exist. The doc still -- says it should return a title, even in that case... message = msg end) if valid and title ~= nil and (title.id or 0) ~= 0 then return title end return { -- "pseudo" mw.title object with id = nil in case of error prefixedText = pagename, -- the only property we need below message = message -- only for debugging } end --[[If on a translation subpage (like Foobar/de), this function returns a given template in the same language, if the translation is available. Otherwise, the template is returned in its default language, without modification. This is aimed at replacing the current implementation of Template:TNTN. This version does not expand the returned template name: this solves the problem of self-recursion in TNT when translatable templates need themselves to transclude other translable templates (such as Tnavbar). --]] function this.getTranslatedTemplate(frame, withStatus) local args = frame.args local pagename = args['template'] --[[Check whether the pagename is actually in the Template namespace, or if we're transcluding a main-namespace page. (added for backward compatibility of Template:TNT) ]] local namespace, title = args['tntns'] or '' if namespace ~= '' then -- Checks for tntns parameter for custom ns. title = this.title(namespace, pagename) -- Costly else -- Supposes that set page is in ns10. namespace = 'Template' title = this.title(namespace, pagename) -- Costly if title.id == nil then -- not found in the Template namespace, assume the main namespace (for backward compatibility) namespace = '' title = this.title(namespace, pagename) -- Costly end end -- Get the last subpage and check if it matches a known language code. local subpage = args['uselang'] or '' if subpage == '' then subpage = this.getCurrentLanguageSubpage() end if subpage == '' then -- Check if a translation of the pagename exists in English local newtitle = this.title(namespace, pagename, 'en') -- Costly -- Use the translation when it exists if newtitle.id ~= nil then title = newtitle end else -- Check if a translation of the pagename exists in that language local newtitle = this.title(namespace, pagename, subpage) -- Costly if newtitle.id == nil then -- Check if a translation of the pagename exists in English newtitle = this.title(namespace, pagename, 'en') -- Costly end -- Use the translation when it exists if newtitle.id ~= nil then title = newtitle end end -- At this point the title should exist if withStatus then -- status returned to Lua function below return title.prefixedText, title.id ~= nil else -- returned directly to MediaWiki return title.prefixedText end end --[[If on a translation subpage (like Foobar/de), this function renders a given template in the same language, if the translation is available. Otherwise, the template is rendered in its default language, without modification. This is aimed at replacing the current implementation of Template:TNT. Note that translatable templates cannot transclude themselves other translatable templates, as it will recurse on TNT. Use TNTN instead to return only the effective template name to expand externally, with template parameters also provided externally. --]] function this.renderTranslatedTemplate(frame) local title, found = this.getTranslatedTemplate(frame, true) -- At this point the title should exist prior to performing the expansion -- of the template, otherwise render a red link to the missing page -- (resolved in its assumed namespace). If we don't tet this here, a -- script error would be thrown. Returning a red link is consistant with -- MediaWiki behavior when attempting to transclude inexistant templates. if not found then return '[[' .. title .. ']]' end -- Copy args pseudo-table to a proper table so we can feed it to expandTemplate. -- Then render the pagename. local args = frame.args local pargs = (frame:getParent() or {}).args local arguments = {} if (args['noshift'] or '') == '' then for k, v in pairs(pargs) do local n = tonumber(k) or 0 if n <= 0 then -- unnumbered args arguments[k] = v elseif n >= 2 then -- numbered args >= 2 need to be shifted arguments[n - 1] = v end end else -- special case where TNT is used as autotranslate -- (don't shift again what is shifted in the invokation) for k, v in pairs(pargs) do arguments[k] = v end end arguments['template'] = title -- override the existing parameter of the base template name supplied with the full name of the actual template expanded arguments['tntns'] = nil -- discard the specified namespace override arguments['uselang'] = args['uselang'] -- argument forwarded into parent frame arguments['noshift'] = args['noshift'] -- argument forwarded into parent frame return frame:expandTemplate{title = ':' .. title, args = arguments} end --[[A helper for mocking TNT in Special:TemplateSandbox. TNT breaks TemplateSandbox; mocking it with this method means templates won't be localized but at least TemplateSandbox substitutions will work properly. Won't work with complex uses. --]] function this.mockTNT(frame) local pargs = (frame:getParent() or {}).args local arguments = {} for k, v in pairs(pargs) do local n = tonumber(k) or 0 if n <= 0 then -- unnumbered args arguments[k] = v elseif n >= 2 then -- numbered args >= 2 need to be shifted arguments[n - 1] = v end end if not pargs[1] then return '' end return frame:expandTemplate{title = 'Template:' .. pargs[1], args = arguments} end return this awvcrmp8lemwq049tlq1p4ae9mbphim 15709 15708 2026-09-07T05:50:34Z A826 1864 ೧ revisions imported from [[:meta:Module:Template_translation]] 15708 Scribunto text/plain local this = {} function this.checkLanguage(subpage, default) --[[Check first if there's an any invalid character that would cause the mw.language.isKnownLanguageTag function() to throw an exception: - all ASCII controls in [\000-\031\127], - double quote ("), sharp sign (#), ampersand (&), apostrophe ('), - slash (/), colon (:), semicolon (;), lower than (<), greater than (>), - brackets and braces ([, ], {, }), pipe (|), backslash (\\) All other characters are accepted, including space and all non-ASCII characters (including \192, which is invalid in UTF-8). --]] if mw.language.isValidCode(subpage) and mw.language.isKnownLanguageTag(subpage) --[[However "SupportedLanguages" are too restrictive, as they discard many valid BCP47 script variants (only because MediaWiki still does not define automatic transliterators for them, e.g. "en-dsrt" or "fr-brai" for French transliteration in Braille), and country variants, (useful in localized data, even if they are no longer used for translations, such as zh-cn, also useful for legacy codes). We want to avoid matching subpagenames containing any uppercase letter, (even if they are considered valid in BCP 47, in which they are case-insensitive; they are not "SupportedLanguages" for MediaWiki, so they are not "KnownLanguageTags" for MediaWiki). To be more restrictive, we exclude tags * for specific uses in template subpages and unusable as language tags; * that is not ASCII and not a lowercase letter, minus-hyphen, or digit, or does not start by a letter or does not finish by a letter or digit; * or that has subtags with more than 8 characters between hyphens; * or that has two hyphens. --]] or subpage ~= "doc" and subpage ~= "layout" and subpage ~= "button" and subpage ~= "buttons" and subpage ~= "sandbox" and subpage ~= "testcase" and subpage ~= "testcases" and string.find(subpage, "^[%l][%-%d%l]*[%d%l]$") ~= nil and string.find(subpage, "[%d%l][%d%l][%d%l][%d%l][%d%l][%d%l][%d%l][%d%l][%d%l]") == nil and string.find(subpage, "%-%-") == nil then return subpage end -- Otherwise there's currently no known language subpage return default end --[[Get the last subpage of an arbitrary page if it is a translation. To be used from templates. ]] function this.getLanguageSubpage(frame) local title = frame and frame.args[1] if not title or title == '' then title = mw.title.getCurrentTitle() end return this._getLanguageSubpage(title) end --[[Get the last subpage of an arbitrary page if it is a translation. To be used from Lua. ]] function this._getLanguageSubpage(title) if type(title) == 'string' then title = mw.title.new(title) end if not title then -- invalid title return nil end --[[This code does not work in all namespaces where the Translate tool works. -- It works in the main namespace on Meta because it allows subpages there -- It would not work in the main namespace of English Wikipedia (but the -- articles are monolignual on that wiki). -- On Meta-Wiki the main space uses subpages and its pages are translated. -- The Translate tool allows translatng pages in all namespaces, even if -- the namespace officially does not have subpages. -- On Meta-Wiki the Category namespace still does not have subpages enabled, -- even if they would be very useful for categorizing templates, that DO have -- subpages (for documentatio and tstboxes pages). This is a misconfiguration -- bug of Meta-Wiki. The work-around is to split the full title and then -- get the last titlepart. local subpage = title.subpageText --]] local titleparts = mw.text.split(title.fullText, '/') local subpage = titleparts[#titleparts] return this.checkLanguage(subpage, '') end --[[Get the last subpage of the current page if it is a translation. ]] function this.getCurrentLanguageSubpage() return this._getLanguageSubpage(mw.title.getCurrentTitle()) end --[[Get the first part of the language code of the subpage, before the '-'. --]] function this.getMainLanguageSubpage() parts = mw.text.split(this.getCurrentLanguageSubpage(), '-') return parts[1] end --[[Get the last subpage of the current frame if it is a translation. Not used locally. --]] function this.getFrameLanguageSubpage(frame) return this._getLanguageSubpage(frame:getParent():getTitle()) end --[[Get the language of the current page. Not used locally. --]] function this.getLanguage() local subpage = mw.title.getCurrentTitle().subpageText return this.checkLanguage(subpage, mw.language.getContentLanguage():getCode()) end --[[Get the language of the current frame. Not used locally. --]] function this.getFrameLanguage(frame) local titleparts = mw.text.split(frame:getParent():getTitle(), '/') local subpage = titleparts[#titleparts] return this.checkLanguage(subpage, mw.language.getContentLanguage():getCode()) end function this.title(namespace, basepagename, subpage) local message, title local pagename = basepagename if (subpage or '') ~= '' then pagename = pagename .. '/' .. subpage end local valid, title = xpcall(function() return mw.title.new(pagename, namespace) -- costly end, function(msg) -- catch undocumented exception (!?) -- thrown when namespace does not exist. The doc still -- says it should return a title, even in that case... message = msg end) if valid and title ~= nil and (title.id or 0) ~= 0 then return title end return { -- "pseudo" mw.title object with id = nil in case of error prefixedText = pagename, -- the only property we need below message = message -- only for debugging } end --[[If on a translation subpage (like Foobar/de), this function returns a given template in the same language, if the translation is available. Otherwise, the template is returned in its default language, without modification. This is aimed at replacing the current implementation of Template:TNTN. This version does not expand the returned template name: this solves the problem of self-recursion in TNT when translatable templates need themselves to transclude other translable templates (such as Tnavbar). --]] function this.getTranslatedTemplate(frame, withStatus) local args = frame.args local pagename = args['template'] --[[Check whether the pagename is actually in the Template namespace, or if we're transcluding a main-namespace page. (added for backward compatibility of Template:TNT) ]] local namespace, title = args['tntns'] or '' if namespace ~= '' then -- Checks for tntns parameter for custom ns. title = this.title(namespace, pagename) -- Costly else -- Supposes that set page is in ns10. namespace = 'Template' title = this.title(namespace, pagename) -- Costly if title.id == nil then -- not found in the Template namespace, assume the main namespace (for backward compatibility) namespace = '' title = this.title(namespace, pagename) -- Costly end end -- Get the last subpage and check if it matches a known language code. local subpage = args['uselang'] or '' if subpage == '' then subpage = this.getCurrentLanguageSubpage() end if subpage == '' then -- Check if a translation of the pagename exists in English local newtitle = this.title(namespace, pagename, 'en') -- Costly -- Use the translation when it exists if newtitle.id ~= nil then title = newtitle end else -- Check if a translation of the pagename exists in that language local newtitle = this.title(namespace, pagename, subpage) -- Costly if newtitle.id == nil then -- Check if a translation of the pagename exists in English newtitle = this.title(namespace, pagename, 'en') -- Costly end -- Use the translation when it exists if newtitle.id ~= nil then title = newtitle end end -- At this point the title should exist if withStatus then -- status returned to Lua function below return title.prefixedText, title.id ~= nil else -- returned directly to MediaWiki return title.prefixedText end end --[[If on a translation subpage (like Foobar/de), this function renders a given template in the same language, if the translation is available. Otherwise, the template is rendered in its default language, without modification. This is aimed at replacing the current implementation of Template:TNT. Note that translatable templates cannot transclude themselves other translatable templates, as it will recurse on TNT. Use TNTN instead to return only the effective template name to expand externally, with template parameters also provided externally. --]] function this.renderTranslatedTemplate(frame) local title, found = this.getTranslatedTemplate(frame, true) -- At this point the title should exist prior to performing the expansion -- of the template, otherwise render a red link to the missing page -- (resolved in its assumed namespace). If we don't tet this here, a -- script error would be thrown. Returning a red link is consistant with -- MediaWiki behavior when attempting to transclude inexistant templates. if not found then return '[[' .. title .. ']]' end -- Copy args pseudo-table to a proper table so we can feed it to expandTemplate. -- Then render the pagename. local args = frame.args local pargs = (frame:getParent() or {}).args local arguments = {} if (args['noshift'] or '') == '' then for k, v in pairs(pargs) do local n = tonumber(k) or 0 if n <= 0 then -- unnumbered args arguments[k] = v elseif n >= 2 then -- numbered args >= 2 need to be shifted arguments[n - 1] = v end end else -- special case where TNT is used as autotranslate -- (don't shift again what is shifted in the invokation) for k, v in pairs(pargs) do arguments[k] = v end end arguments['template'] = title -- override the existing parameter of the base template name supplied with the full name of the actual template expanded arguments['tntns'] = nil -- discard the specified namespace override arguments['uselang'] = args['uselang'] -- argument forwarded into parent frame arguments['noshift'] = args['noshift'] -- argument forwarded into parent frame return frame:expandTemplate{title = ':' .. title, args = arguments} end --[[A helper for mocking TNT in Special:TemplateSandbox. TNT breaks TemplateSandbox; mocking it with this method means templates won't be localized but at least TemplateSandbox substitutions will work properly. Won't work with complex uses. --]] function this.mockTNT(frame) local pargs = (frame:getParent() or {}).args local arguments = {} for k, v in pairs(pargs) do local n = tonumber(k) or 0 if n <= 0 then -- unnumbered args arguments[k] = v elseif n >= 2 then -- numbered args >= 2 need to be shifted arguments[n - 1] = v end end if not pargs[1] then return '' end return frame:expandTemplate{title = 'Template:' .. pargs[1], args = arguments} end return this awvcrmp8lemwq049tlq1p4ae9mbphim 828 4503 15722 2021-08-23T18:01:06Z meta>MusikBot II 0 Changed protection settings for "[[Module:Documentation/i18n]]": High-risk template or module ([[User:MusikBot II/TemplateProtector|more info]]) ([Edit=Allow only administrators] (indefinite) [Move=Allow only administrators] (indefinite)) 15722 Scribunto text/plain local format = require('Module:TNT').format local i18n = {} i18n['cfg-error-msg-type'] = format('I18n/Documentation', 'cfg-error-msg-type') i18n['cfg-error-msg-empty'] = format('I18n/Documentation', 'cfg-error-msg-empty') -- cfg['template-namespace-heading'] -- The heading shown in the template namespace. i18n['template-namespace-heading'] = format('I18n/Documentation', 'template-namespace-heading') -- cfg['module-namespace-heading'] -- The heading shown in the module namespace. i18n['module-namespace-heading'] = format('I18n/Documentation', 'module-namespace-heading') -- cfg['file-namespace-heading'] -- The heading shown in the file namespace. i18n['file-namespace-heading'] = format('I18n/Documentation', 'file-namespace-heading') -- cfg['other-namespaces-heading'] -- The heading shown in other namespaces. i18n['other-namespaces-heading'] = format('I18n/Documentation', 'other-namespaces-heading') -- cfg['view-link-display'] -- The text to display for "view" links. i18n['view-link-display'] = format('I18n/Documentation', 'view-link-display') -- cfg['edit-link-display'] -- The text to display for "edit" links. i18n['edit-link-display'] = format('I18n/Documentation', 'edit-link-display') -- cfg['history-link-display'] -- The text to display for "history" links. i18n['history-link-display'] = format('I18n/Documentation', 'history-link-display') -- cfg['purge-link-display'] -- The text to display for "purge" links. i18n['purge-link-display'] = format('I18n/Documentation', 'purge-link-display') -- cfg['create-link-display'] -- The text to display for "create" links. i18n['create-link-display'] = format('I18n/Documentation', 'create-link-display') return i18n i27qt76cptbbpjtsh3j4x87t48x7xds 15723 15722 2026-09-07T05:50:34Z A826 1864 ೧ revisions imported from [[:meta:Module:Documentation/i18n]] 15722 Scribunto text/plain local format = require('Module:TNT').format local i18n = {} i18n['cfg-error-msg-type'] = format('I18n/Documentation', 'cfg-error-msg-type') i18n['cfg-error-msg-empty'] = format('I18n/Documentation', 'cfg-error-msg-empty') -- cfg['template-namespace-heading'] -- The heading shown in the template namespace. i18n['template-namespace-heading'] = format('I18n/Documentation', 'template-namespace-heading') -- cfg['module-namespace-heading'] -- The heading shown in the module namespace. i18n['module-namespace-heading'] = format('I18n/Documentation', 'module-namespace-heading') -- cfg['file-namespace-heading'] -- The heading shown in the file namespace. i18n['file-namespace-heading'] = format('I18n/Documentation', 'file-namespace-heading') -- cfg['other-namespaces-heading'] -- The heading shown in other namespaces. i18n['other-namespaces-heading'] = format('I18n/Documentation', 'other-namespaces-heading') -- cfg['view-link-display'] -- The text to display for "view" links. i18n['view-link-display'] = format('I18n/Documentation', 'view-link-display') -- cfg['edit-link-display'] -- The text to display for "edit" links. i18n['edit-link-display'] = format('I18n/Documentation', 'edit-link-display') -- cfg['history-link-display'] -- The text to display for "history" links. i18n['history-link-display'] = format('I18n/Documentation', 'history-link-display') -- cfg['purge-link-display'] -- The text to display for "purge" links. i18n['purge-link-display'] = format('I18n/Documentation', 'purge-link-display') -- cfg['create-link-display'] -- The text to display for "create" links. i18n['create-link-display'] = format('I18n/Documentation', 'create-link-display') return i18n i27qt76cptbbpjtsh3j4x87t48x7xds 10 4504 15728 2021-08-23T18:00:53Z meta>MusikBot II 0 Changed protection settings for "[[Template:Uselang]]": High-risk template or module ([[User:MusikBot II/TemplateProtector|more info]]) ([Edit=Allow only administrators] (indefinite) [Move=Allow only administrators] (indefinite)) 15728 wikitext text/x-wiki {{#ifeq:{{Int:Lang}}|⧼Lang⧽|en|{{Int:Lang}}}}<noinclude>{{Doc}}</noinclude> o134xc64iw532st5yxye0okr4qvbrk2 15729 15728 2026-09-07T05:50:35Z A826 1864 ೧ revisions imported from [[:meta:Template:Uselang]] 15728 wikitext text/x-wiki {{#ifeq:{{Int:Lang}}|⧼Lang⧽|en|{{Int:Lang}}}}<noinclude>{{Doc}}</noinclude> o134xc64iw532st5yxye0okr4qvbrk2 10 4505 15730 2026-07-25T22:18:44Z meta>NguoiDungKhongDinhDanh 0 Per [[Special:Permalink/30854028#Protected edit request on 25 July 2026|request]] 15730 wikitext text/x-wiki {{<includeonly>safesubst:</includeonly>#if:{{<includeonly>safesubst:</includeonly>#invoke:Template translation|getLanguageSubpage}} |{{<includeonly>safesubst:</includeonly>#invoke:Template translation|getLanguageSubpage}} |{{<includeonly>safesubst:</includeonly>CONTENTLANGUAGE}} }}<noinclude> {{Documentation}} </noinclude> 30x7ntgqkpaz2xsquj4hgwgzddm5fxv 15731 15730 2026-09-07T05:50:35Z A826 1864 ೧ revisions imported from [[:meta:Template:CURRENTCONTENTLANGUAGE]] 15730 wikitext text/x-wiki {{<includeonly>safesubst:</includeonly>#if:{{<includeonly>safesubst:</includeonly>#invoke:Template translation|getLanguageSubpage}} |{{<includeonly>safesubst:</includeonly>#invoke:Template translation|getLanguageSubpage}} |{{<includeonly>safesubst:</includeonly>CONTENTLANGUAGE}} }}<noinclude> {{Documentation}} </noinclude> 30x7ntgqkpaz2xsquj4hgwgzddm5fxv 828 4506 15734 2023-04-15T15:30:13Z meta>Tulsi 0 Fulfilling edit requests per [[Module talk:Effective protection level|talk page]] by [[User:Awesome Aasim|Awesome Aasim]] 15734 Scribunto text/plain local p = {} -- Returns the permission required to perform a given action on a given title. -- If no title is specified, the title of the page being displayed is used. function p._main(action, pagename) local title if type(pagename) == 'table' and pagename.prefixedText then title = pagename elseif pagename then title = mw.title.new(pagename) else title = mw.title.getCurrentTitle() end pagename = title.prefixedText if action == 'autoreview' then local level = mw.ext.FlaggedRevs.getStabilitySettings(title) level = level and level.autoreview if level == 'review' then return 'reviewer' elseif level ~= '' then return level else return nil -- not '*'. a page not being PC-protected is distinct from it being PC-protected with anyone able to review. also not '', as that would mean PC-protected but nobody can review end elseif action ~= 'edit' and action ~= 'move' and action ~= 'create' and action ~= 'upload' and action ~= 'undelete' then error( 'First parameter must be one of edit, move, create, upload, undelete, autoreview', 2 ) end if title.namespace == 8 then -- MediaWiki namespace if title.text:sub(-3) == '.js' or title.text:sub(-4) == '.css' or title.contentModel == 'javascript' or title.contentModel == 'css' then -- site JS or CSS page return 'interfaceadmin' else -- any non-JS/CSS MediaWiki page return 'sysop' end elseif title.namespace == 2 and title.isSubpage then if title.contentModel == 'javascript' or title.contentModel == 'css' then -- user JS or CSS page return 'interfaceadmin' elseif title.contentModel == 'json' then -- user JSON page return 'sysop' end end if action == 'undelete' then return 'sysop' end local level = title.protectionLevels[action] and title.protectionLevels[action][1] if level == 'sysop' or level == 'editprotected' then return 'sysop' elseif title.cascadingProtection.restrictions[action] and title.cascadingProtection.restrictions[action][1] then -- used by a cascading-protected page return 'sysop' elseif action == 'move' then local blacklistentry = mw.ext.TitleBlacklist.test('edit', pagename) -- Testing action edit is correct, since this is for the source page. The target page name gets tested with action move. if blacklistentry and not blacklistentry.params.autoconfirmed then return 'sysop' elseif title.namespace == 6 then return 'filemover' elseif level == 'extendedconfirmed' then return 'extendedconfirmed' else return 'autoconfirmed' end end local blacklistentry = mw.ext.TitleBlacklist.test(action, pagename) if blacklistentry then if not blacklistentry.params.autoconfirmed then return 'sysop' elseif level == 'extendedconfirmed' then return 'extendedconfirmed' else return 'autoconfirmed' end elseif level == 'editsemiprotected' then -- create-semiprotected pages return this for some reason return 'autoconfirmed' elseif level then return level elseif action == 'upload' then return 'autoconfirmed' elseif action == 'create' and title.namespace % 2 == 0 and title.namespace ~= 118 then -- You need to be registered, but not autoconfirmed, to create non-talk pages other than drafts return 'user' else return '*' end end setmetatable(p, { __index = function(t, k) return function(frame) return t._main(k, frame.args[1]) end end }) return p q9dyv7wyimcacbzupca2khulttmsw46 15735 15734 2026-09-07T05:50:35Z A826 1864 ೧ revisions imported from [[:meta:Module:Effective_protection_level]] 15734 Scribunto text/plain local p = {} -- Returns the permission required to perform a given action on a given title. -- If no title is specified, the title of the page being displayed is used. function p._main(action, pagename) local title if type(pagename) == 'table' and pagename.prefixedText then title = pagename elseif pagename then title = mw.title.new(pagename) else title = mw.title.getCurrentTitle() end pagename = title.prefixedText if action == 'autoreview' then local level = mw.ext.FlaggedRevs.getStabilitySettings(title) level = level and level.autoreview if level == 'review' then return 'reviewer' elseif level ~= '' then return level else return nil -- not '*'. a page not being PC-protected is distinct from it being PC-protected with anyone able to review. also not '', as that would mean PC-protected but nobody can review end elseif action ~= 'edit' and action ~= 'move' and action ~= 'create' and action ~= 'upload' and action ~= 'undelete' then error( 'First parameter must be one of edit, move, create, upload, undelete, autoreview', 2 ) end if title.namespace == 8 then -- MediaWiki namespace if title.text:sub(-3) == '.js' or title.text:sub(-4) == '.css' or title.contentModel == 'javascript' or title.contentModel == 'css' then -- site JS or CSS page return 'interfaceadmin' else -- any non-JS/CSS MediaWiki page return 'sysop' end elseif title.namespace == 2 and title.isSubpage then if title.contentModel == 'javascript' or title.contentModel == 'css' then -- user JS or CSS page return 'interfaceadmin' elseif title.contentModel == 'json' then -- user JSON page return 'sysop' end end if action == 'undelete' then return 'sysop' end local level = title.protectionLevels[action] and title.protectionLevels[action][1] if level == 'sysop' or level == 'editprotected' then return 'sysop' elseif title.cascadingProtection.restrictions[action] and title.cascadingProtection.restrictions[action][1] then -- used by a cascading-protected page return 'sysop' elseif action == 'move' then local blacklistentry = mw.ext.TitleBlacklist.test('edit', pagename) -- Testing action edit is correct, since this is for the source page. The target page name gets tested with action move. if blacklistentry and not blacklistentry.params.autoconfirmed then return 'sysop' elseif title.namespace == 6 then return 'filemover' elseif level == 'extendedconfirmed' then return 'extendedconfirmed' else return 'autoconfirmed' end end local blacklistentry = mw.ext.TitleBlacklist.test(action, pagename) if blacklistentry then if not blacklistentry.params.autoconfirmed then return 'sysop' elseif level == 'extendedconfirmed' then return 'extendedconfirmed' else return 'autoconfirmed' end elseif level == 'editsemiprotected' then -- create-semiprotected pages return this for some reason return 'autoconfirmed' elseif level then return level elseif action == 'upload' then return 'autoconfirmed' elseif action == 'create' and title.namespace % 2 == 0 and title.namespace ~= 118 then -- You need to be registered, but not autoconfirmed, to create non-talk pages other than drafts return 'user' else return '*' end end setmetatable(p, { __index = function(t, k) return function(frame) return t._main(k, frame.args[1]) end end }) return p q9dyv7wyimcacbzupca2khulttmsw46 10 4507 15738 2021-07-05T18:00:40Z meta>MusikBot II 0 Protected "[[Template:IsDocSubpage]]": High-risk template or module ([[User:MusikBot II/TemplateProtector|more info]]) ([Edit=Allow only administrators] (indefinite) [Move=Allow only administrators] (indefinite)) 15738 wikitext text/x-wiki <onlyinclude><includeonly>{{#ifexpr: ( {{#ifeq:{{lc:{{SUBPAGENAME}}}}|{{lc:{{{override|doc}}}}}|1|0}} or ( {{#ifeq:{{lc:{{#titleparts:{{FULLPAGENAME}}|-1|-2}}}}|{{lc:{{{override|doc}}}}}|1|0}} and {{#if:{{#invoke:Template translation|getLanguageSubpage}}|1|0}} ) )<!-- -->|{{{true|1}}}<!-- -->|{{{false|}}}<!-- -->}}</includeonly></onlyinclude> {{Documentation}} <!-- Add categories to the /doc subpage and interwikis in Wikidata, not here! --> qvg6lwkf1m1c704le6htltokh5w2huu 15739 15738 2026-09-07T05:50:36Z A826 1864 ೧ revisions imported from [[:meta:Template:IsDocSubpage]] 15738 wikitext text/x-wiki <onlyinclude><includeonly>{{#ifexpr: ( {{#ifeq:{{lc:{{SUBPAGENAME}}}}|{{lc:{{{override|doc}}}}}|1|0}} or ( {{#ifeq:{{lc:{{#titleparts:{{FULLPAGENAME}}|-1|-2}}}}|{{lc:{{{override|doc}}}}}|1|0}} and {{#if:{{#invoke:Template translation|getLanguageSubpage}}|1|0}} ) )<!-- -->|{{{true|1}}}<!-- -->|{{{false|}}}<!-- -->}}</includeonly></onlyinclude> {{Documentation}} <!-- Add categories to the /doc subpage and interwikis in Wikidata, not here! --> qvg6lwkf1m1c704le6htltokh5w2huu 10 4508 15742 2022-09-03T14:17:03Z meta>Pppery 0 Revert feature bloat 15742 wikitext text/x-wiki <includeonly>{{#invoke:Protection banner|main}}</includeonly><noinclude> {{documentation}} <!-- Categories go on the /doc subpage, and interwikis go on Wikidata. --> </noinclude> 5t6lal9n9hcpwsso2obr7pcyjbg26xc 15743 15742 2026-09-07T05:50:36Z A826 1864 ೧ revisions imported from [[:meta:Template:PP-template]] 15742 wikitext text/x-wiki <includeonly>{{#invoke:Protection banner|main}}</includeonly><noinclude> {{documentation}} <!-- Categories go on the /doc subpage, and interwikis go on Wikidata. --> </noinclude> 5t6lal9n9hcpwsso2obr7pcyjbg26xc 828 4509 15744 2026-02-18T08:53:17Z meta>Krinkle 0 Update from [[d:Special:GoToLinkedPage/enwiki/Q18084584|master]] using [[mw:Synchronizer| #Synchronizer]] 15744 Scribunto text/plain -- This module implements {{pp-meta}} and its daughter templates such as -- {{pp-dispute}}, {{pp-vandalism}} and {{pp-sock}}. -- Initialise necessary modules. require('strict') local makeFileLink = require('Module:File link')._main local effectiveProtectionLevel = require('Module:Effective protection level')._main local effectiveProtectionExpiry = require('Module:Effective protection expiry')._main local yesno = require('Module:Yesno') -- Lazily initialise modules and objects we don't always need. local getArgs, makeMessageBox, lang -- Set constants. local CONFIG_MODULE = 'Module:Protection banner/config' -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Helper functions -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local function makeCategoryLink(cat, sort) if cat then return string.format( '[[%s:%s|%s]]', mw.site.namespaces[14].name, cat, sort ) end end -- Validation function for the expiry and the protection date local function validateDate(dateString, dateType) if not lang then lang = mw.language.getContentLanguage() end local success, result = pcall(lang.formatDate, lang, 'U', dateString) if success then result = tonumber(result) if result then return result end end error(string.format( 'invalid %s: %s', dateType, tostring(dateString) ), 4) end local function makeFullUrl(page, query, display) return string.format( '[%s %s]', tostring(mw.uri.fullUrl(page, query)), display ) end -- Given a directed graph formatted as node -> table of direct successors, -- get a table of all nodes reachable from a given node (though always -- including the given node). local function getReachableNodes(graph, start) local toWalk, retval = {[start] = true}, {} while true do -- Can't use pairs() since we're adding and removing things as we're iterating local k = next(toWalk) -- This always gets the "first" key if k == nil then return retval end toWalk[k] = nil retval[k] = true for _,v in ipairs(graph[k]) do if not retval[v] then toWalk[v] = true end end end end -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Protection class -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local Protection = {} Protection.__index = Protection Protection.supportedActions = { edit = true, move = true, autoreview = true, upload = true } Protection.bannerConfigFields = { 'text', 'explanation', 'tooltip', 'alt', 'link', 'image' } function Protection.new(args, cfg, title) local obj = {} obj._cfg = cfg obj.title = title or mw.title.getCurrentTitle() -- Set action if not args.action then obj.action = 'edit' elseif Protection.supportedActions[args.action] then obj.action = args.action else error(string.format( 'invalid action: %s', tostring(args.action) ), 3) end -- Set level obj.level = args.demolevel or effectiveProtectionLevel(obj.action, obj.title) if not obj.level or (obj.action == 'move' and obj.level == 'autoconfirmed') then -- Users need to be autoconfirmed to move pages anyway, so treat -- semi-move-protected pages as unprotected. obj.level = '*' end -- Set expiry local effectiveExpiry = effectiveProtectionExpiry(obj.action, obj.title) if effectiveExpiry == 'infinity' then obj.expiry = 'indef' elseif effectiveExpiry ~= 'unknown' then obj.expiry = validateDate(effectiveExpiry, 'expiry date') end -- Set reason if args[1] then obj.reason = mw.ustring.lower(args[1]) if obj.reason:find('|') then error('reasons cannot contain the pipe character ("|")', 3) end end -- Set protection date if args.date then obj.protectionDate = validateDate(args.date, 'protection date') end -- Set banner config do obj.bannerConfig = {} local configTables = {} if cfg.banners[obj.action] then configTables[#configTables + 1] = cfg.banners[obj.action][obj.reason] end if cfg.defaultBanners[obj.action] then configTables[#configTables + 1] = cfg.defaultBanners[obj.action][obj.level] configTables[#configTables + 1] = cfg.defaultBanners[obj.action].default end configTables[#configTables + 1] = cfg.masterBanner for i, field in ipairs(Protection.bannerConfigFields) do for j, t in ipairs(configTables) do if t[field] then obj.bannerConfig[field] = t[field] break end end end end return setmetatable(obj, Protection) end function Protection:isUserScript() -- Whether the page is a user JavaScript or CSS page. local title = self.title return title.namespace == 2 and ( title.contentModel == 'javascript' or title.contentModel == 'css' ) end function Protection:isProtected() return self.level ~= '*' end function Protection:shouldShowLock() -- Whether we should output a banner/padlock return self:isProtected() and not self:isUserScript() end -- Whether this page needs a protection category. Protection.shouldHaveProtectionCategory = Protection.shouldShowLock function Protection:isTemporary() return type(self.expiry) == 'number' end function Protection:makeProtectionCategory() if not self:shouldHaveProtectionCategory() then return '' end local cfg = self._cfg local title = self.title -- Get the expiry key fragment. local expiryFragment if self.expiry == 'indef' then expiryFragment = self.expiry elseif type(self.expiry) == 'number' then expiryFragment = 'temp' end -- Get the namespace key fragment. local namespaceFragment = cfg.categoryNamespaceKeys[title.namespace] if not namespaceFragment and title.namespace % 2 == 1 then namespaceFragment = 'talk' end -- Define the order that key fragments are tested in. This is done with an -- array of tables containing the value to be tested, along with its -- position in the cfg.protectionCategories table. local order = { {val = expiryFragment, keypos = 1}, {val = namespaceFragment, keypos = 2}, {val = self.reason, keypos = 3}, {val = self.level, keypos = 4}, {val = self.action, keypos = 5} } --[[ -- The old protection templates used an ad-hoc protection category system, -- with some templates prioritising namespaces in their categories, and -- others prioritising the protection reason. To emulate this in this module -- we use the config table cfg.reasonsWithNamespacePriority to set the -- reasons for which namespaces have priority over protection reason. -- If we are dealing with one of those reasons, move the namespace table to -- the end of the order table, i.e. give it highest priority. If not, the -- reason should have highest priority, so move that to the end of the table -- instead. --]] table.insert(order, table.remove(order, self.reason and cfg.reasonsWithNamespacePriority[self.reason] and 2 or 3)) --[[ -- Define the attempt order. Inactive subtables (subtables with nil "value" -- fields) are moved to the end, where they will later be given the key -- "all". This is to cut down on the number of table lookups in -- cfg.protectionCategories, which grows exponentially with the number of -- non-nil keys. We keep track of the number of active subtables with the -- noActive parameter. --]] local noActive, attemptOrder do local active, inactive = {}, {} for i, t in ipairs(order) do if t.val then active[#active + 1] = t else inactive[#inactive + 1] = t end end noActive = #active attemptOrder = active for i, t in ipairs(inactive) do attemptOrder[#attemptOrder + 1] = t end end --[[ -- Check increasingly generic key combinations until we find a match. If a -- specific category exists for the combination of key fragments we are -- given, that match will be found first. If not, we keep trying different -- key fragment combinations until we match using the key -- "all-all-all-all-all". -- -- To generate the keys, we index the key subtables using a binary matrix -- with indexes i and j. j is only calculated up to the number of active -- subtables. For example, if there were three active subtables, the matrix -- would look like this, with 0 corresponding to the key fragment "all", and -- 1 corresponding to other key fragments. -- -- j 1 2 3 -- i -- 1 1 1 1 -- 2 0 1 1 -- 3 1 0 1 -- 4 0 0 1 -- 5 1 1 0 -- 6 0 1 0 -- 7 1 0 0 -- 8 0 0 0 -- -- Values of j higher than the number of active subtables are set -- to the string "all". -- -- A key for cfg.protectionCategories is constructed for each value of i. -- The position of the value in the key is determined by the keypos field in -- each subtable. --]] local cats = cfg.protectionCategories for i = 1, 2^noActive do local key = {} for j, t in ipairs(attemptOrder) do if j > noActive then key[t.keypos] = 'all' else local quotient = i / 2 ^ (j - 1) quotient = math.ceil(quotient) if quotient % 2 == 1 then key[t.keypos] = t.val else key[t.keypos] = 'all' end end end key = table.concat(key, '|') local attempt = cats[key] if attempt then return makeCategoryLink(attempt, title.text) end end return '' end function Protection:isIncorrect() if not self:shouldHaveProtectionCategory() then return true end if type(self.expiry) ~= 'number' then return false end local expiry = os.date('*t', self.expiry) -- Avoid checking today.day or os.time(), unless close. https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T416616 local today = os.date('*t') return (expiry.year < today.year) or (expiry.year == today.year and expiry.month < today.month) or (expiry.year == today.year and expiry.month == today.month and expiry.day < today.day) or (expiry.year == today.year and expiry.month == today.month and expiry.day == today.day and self.expiry < os.time()) end function Protection:isTemplateProtectedNonTemplate() local action, namespace = self.action, self.title.namespace return self.level == 'templateeditor' and ( (action ~= 'edit' and action ~= 'move') or (namespace ~= 10 and namespace ~= 828) ) end function Protection:makeCategoryLinks() local msg = self._cfg.msg local ret = {self:makeProtectionCategory()} if self:isIncorrect() then ret[#ret + 1] = makeCategoryLink( msg['tracking-category-incorrect'], self.title.text ) end if self:isTemplateProtectedNonTemplate() then ret[#ret + 1] = makeCategoryLink( msg['tracking-category-template'], self.title.text ) end return table.concat(ret) end -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Blurb class -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local Blurb = {} Blurb.__index = Blurb Blurb.bannerTextFields = { text = true, explanation = true, tooltip = true, alt = true, link = true } function Blurb.new(protectionObj, args, cfg) return setmetatable({ _cfg = cfg, _protectionObj = protectionObj, _args = args }, Blurb) end -- Private methods -- function Blurb:_formatDate(num) -- Formats a Unix timestamp into dd Month, YYYY format. lang = lang or mw.language.getContentLanguage() local success, date = pcall( lang.formatDate, lang, self._cfg.msg['expiry-date-format'] or 'j F Y', '@' .. tostring(num) ) if success then return date end end function Blurb:_getExpandedMessage(msgKey) return self:_substituteParameters(self._cfg.msg[msgKey]) end function Blurb:_substituteParameters(msg) if not self._params then local parameterFuncs = {} parameterFuncs.CURRENTVERSION = self._makeCurrentVersionParameter parameterFuncs.EDITREQUEST = self._makeEditRequestParameter parameterFuncs.EXPIRY = self._makeExpiryParameter parameterFuncs.EXPLANATIONBLURB = self._makeExplanationBlurbParameter parameterFuncs.IMAGELINK = self._makeImageLinkParameter parameterFuncs.INTROBLURB = self._makeIntroBlurbParameter parameterFuncs.INTROFRAGMENT = self._makeIntroFragmentParameter parameterFuncs.PAGETYPE = self._makePagetypeParameter parameterFuncs.PROTECTIONBLURB = self._makeProtectionBlurbParameter parameterFuncs.PROTECTIONDATE = self._makeProtectionDateParameter parameterFuncs.PROTECTIONLEVEL = self._makeProtectionLevelParameter parameterFuncs.PROTECTIONLOG = self._makeProtectionLogParameter parameterFuncs.TALKPAGE = self._makeTalkPageParameter parameterFuncs.TOOLTIPBLURB = self._makeTooltipBlurbParameter parameterFuncs.TOOLTIPFRAGMENT = self._makeTooltipFragmentParameter parameterFuncs.VANDAL = self._makeVandalTemplateParameter self._params = setmetatable({}, { __index = function (t, k) local param if parameterFuncs[k] then param = parameterFuncs[k](self) end param = param or '' t[k] = param return param end }) end msg = msg:gsub('${(%u+)}', self._params) return msg end function Blurb:_makeCurrentVersionParameter() -- A link to the page history or the move log, depending on the kind of -- protection. local pagename = self._protectionObj.title.prefixedText if self._protectionObj.action == 'move' then -- We need the move log link. return makeFullUrl( 'Special:Log', {type = 'move', page = pagename}, self:_getExpandedMessage('current-version-move-display') ) else -- We need the history link. return makeFullUrl( pagename, {action = 'history'}, self:_getExpandedMessage('current-version-edit-display') ) end end function Blurb:_makeEditRequestParameter() local mEditRequest = require('Module:Submit an edit request') local action = self._protectionObj.action local level = self._protectionObj.level -- Get the edit request type. local requestType if action == 'edit' then if level == 'autoconfirmed' then requestType = 'semi' elseif level == 'extendedconfirmed' then requestType = 'extended' elseif level == 'templateeditor' then requestType = 'template' end end requestType = requestType or 'full' -- Get the display value. local display = self:_getExpandedMessage('edit-request-display') return mEditRequest._link{type = requestType, display = display} end function Blurb:_makeExpiryParameter() local expiry = self._protectionObj.expiry if type(expiry) == 'number' then return self:_formatDate(expiry) else return expiry end end function Blurb:_makeExplanationBlurbParameter() -- Cover special cases first. if self._protectionObj.title.namespace == 8 then -- MediaWiki namespace return self:_getExpandedMessage('explanation-blurb-nounprotect') end -- Get explanation blurb table keys local action = self._protectionObj.action local level = self._protectionObj.level local talkKey = self._protectionObj.title.isTalkPage and 'talk' or 'subject' -- Find the message in the explanation blurb table and substitute any -- parameters. local explanations = self._cfg.explanationBlurbs local msg if explanations[action][level] and explanations[action][level][talkKey] then msg = explanations[action][level][talkKey] elseif explanations[action][level] and explanations[action][level].default then msg = explanations[action][level].default elseif explanations[action].default and explanations[action].default[talkKey] then msg = explanations[action].default[talkKey] elseif explanations[action].default and explanations[action].default.default then msg = explanations[action].default.default else error(string.format( 'could not find explanation blurb for action "%s", level "%s" and talk key "%s"', action, level, talkKey ), 8) end return self:_substituteParameters(msg) end function Blurb:_makeImageLinkParameter() local imageLinks = self._cfg.imageLinks local action = self._protectionObj.action local level = self._protectionObj.level local msg if imageLinks[action][level] then msg = imageLinks[action][level] elseif imageLinks[action].default then msg = imageLinks[action].default else msg = imageLinks.edit.default end return self:_substituteParameters(msg) end function Blurb:_makeIntroBlurbParameter() if self._protectionObj:isTemporary() then return self:_getExpandedMessage('intro-blurb-expiry') else return self:_getExpandedMessage('intro-blurb-noexpiry') end end function Blurb:_makeIntroFragmentParameter() if self._protectionObj:isTemporary() then return self:_getExpandedMessage('intro-fragment-expiry') else return self:_getExpandedMessage('intro-fragment-noexpiry') end end function Blurb:_makePagetypeParameter() local pagetypes = self._cfg.pagetypes return pagetypes[self._protectionObj.title.namespace] or pagetypes.default or error('no default pagetype defined', 8) end function Blurb:_makeProtectionBlurbParameter() local protectionBlurbs = self._cfg.protectionBlurbs local action = self._protectionObj.action local level = self._protectionObj.level local msg if protectionBlurbs[action][level] then msg = protectionBlurbs[action][level] elseif protectionBlurbs[action].default then msg = protectionBlurbs[action].default elseif protectionBlurbs.edit.default then msg = protectionBlurbs.edit.default else error('no protection blurb defined for protectionBlurbs.edit.default', 8) end return self:_substituteParameters(msg) end function Blurb:_makeProtectionDateParameter() local protectionDate = self._protectionObj.protectionDate if type(protectionDate) == 'number' then return self:_formatDate(protectionDate) else return protectionDate end end function Blurb:_makeProtectionLevelParameter() local protectionLevels = self._cfg.protectionLevels local action = self._protectionObj.action local level = self._protectionObj.level local msg if protectionLevels[action][level] then msg = protectionLevels[action][level] elseif protectionLevels[action].default then msg = protectionLevels[action].default elseif protectionLevels.edit.default then msg = protectionLevels.edit.default else error('no protection level defined for protectionLevels.edit.default', 8) end return self:_substituteParameters(msg) end function Blurb:_makeProtectionLogParameter() local pagename = self._protectionObj.title.prefixedText if self._protectionObj.action == 'autoreview' then -- We need the pending changes log. return makeFullUrl( 'Special:Log', {type = 'stable', page = pagename}, self:_getExpandedMessage('pc-log-display') ) else -- We need the protection log. return makeFullUrl( 'Special:Log', {type = 'protect', page = pagename}, self:_getExpandedMessage('protection-log-display') ) end end function Blurb:_makeTalkPageParameter() return string.format( '[[%s:%s#%s|%s]]', mw.site.namespaces[self._protectionObj.title.namespace].talk.name, self._protectionObj.title.text, self._args.section or 'top', self:_getExpandedMessage('talk-page-link-display') ) end function Blurb:_makeTooltipBlurbParameter() if self._protectionObj:isTemporary() then return self:_getExpandedMessage('tooltip-blurb-expiry') else return self:_getExpandedMessage('tooltip-blurb-noexpiry') end end function Blurb:_makeTooltipFragmentParameter() if self._protectionObj:isTemporary() then return self:_getExpandedMessage('tooltip-fragment-expiry') else return self:_getExpandedMessage('tooltip-fragment-noexpiry') end end function Blurb:_makeVandalTemplateParameter() return mw.getCurrentFrame():expandTemplate{ title="vandal-m", args={self._args.user or self._protectionObj.title.baseText} } end -- Public methods -- function Blurb:makeBannerText(key) -- Validate input. if not key or not Blurb.bannerTextFields[key] then error(string.format( '"%s" is not a valid banner config field', tostring(key) ), 2) end -- Generate the text. local msg = self._protectionObj.bannerConfig[key] if type(msg) == 'string' then return self:_substituteParameters(msg) elseif type(msg) == 'function' then msg = msg(self._protectionObj, self._args) if type(msg) ~= 'string' then error(string.format( 'bad output from banner config function with key "%s"' .. ' (expected string, got %s)', tostring(key), type(msg) ), 4) end return self:_substituteParameters(msg) end end -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- BannerTemplate class -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local BannerTemplate = {} BannerTemplate.__index = BannerTemplate function BannerTemplate.new(protectionObj, cfg) local obj = {} obj._cfg = cfg -- Set the image filename. local imageFilename = protectionObj.bannerConfig.image if imageFilename then obj._imageFilename = imageFilename else -- If an image filename isn't specified explicitly in the banner config, -- generate it from the protection status and the namespace. local action = protectionObj.action local level = protectionObj.level local namespace = protectionObj.title.namespace local reason = protectionObj.reason -- Deal with special cases first. if ( namespace == 10 or namespace == 828 or reason and obj._cfg.indefImageReasons[reason] ) and action == 'edit' and level == 'sysop' and not protectionObj:isTemporary() then -- Fully protected modules and templates get the special red "indef" -- padlock. obj._imageFilename = obj._cfg.msg['image-filename-indef'] else -- Deal with regular protection types. local images = obj._cfg.images if images[action] then if images[action][level] then obj._imageFilename = images[action][level] elseif images[action].default then obj._imageFilename = images[action].default end end end end return setmetatable(obj, BannerTemplate) end function BannerTemplate:renderImage() local filename = self._imageFilename or self._cfg.msg['image-filename-default'] or 'Transparent.gif' return makeFileLink{ file = filename, size = (self.imageWidth or 20) .. 'px', alt = self._imageAlt, link = self._imageLink, caption = self.imageCaption } end -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Banner class -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local Banner = setmetatable({}, BannerTemplate) Banner.__index = Banner function Banner.new(protectionObj, blurbObj, cfg) local obj = BannerTemplate.new(protectionObj, cfg) -- This doesn't need the blurb. obj.imageWidth = 40 obj.imageCaption = blurbObj:makeBannerText('alt') -- Large banners use the alt text for the tooltip. obj._reasonText = blurbObj:makeBannerText('text') obj._explanationText = blurbObj:makeBannerText('explanation') obj._page = protectionObj.title.prefixedText -- Only makes a difference in testing. return setmetatable(obj, Banner) end function Banner:__tostring() -- Renders the banner. makeMessageBox = makeMessageBox or require('Module:Message box').main local reasonText = self._reasonText or error('no reason text set', 2) local explanationText = self._explanationText local mbargs = { page = self._page, type = 'protection', image = self:renderImage(), text = string.format( "'''%s'''%s", reasonText, explanationText and '<br />' .. explanationText or '' ) } return makeMessageBox('mbox', mbargs) end -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Padlock class -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local Padlock = setmetatable({}, BannerTemplate) Padlock.__index = Padlock function Padlock.new(protectionObj, blurbObj, cfg) local obj = BannerTemplate.new(protectionObj, cfg) -- This doesn't need the blurb. obj.imageWidth = 20 obj.imageCaption = blurbObj:makeBannerText('tooltip') obj._imageAlt = blurbObj:makeBannerText('alt') obj._imageLink = blurbObj:makeBannerText('link') obj._indicatorName = cfg.padlockIndicatorNames[protectionObj.action] or cfg.padlockIndicatorNames.default or 'pp-default' return setmetatable(obj, Padlock) end function Padlock:__tostring() local frame = mw.getCurrentFrame() -- The nowiki tag helps prevent whitespace at the top of articles. return frame:extensionTag{name = 'nowiki'} .. frame:extensionTag{ name = 'indicator', args = {name = self._indicatorName}, content = self:renderImage() } end -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Exports -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local p = {} function p._exportClasses() -- This is used for testing purposes. return { Protection = Protection, Blurb = Blurb, BannerTemplate = BannerTemplate, Banner = Banner, Padlock = Padlock, } end function p._main(args, cfg, title) args = args or {} cfg = cfg or require(CONFIG_MODULE) local protectionObj = Protection.new(args, cfg, title) local ret = {} -- If a page's edit protection is equally or more restrictive than its -- protection from some other action, then don't bother displaying anything -- for the other action (except categories). if not yesno(args.catonly) and (protectionObj.action == 'edit' or args.demolevel or not getReachableNodes( cfg.hierarchy, protectionObj.level )[effectiveProtectionLevel('edit', protectionObj.title)]) then -- Initialise the blurb object local blurbObj = Blurb.new(protectionObj, args, cfg) -- Render the banner if protectionObj:shouldShowLock() then ret[#ret + 1] = tostring( (yesno(args.small) and Padlock or Banner) .new(protectionObj, blurbObj, cfg) ) end end -- Render the categories if yesno(args.category) ~= false then ret[#ret + 1] = protectionObj:makeCategoryLinks() end -- For arbitration enforcement, flagging [[WP:PIA]] pages to enable [[Special:AbuseFilter/1339]] to flag edits to them if protectionObj.level == "extendedconfirmed" then if require("Module:TableTools").inArray(protectionObj.title.talkPageTitle.categories, "Wikipedia pages subject to the extended confirmed restriction related to the Arab-Israeli conflict") then ret[#ret + 1] = "<p class='PIA-flag' style='display:none; visibility:hidden;' title='This page is subject to the extended confirmed restriction related to the Arab-Israeli conflict.'></p>" end end return table.concat(ret) end function p.main(frame, cfg) cfg = cfg or require(CONFIG_MODULE) -- Find default args, if any. local parent = frame.getParent and frame:getParent() local defaultArgs = parent and cfg.wrappers[parent:getTitle():gsub('/sandbox$', '')] -- Find user args, and use the parent frame if we are being called from a -- wrapper template. getArgs = getArgs or require('Module:Arguments').getArgs local userArgs = getArgs(frame, { parentOnly = defaultArgs, frameOnly = not defaultArgs }) -- Build the args table. User-specified args overwrite default args. local args = {} for k, v in pairs(defaultArgs or {}) do args[k] = v end for k, v in pairs(userArgs) do args[k] = v end return p._main(args, cfg) end return p o3ocs8c50hagthmsuho5s6y44o0rimz 15745 15744 2026-09-07T05:50:36Z A826 1864 ೧ revisions imported from [[:meta:Module:Protection_banner]] 15744 Scribunto text/plain -- This module implements {{pp-meta}} and its daughter templates such as -- {{pp-dispute}}, {{pp-vandalism}} and {{pp-sock}}. -- Initialise necessary modules. require('strict') local makeFileLink = require('Module:File link')._main local effectiveProtectionLevel = require('Module:Effective protection level')._main local effectiveProtectionExpiry = require('Module:Effective protection expiry')._main local yesno = require('Module:Yesno') -- Lazily initialise modules and objects we don't always need. local getArgs, makeMessageBox, lang -- Set constants. local CONFIG_MODULE = 'Module:Protection banner/config' -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Helper functions -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local function makeCategoryLink(cat, sort) if cat then return string.format( '[[%s:%s|%s]]', mw.site.namespaces[14].name, cat, sort ) end end -- Validation function for the expiry and the protection date local function validateDate(dateString, dateType) if not lang then lang = mw.language.getContentLanguage() end local success, result = pcall(lang.formatDate, lang, 'U', dateString) if success then result = tonumber(result) if result then return result end end error(string.format( 'invalid %s: %s', dateType, tostring(dateString) ), 4) end local function makeFullUrl(page, query, display) return string.format( '[%s %s]', tostring(mw.uri.fullUrl(page, query)), display ) end -- Given a directed graph formatted as node -> table of direct successors, -- get a table of all nodes reachable from a given node (though always -- including the given node). local function getReachableNodes(graph, start) local toWalk, retval = {[start] = true}, {} while true do -- Can't use pairs() since we're adding and removing things as we're iterating local k = next(toWalk) -- This always gets the "first" key if k == nil then return retval end toWalk[k] = nil retval[k] = true for _,v in ipairs(graph[k]) do if not retval[v] then toWalk[v] = true end end end end -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Protection class -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local Protection = {} Protection.__index = Protection Protection.supportedActions = { edit = true, move = true, autoreview = true, upload = true } Protection.bannerConfigFields = { 'text', 'explanation', 'tooltip', 'alt', 'link', 'image' } function Protection.new(args, cfg, title) local obj = {} obj._cfg = cfg obj.title = title or mw.title.getCurrentTitle() -- Set action if not args.action then obj.action = 'edit' elseif Protection.supportedActions[args.action] then obj.action = args.action else error(string.format( 'invalid action: %s', tostring(args.action) ), 3) end -- Set level obj.level = args.demolevel or effectiveProtectionLevel(obj.action, obj.title) if not obj.level or (obj.action == 'move' and obj.level == 'autoconfirmed') then -- Users need to be autoconfirmed to move pages anyway, so treat -- semi-move-protected pages as unprotected. obj.level = '*' end -- Set expiry local effectiveExpiry = effectiveProtectionExpiry(obj.action, obj.title) if effectiveExpiry == 'infinity' then obj.expiry = 'indef' elseif effectiveExpiry ~= 'unknown' then obj.expiry = validateDate(effectiveExpiry, 'expiry date') end -- Set reason if args[1] then obj.reason = mw.ustring.lower(args[1]) if obj.reason:find('|') then error('reasons cannot contain the pipe character ("|")', 3) end end -- Set protection date if args.date then obj.protectionDate = validateDate(args.date, 'protection date') end -- Set banner config do obj.bannerConfig = {} local configTables = {} if cfg.banners[obj.action] then configTables[#configTables + 1] = cfg.banners[obj.action][obj.reason] end if cfg.defaultBanners[obj.action] then configTables[#configTables + 1] = cfg.defaultBanners[obj.action][obj.level] configTables[#configTables + 1] = cfg.defaultBanners[obj.action].default end configTables[#configTables + 1] = cfg.masterBanner for i, field in ipairs(Protection.bannerConfigFields) do for j, t in ipairs(configTables) do if t[field] then obj.bannerConfig[field] = t[field] break end end end end return setmetatable(obj, Protection) end function Protection:isUserScript() -- Whether the page is a user JavaScript or CSS page. local title = self.title return title.namespace == 2 and ( title.contentModel == 'javascript' or title.contentModel == 'css' ) end function Protection:isProtected() return self.level ~= '*' end function Protection:shouldShowLock() -- Whether we should output a banner/padlock return self:isProtected() and not self:isUserScript() end -- Whether this page needs a protection category. Protection.shouldHaveProtectionCategory = Protection.shouldShowLock function Protection:isTemporary() return type(self.expiry) == 'number' end function Protection:makeProtectionCategory() if not self:shouldHaveProtectionCategory() then return '' end local cfg = self._cfg local title = self.title -- Get the expiry key fragment. local expiryFragment if self.expiry == 'indef' then expiryFragment = self.expiry elseif type(self.expiry) == 'number' then expiryFragment = 'temp' end -- Get the namespace key fragment. local namespaceFragment = cfg.categoryNamespaceKeys[title.namespace] if not namespaceFragment and title.namespace % 2 == 1 then namespaceFragment = 'talk' end -- Define the order that key fragments are tested in. This is done with an -- array of tables containing the value to be tested, along with its -- position in the cfg.protectionCategories table. local order = { {val = expiryFragment, keypos = 1}, {val = namespaceFragment, keypos = 2}, {val = self.reason, keypos = 3}, {val = self.level, keypos = 4}, {val = self.action, keypos = 5} } --[[ -- The old protection templates used an ad-hoc protection category system, -- with some templates prioritising namespaces in their categories, and -- others prioritising the protection reason. To emulate this in this module -- we use the config table cfg.reasonsWithNamespacePriority to set the -- reasons for which namespaces have priority over protection reason. -- If we are dealing with one of those reasons, move the namespace table to -- the end of the order table, i.e. give it highest priority. If not, the -- reason should have highest priority, so move that to the end of the table -- instead. --]] table.insert(order, table.remove(order, self.reason and cfg.reasonsWithNamespacePriority[self.reason] and 2 or 3)) --[[ -- Define the attempt order. Inactive subtables (subtables with nil "value" -- fields) are moved to the end, where they will later be given the key -- "all". This is to cut down on the number of table lookups in -- cfg.protectionCategories, which grows exponentially with the number of -- non-nil keys. We keep track of the number of active subtables with the -- noActive parameter. --]] local noActive, attemptOrder do local active, inactive = {}, {} for i, t in ipairs(order) do if t.val then active[#active + 1] = t else inactive[#inactive + 1] = t end end noActive = #active attemptOrder = active for i, t in ipairs(inactive) do attemptOrder[#attemptOrder + 1] = t end end --[[ -- Check increasingly generic key combinations until we find a match. If a -- specific category exists for the combination of key fragments we are -- given, that match will be found first. If not, we keep trying different -- key fragment combinations until we match using the key -- "all-all-all-all-all". -- -- To generate the keys, we index the key subtables using a binary matrix -- with indexes i and j. j is only calculated up to the number of active -- subtables. For example, if there were three active subtables, the matrix -- would look like this, with 0 corresponding to the key fragment "all", and -- 1 corresponding to other key fragments. -- -- j 1 2 3 -- i -- 1 1 1 1 -- 2 0 1 1 -- 3 1 0 1 -- 4 0 0 1 -- 5 1 1 0 -- 6 0 1 0 -- 7 1 0 0 -- 8 0 0 0 -- -- Values of j higher than the number of active subtables are set -- to the string "all". -- -- A key for cfg.protectionCategories is constructed for each value of i. -- The position of the value in the key is determined by the keypos field in -- each subtable. --]] local cats = cfg.protectionCategories for i = 1, 2^noActive do local key = {} for j, t in ipairs(attemptOrder) do if j > noActive then key[t.keypos] = 'all' else local quotient = i / 2 ^ (j - 1) quotient = math.ceil(quotient) if quotient % 2 == 1 then key[t.keypos] = t.val else key[t.keypos] = 'all' end end end key = table.concat(key, '|') local attempt = cats[key] if attempt then return makeCategoryLink(attempt, title.text) end end return '' end function Protection:isIncorrect() if not self:shouldHaveProtectionCategory() then return true end if type(self.expiry) ~= 'number' then return false end local expiry = os.date('*t', self.expiry) -- Avoid checking today.day or os.time(), unless close. https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T416616 local today = os.date('*t') return (expiry.year < today.year) or (expiry.year == today.year and expiry.month < today.month) or (expiry.year == today.year and expiry.month == today.month and expiry.day < today.day) or (expiry.year == today.year and expiry.month == today.month and expiry.day == today.day and self.expiry < os.time()) end function Protection:isTemplateProtectedNonTemplate() local action, namespace = self.action, self.title.namespace return self.level == 'templateeditor' and ( (action ~= 'edit' and action ~= 'move') or (namespace ~= 10 and namespace ~= 828) ) end function Protection:makeCategoryLinks() local msg = self._cfg.msg local ret = {self:makeProtectionCategory()} if self:isIncorrect() then ret[#ret + 1] = makeCategoryLink( msg['tracking-category-incorrect'], self.title.text ) end if self:isTemplateProtectedNonTemplate() then ret[#ret + 1] = makeCategoryLink( msg['tracking-category-template'], self.title.text ) end return table.concat(ret) end -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Blurb class -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local Blurb = {} Blurb.__index = Blurb Blurb.bannerTextFields = { text = true, explanation = true, tooltip = true, alt = true, link = true } function Blurb.new(protectionObj, args, cfg) return setmetatable({ _cfg = cfg, _protectionObj = protectionObj, _args = args }, Blurb) end -- Private methods -- function Blurb:_formatDate(num) -- Formats a Unix timestamp into dd Month, YYYY format. lang = lang or mw.language.getContentLanguage() local success, date = pcall( lang.formatDate, lang, self._cfg.msg['expiry-date-format'] or 'j F Y', '@' .. tostring(num) ) if success then return date end end function Blurb:_getExpandedMessage(msgKey) return self:_substituteParameters(self._cfg.msg[msgKey]) end function Blurb:_substituteParameters(msg) if not self._params then local parameterFuncs = {} parameterFuncs.CURRENTVERSION = self._makeCurrentVersionParameter parameterFuncs.EDITREQUEST = self._makeEditRequestParameter parameterFuncs.EXPIRY = self._makeExpiryParameter parameterFuncs.EXPLANATIONBLURB = self._makeExplanationBlurbParameter parameterFuncs.IMAGELINK = self._makeImageLinkParameter parameterFuncs.INTROBLURB = self._makeIntroBlurbParameter parameterFuncs.INTROFRAGMENT = self._makeIntroFragmentParameter parameterFuncs.PAGETYPE = self._makePagetypeParameter parameterFuncs.PROTECTIONBLURB = self._makeProtectionBlurbParameter parameterFuncs.PROTECTIONDATE = self._makeProtectionDateParameter parameterFuncs.PROTECTIONLEVEL = self._makeProtectionLevelParameter parameterFuncs.PROTECTIONLOG = self._makeProtectionLogParameter parameterFuncs.TALKPAGE = self._makeTalkPageParameter parameterFuncs.TOOLTIPBLURB = self._makeTooltipBlurbParameter parameterFuncs.TOOLTIPFRAGMENT = self._makeTooltipFragmentParameter parameterFuncs.VANDAL = self._makeVandalTemplateParameter self._params = setmetatable({}, { __index = function (t, k) local param if parameterFuncs[k] then param = parameterFuncs[k](self) end param = param or '' t[k] = param return param end }) end msg = msg:gsub('${(%u+)}', self._params) return msg end function Blurb:_makeCurrentVersionParameter() -- A link to the page history or the move log, depending on the kind of -- protection. local pagename = self._protectionObj.title.prefixedText if self._protectionObj.action == 'move' then -- We need the move log link. return makeFullUrl( 'Special:Log', {type = 'move', page = pagename}, self:_getExpandedMessage('current-version-move-display') ) else -- We need the history link. return makeFullUrl( pagename, {action = 'history'}, self:_getExpandedMessage('current-version-edit-display') ) end end function Blurb:_makeEditRequestParameter() local mEditRequest = require('Module:Submit an edit request') local action = self._protectionObj.action local level = self._protectionObj.level -- Get the edit request type. local requestType if action == 'edit' then if level == 'autoconfirmed' then requestType = 'semi' elseif level == 'extendedconfirmed' then requestType = 'extended' elseif level == 'templateeditor' then requestType = 'template' end end requestType = requestType or 'full' -- Get the display value. local display = self:_getExpandedMessage('edit-request-display') return mEditRequest._link{type = requestType, display = display} end function Blurb:_makeExpiryParameter() local expiry = self._protectionObj.expiry if type(expiry) == 'number' then return self:_formatDate(expiry) else return expiry end end function Blurb:_makeExplanationBlurbParameter() -- Cover special cases first. if self._protectionObj.title.namespace == 8 then -- MediaWiki namespace return self:_getExpandedMessage('explanation-blurb-nounprotect') end -- Get explanation blurb table keys local action = self._protectionObj.action local level = self._protectionObj.level local talkKey = self._protectionObj.title.isTalkPage and 'talk' or 'subject' -- Find the message in the explanation blurb table and substitute any -- parameters. local explanations = self._cfg.explanationBlurbs local msg if explanations[action][level] and explanations[action][level][talkKey] then msg = explanations[action][level][talkKey] elseif explanations[action][level] and explanations[action][level].default then msg = explanations[action][level].default elseif explanations[action].default and explanations[action].default[talkKey] then msg = explanations[action].default[talkKey] elseif explanations[action].default and explanations[action].default.default then msg = explanations[action].default.default else error(string.format( 'could not find explanation blurb for action "%s", level "%s" and talk key "%s"', action, level, talkKey ), 8) end return self:_substituteParameters(msg) end function Blurb:_makeImageLinkParameter() local imageLinks = self._cfg.imageLinks local action = self._protectionObj.action local level = self._protectionObj.level local msg if imageLinks[action][level] then msg = imageLinks[action][level] elseif imageLinks[action].default then msg = imageLinks[action].default else msg = imageLinks.edit.default end return self:_substituteParameters(msg) end function Blurb:_makeIntroBlurbParameter() if self._protectionObj:isTemporary() then return self:_getExpandedMessage('intro-blurb-expiry') else return self:_getExpandedMessage('intro-blurb-noexpiry') end end function Blurb:_makeIntroFragmentParameter() if self._protectionObj:isTemporary() then return self:_getExpandedMessage('intro-fragment-expiry') else return self:_getExpandedMessage('intro-fragment-noexpiry') end end function Blurb:_makePagetypeParameter() local pagetypes = self._cfg.pagetypes return pagetypes[self._protectionObj.title.namespace] or pagetypes.default or error('no default pagetype defined', 8) end function Blurb:_makeProtectionBlurbParameter() local protectionBlurbs = self._cfg.protectionBlurbs local action = self._protectionObj.action local level = self._protectionObj.level local msg if protectionBlurbs[action][level] then msg = protectionBlurbs[action][level] elseif protectionBlurbs[action].default then msg = protectionBlurbs[action].default elseif protectionBlurbs.edit.default then msg = protectionBlurbs.edit.default else error('no protection blurb defined for protectionBlurbs.edit.default', 8) end return self:_substituteParameters(msg) end function Blurb:_makeProtectionDateParameter() local protectionDate = self._protectionObj.protectionDate if type(protectionDate) == 'number' then return self:_formatDate(protectionDate) else return protectionDate end end function Blurb:_makeProtectionLevelParameter() local protectionLevels = self._cfg.protectionLevels local action = self._protectionObj.action local level = self._protectionObj.level local msg if protectionLevels[action][level] then msg = protectionLevels[action][level] elseif protectionLevels[action].default then msg = protectionLevels[action].default elseif protectionLevels.edit.default then msg = protectionLevels.edit.default else error('no protection level defined for protectionLevels.edit.default', 8) end return self:_substituteParameters(msg) end function Blurb:_makeProtectionLogParameter() local pagename = self._protectionObj.title.prefixedText if self._protectionObj.action == 'autoreview' then -- We need the pending changes log. return makeFullUrl( 'Special:Log', {type = 'stable', page = pagename}, self:_getExpandedMessage('pc-log-display') ) else -- We need the protection log. return makeFullUrl( 'Special:Log', {type = 'protect', page = pagename}, self:_getExpandedMessage('protection-log-display') ) end end function Blurb:_makeTalkPageParameter() return string.format( '[[%s:%s#%s|%s]]', mw.site.namespaces[self._protectionObj.title.namespace].talk.name, self._protectionObj.title.text, self._args.section or 'top', self:_getExpandedMessage('talk-page-link-display') ) end function Blurb:_makeTooltipBlurbParameter() if self._protectionObj:isTemporary() then return self:_getExpandedMessage('tooltip-blurb-expiry') else return self:_getExpandedMessage('tooltip-blurb-noexpiry') end end function Blurb:_makeTooltipFragmentParameter() if self._protectionObj:isTemporary() then return self:_getExpandedMessage('tooltip-fragment-expiry') else return self:_getExpandedMessage('tooltip-fragment-noexpiry') end end function Blurb:_makeVandalTemplateParameter() return mw.getCurrentFrame():expandTemplate{ title="vandal-m", args={self._args.user or self._protectionObj.title.baseText} } end -- Public methods -- function Blurb:makeBannerText(key) -- Validate input. if not key or not Blurb.bannerTextFields[key] then error(string.format( '"%s" is not a valid banner config field', tostring(key) ), 2) end -- Generate the text. local msg = self._protectionObj.bannerConfig[key] if type(msg) == 'string' then return self:_substituteParameters(msg) elseif type(msg) == 'function' then msg = msg(self._protectionObj, self._args) if type(msg) ~= 'string' then error(string.format( 'bad output from banner config function with key "%s"' .. ' (expected string, got %s)', tostring(key), type(msg) ), 4) end return self:_substituteParameters(msg) end end -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- BannerTemplate class -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local BannerTemplate = {} BannerTemplate.__index = BannerTemplate function BannerTemplate.new(protectionObj, cfg) local obj = {} obj._cfg = cfg -- Set the image filename. local imageFilename = protectionObj.bannerConfig.image if imageFilename then obj._imageFilename = imageFilename else -- If an image filename isn't specified explicitly in the banner config, -- generate it from the protection status and the namespace. local action = protectionObj.action local level = protectionObj.level local namespace = protectionObj.title.namespace local reason = protectionObj.reason -- Deal with special cases first. if ( namespace == 10 or namespace == 828 or reason and obj._cfg.indefImageReasons[reason] ) and action == 'edit' and level == 'sysop' and not protectionObj:isTemporary() then -- Fully protected modules and templates get the special red "indef" -- padlock. obj._imageFilename = obj._cfg.msg['image-filename-indef'] else -- Deal with regular protection types. local images = obj._cfg.images if images[action] then if images[action][level] then obj._imageFilename = images[action][level] elseif images[action].default then obj._imageFilename = images[action].default end end end end return setmetatable(obj, BannerTemplate) end function BannerTemplate:renderImage() local filename = self._imageFilename or self._cfg.msg['image-filename-default'] or 'Transparent.gif' return makeFileLink{ file = filename, size = (self.imageWidth or 20) .. 'px', alt = self._imageAlt, link = self._imageLink, caption = self.imageCaption } end -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Banner class -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local Banner = setmetatable({}, BannerTemplate) Banner.__index = Banner function Banner.new(protectionObj, blurbObj, cfg) local obj = BannerTemplate.new(protectionObj, cfg) -- This doesn't need the blurb. obj.imageWidth = 40 obj.imageCaption = blurbObj:makeBannerText('alt') -- Large banners use the alt text for the tooltip. obj._reasonText = blurbObj:makeBannerText('text') obj._explanationText = blurbObj:makeBannerText('explanation') obj._page = protectionObj.title.prefixedText -- Only makes a difference in testing. return setmetatable(obj, Banner) end function Banner:__tostring() -- Renders the banner. makeMessageBox = makeMessageBox or require('Module:Message box').main local reasonText = self._reasonText or error('no reason text set', 2) local explanationText = self._explanationText local mbargs = { page = self._page, type = 'protection', image = self:renderImage(), text = string.format( "'''%s'''%s", reasonText, explanationText and '<br />' .. explanationText or '' ) } return makeMessageBox('mbox', mbargs) end -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Padlock class -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local Padlock = setmetatable({}, BannerTemplate) Padlock.__index = Padlock function Padlock.new(protectionObj, blurbObj, cfg) local obj = BannerTemplate.new(protectionObj, cfg) -- This doesn't need the blurb. obj.imageWidth = 20 obj.imageCaption = blurbObj:makeBannerText('tooltip') obj._imageAlt = blurbObj:makeBannerText('alt') obj._imageLink = blurbObj:makeBannerText('link') obj._indicatorName = cfg.padlockIndicatorNames[protectionObj.action] or cfg.padlockIndicatorNames.default or 'pp-default' return setmetatable(obj, Padlock) end function Padlock:__tostring() local frame = mw.getCurrentFrame() -- The nowiki tag helps prevent whitespace at the top of articles. return frame:extensionTag{name = 'nowiki'} .. frame:extensionTag{ name = 'indicator', args = {name = self._indicatorName}, content = self:renderImage() } end -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Exports -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local p = {} function p._exportClasses() -- This is used for testing purposes. return { Protection = Protection, Blurb = Blurb, BannerTemplate = BannerTemplate, Banner = Banner, Padlock = Padlock, } end function p._main(args, cfg, title) args = args or {} cfg = cfg or require(CONFIG_MODULE) local protectionObj = Protection.new(args, cfg, title) local ret = {} -- If a page's edit protection is equally or more restrictive than its -- protection from some other action, then don't bother displaying anything -- for the other action (except categories). if not yesno(args.catonly) and (protectionObj.action == 'edit' or args.demolevel or not getReachableNodes( cfg.hierarchy, protectionObj.level )[effectiveProtectionLevel('edit', protectionObj.title)]) then -- Initialise the blurb object local blurbObj = Blurb.new(protectionObj, args, cfg) -- Render the banner if protectionObj:shouldShowLock() then ret[#ret + 1] = tostring( (yesno(args.small) and Padlock or Banner) .new(protectionObj, blurbObj, cfg) ) end end -- Render the categories if yesno(args.category) ~= false then ret[#ret + 1] = protectionObj:makeCategoryLinks() end -- For arbitration enforcement, flagging [[WP:PIA]] pages to enable [[Special:AbuseFilter/1339]] to flag edits to them if protectionObj.level == "extendedconfirmed" then if require("Module:TableTools").inArray(protectionObj.title.talkPageTitle.categories, "Wikipedia pages subject to the extended confirmed restriction related to the Arab-Israeli conflict") then ret[#ret + 1] = "<p class='PIA-flag' style='display:none; visibility:hidden;' title='This page is subject to the extended confirmed restriction related to the Arab-Israeli conflict.'></p>" end end return table.concat(ret) end function p.main(frame, cfg) cfg = cfg or require(CONFIG_MODULE) -- Find default args, if any. local parent = frame.getParent and frame:getParent() local defaultArgs = parent and cfg.wrappers[parent:getTitle():gsub('/sandbox$', '')] -- Find user args, and use the parent frame if we are being called from a -- wrapper template. getArgs = getArgs or require('Module:Arguments').getArgs local userArgs = getArgs(frame, { parentOnly = defaultArgs, frameOnly = not defaultArgs }) -- Build the args table. User-specified args overwrite default args. local args = {} for k, v in pairs(defaultArgs or {}) do args[k] = v end for k, v in pairs(userArgs) do args[k] = v end return p._main(args, cfg) end return p o3ocs8c50hagthmsuho5s6y44o0rimz 828 4510 15746 2021-10-29T20:02:31Z meta>GeneralNotability 0 2 revisions imported from [[:w:Module:File_link]]: blame [[User:Barkeep49]] 15746 Scribunto text/plain -- This module provides a library for formatting file wikilinks. It implements {{file link}}. local yesno = require('Module:Yesno') local checkType = require('libraryUtil').checkType local p = {} function p._main(args) checkType('_main', 1, args, 'table') -- This is basically libraryUtil.checkTypeForNamedArg, but we are rolling our -- own function to get the right error level. local function checkArg(key, val, level) if type(val) ~= 'string' then error(string.format( "type error in '%s' parameter of '_main' (expected string, got %s)", key, type(val) ), level) end end local ret = {} -- Adds a positional parameter to the buffer. local function addPositional(key) local val = args[key] if not val then return nil end checkArg(key, val, 4) ret[#ret + 1] = val end -- Adds a named parameter to the buffer. We assume that the parameter name -- is the same as the argument key. local function addNamed(key) local val = args[key] if not val then return nil end checkArg(key, val, 4) ret[#ret + 1] = key .. '=' .. val end -- Filename checkArg('file', args.file, 3) ret[#ret + 1] = 'File:' .. args.file -- Format if args.format then checkArg('format', args.format) if args.formatfile then checkArg('formatfile', args.formatfile) ret[#ret + 1] = args.format .. '=' .. args.formatfile else ret[#ret + 1] = args.format end end -- Border if yesno(args.border) then ret[#ret + 1] = 'border' end addPositional('location') addPositional('alignment') addPositional('size') addNamed('upright') addNamed('link') addNamed('alt') addNamed('page') addNamed('class') addNamed('lang') addNamed('start') addNamed('end') addNamed('thumbtime') addPositional('caption') return string.format('[[%s]]', table.concat(ret, '|')) end function p.main(frame) local origArgs = require('Module:Arguments').getArgs(frame, { wrappers = 'Template:File link' }) if not origArgs.file then error("'file' parameter missing from [[Template:File link]]", 0) end -- Copy the arguments that were passed to a new table to avoid looking up -- every possible parameter in the frame object. local args = {} for k, v in pairs(origArgs) do -- Make _BLANK a special argument to add a blank parameter. For use in -- conditional templates etc. it is useful for blank arguments to be -- ignored, but we still need a way to specify them so that we can do -- things like [[File:Example.png|link=]]. if v == '_BLANK' then v = '' end args[k] = v end return p._main(args) end return p oe7ebmitd34hwvbol484h2mv8yjigyw 15747 15746 2026-09-07T05:50:36Z A826 1864 ೧ revisions imported from [[:meta:Module:File_link]] 15746 Scribunto text/plain -- This module provides a library for formatting file wikilinks. It implements {{file link}}. local yesno = require('Module:Yesno') local checkType = require('libraryUtil').checkType local p = {} function p._main(args) checkType('_main', 1, args, 'table') -- This is basically libraryUtil.checkTypeForNamedArg, but we are rolling our -- own function to get the right error level. local function checkArg(key, val, level) if type(val) ~= 'string' then error(string.format( "type error in '%s' parameter of '_main' (expected string, got %s)", key, type(val) ), level) end end local ret = {} -- Adds a positional parameter to the buffer. local function addPositional(key) local val = args[key] if not val then return nil end checkArg(key, val, 4) ret[#ret + 1] = val end -- Adds a named parameter to the buffer. We assume that the parameter name -- is the same as the argument key. local function addNamed(key) local val = args[key] if not val then return nil end checkArg(key, val, 4) ret[#ret + 1] = key .. '=' .. val end -- Filename checkArg('file', args.file, 3) ret[#ret + 1] = 'File:' .. args.file -- Format if args.format then checkArg('format', args.format) if args.formatfile then checkArg('formatfile', args.formatfile) ret[#ret + 1] = args.format .. '=' .. args.formatfile else ret[#ret + 1] = args.format end end -- Border if yesno(args.border) then ret[#ret + 1] = 'border' end addPositional('location') addPositional('alignment') addPositional('size') addNamed('upright') addNamed('link') addNamed('alt') addNamed('page') addNamed('class') addNamed('lang') addNamed('start') addNamed('end') addNamed('thumbtime') addPositional('caption') return string.format('[[%s]]', table.concat(ret, '|')) end function p.main(frame) local origArgs = require('Module:Arguments').getArgs(frame, { wrappers = 'Template:File link' }) if not origArgs.file then error("'file' parameter missing from [[Template:File link]]", 0) end -- Copy the arguments that were passed to a new table to avoid looking up -- every possible parameter in the frame object. local args = {} for k, v in pairs(origArgs) do -- Make _BLANK a special argument to add a blank parameter. For use in -- conditional templates etc. it is useful for blank arguments to be -- ignored, but we still need a way to specify them so that we can do -- things like [[File:Example.png|link=]]. if v == '_BLANK' then v = '' end args[k] = v end return p._main(args) end return p oe7ebmitd34hwvbol484h2mv8yjigyw 828 4511 15748 2021-10-29T20:02:29Z meta>GeneralNotability 0 13 revisions imported from [[:w:Module:Effective_protection_expiry]]: blame [[User:Barkeep49]] 15748 Scribunto text/plain local p = {} -- Returns the expiry of a restriction of an action on a given title, or unknown if it cannot be known. -- If no title is specified, the title of the page being displayed is used. function p._main(action, pagename) local title if type(pagename) == 'table' and pagename.prefixedText then title = pagename elseif pagename then title = mw.title.new(pagename) else title = mw.title.getCurrentTitle() end pagename = title.prefixedText if action == 'autoreview' then local stabilitySettings = mw.ext.FlaggedRevs.getStabilitySettings(title) return stabilitySettings and stabilitySettings.expiry or 'unknown' elseif action ~= 'edit' and action ~= 'move' and action ~= 'create' and action ~= 'upload' then error( 'First parameter must be one of edit, move, create, upload, autoreview', 2 ) end local rawExpiry = mw.getCurrentFrame():callParserFunction('PROTECTIONEXPIRY', action, pagename) if rawExpiry == 'infinity' then return 'infinity' elseif rawExpiry == '' then return 'unknown' else local year, month, day, hour, minute, second = rawExpiry:match( '^(%d%d%d%d)(%d%d)(%d%d)(%d%d)(%d%d)(%d%d)$' ) if year then return string.format( '%s-%s-%sT%s:%s:%s', year, month, day, hour, minute, second ) else error('internal error in Module:Effective protection expiry; malformed expiry timestamp') end end end setmetatable(p, { __index = function(t, k) return function(frame) return t._main(k, frame.args[1]) end end }) return p i1wms02y1w048cq6uttka18a5pjzp63 15749 15748 2026-09-07T05:50:36Z A826 1864 ೧ revisions imported from [[:meta:Module:Effective_protection_expiry]] 15748 Scribunto text/plain local p = {} -- Returns the expiry of a restriction of an action on a given title, or unknown if it cannot be known. -- If no title is specified, the title of the page being displayed is used. function p._main(action, pagename) local title if type(pagename) == 'table' and pagename.prefixedText then title = pagename elseif pagename then title = mw.title.new(pagename) else title = mw.title.getCurrentTitle() end pagename = title.prefixedText if action == 'autoreview' then local stabilitySettings = mw.ext.FlaggedRevs.getStabilitySettings(title) return stabilitySettings and stabilitySettings.expiry or 'unknown' elseif action ~= 'edit' and action ~= 'move' and action ~= 'create' and action ~= 'upload' then error( 'First parameter must be one of edit, move, create, upload, autoreview', 2 ) end local rawExpiry = mw.getCurrentFrame():callParserFunction('PROTECTIONEXPIRY', action, pagename) if rawExpiry == 'infinity' then return 'infinity' elseif rawExpiry == '' then return 'unknown' else local year, month, day, hour, minute, second = rawExpiry:match( '^(%d%d%d%d)(%d%d)(%d%d)(%d%d)(%d%d)(%d%d)$' ) if year then return string.format( '%s-%s-%sT%s:%s:%s', year, month, day, hour, minute, second ) else error('internal error in Module:Effective protection expiry; malformed expiry timestamp') end end end setmetatable(p, { __index = function(t, k) return function(frame) return t._main(k, frame.args[1]) end end }) return p i1wms02y1w048cq6uttka18a5pjzp63 828 4512 15750 2022-05-25T13:55:36Z meta>Xaosflux 0 change to parent category, requested on talk 15750 Scribunto text/plain -- This module provides configuration data for [[Module:Protection banner]]. return { -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- -- BANNER DATA -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- --[[ -- Banner data consists of six fields: -- * text - the main protection text that appears at the top of protection -- banners. -- * explanation - the text that appears below the main protection text, used -- to explain the details of the protection. -- * tooltip - the tooltip text you see when you move the mouse over a small -- padlock icon. -- * link - the page that the small padlock icon links to. -- * alt - the alt text for the small padlock icon. This is also used as tooltip -- text for the large protection banners. -- * image - the padlock image used in both protection banners and small padlock -- icons. -- -- The module checks in three separate tables to find a value for each field. -- First it checks the banners table, which has values specific to the reason -- for the page being protected. Then the module checks the defaultBanners -- table, which has values specific to each protection level. Finally, the -- module checks the masterBanner table, which holds data for protection -- templates to use if no data has been found in the previous two tables. -- -- The values in the banner data can take parameters. These are specified -- using ${TEXTLIKETHIS} (a dollar sign preceding a parameter name -- enclosed in curly braces). -- -- Available parameters: -- -- ${CURRENTVERSION} - a link to the page history or the move log, with the -- display message "current-version-edit-display" or -- "current-version-move-display". -- -- ${EDITREQUEST} - a link to create an edit request for the current page. -- -- ${EXPLANATIONBLURB} - an explanation blurb, e.g. "Please discuss any changes -- on the talk page; you may submit a request to ask an administrator to make -- an edit if it is minor or supported by consensus." -- -- ${IMAGELINK} - a link to set the image to, depending on the protection -- action and protection level. -- -- ${INTROBLURB} - the PROTECTIONBLURB parameter, plus the expiry if an expiry -- is set. E.g. "Editing of this page by new or unregistered users is currently -- disabled until dd Month YYYY." -- -- ${INTROFRAGMENT} - the same as ${INTROBLURB}, but without final punctuation -- so that it can be used in run-on sentences. -- -- ${PAGETYPE} - the type of the page, e.g. "article" or "template". -- Defined in the cfg.pagetypes table. -- -- ${PROTECTIONBLURB} - a blurb explaining the protection level of the page, e.g. -- "Editing of this page by new or unregistered users is currently disabled" -- -- ${PROTECTIONDATE} - the protection date, if it has been supplied to the -- template. -- -- ${PROTECTIONLEVEL} - the protection level, e.g. "fully protected" or -- "semi-protected". -- -- ${PROTECTIONLOG} - a link to the protection log or the pending changes log, -- depending on the protection action. -- -- ${TALKPAGE} - a link to the talk page. If a section is specified, links -- straight to that talk page section. -- -- ${TOOLTIPBLURB} - uses the PAGETYPE, PROTECTIONTYPE and EXPIRY parameters to -- create a blurb like "This template is semi-protected", or "This article is -- move-protected until DD Month YYYY". -- -- ${VANDAL} - links for the specified username (or the root page name) -- using Module:Vandal-m. -- -- Functions -- -- For advanced users, it is possible to use Lua functions instead of strings -- in the banner config tables. Using functions gives flexibility that is not -- possible just by using parameters. Functions take two arguments, the -- protection object and the template arguments, and they must output a string. -- -- For example: -- -- text = function (protectionObj, args) -- if protectionObj.level == 'autoconfirmed' then -- return 'foo' -- else -- return 'bar' -- end -- end -- -- Some protection object properties and methods that may be useful: -- protectionObj.action - the protection action -- protectionObj.level - the protection level -- protectionObj.reason - the protection reason -- protectionObj.expiry - the expiry. Nil if unset, the string "indef" if set -- to indefinite, and the protection time in unix time if temporary. -- protectionObj.protectionDate - the protection date in unix time, or nil if -- unspecified. -- protectionObj.bannerConfig - the banner config found by the module. Beware -- of editing the config field used by the function, as it could create an -- infinite loop. -- protectionObj:isProtected - returns a boolean showing whether the page is -- protected. -- protectionObj:isTemporary - returns a boolean showing whether the expiry is -- temporary. -- protectionObj:isIncorrect - returns a boolean showing whether the protection -- template is incorrect. --]] -- The master banner data, used if no values have been found in banners or -- defaultBanners. masterBanner = { text = '${INTROBLURB}', explanation = '${EXPLANATIONBLURB}', tooltip = '${TOOLTIPBLURB}', link = '${IMAGELINK}', alt = 'Page ${PROTECTIONLEVEL}' }, -- The default banner data. This holds banner data for different protection -- levels. -- *required* - this table needs edit, move, autoreview and upload subtables. defaultBanners = { edit = {}, move = {}, autoreview = { autoconfirmed = { alt = 'Page protected with pending changes level 1', tooltip = 'All edits by unregistered and new users are subject to review', image = 'Padlock-silver-light.svg' }, default = { alt = 'Page protected with pending changes level 2', tooltip = 'All edits by users who are not reviewers or administrators are' .. ' subject to review', image = 'Padlock-orange.svg' } }, upload = {} }, -- The banner data. This holds banner data for different protection reasons. -- In fact, the reasons specified in this table control which reasons are -- valid inputs to the first positional parameter. -- -- There is also a non-standard "description" field that can be used for items -- in this table. This is a description of the protection reason for use in the -- module documentation. -- -- *required* - this table needs edit, move, autoreview and upload subtables. banners = { edit = { blp = { description = 'For pages protected to promote compliance with the' .. ' [[w:Wikipedia:Biographies of living persons' .. '|biographies of living persons]] policy', text = '${INTROFRAGMENT} to promote compliance with' .. ' [[w:Wikipedia:Biographies of living persons' .. "|Wikipedia's&nbsp;policy on&nbsp;the&nbsp;biographies" .. ' of&nbsp;living&nbsp;people]].', tooltip = '${TOOLTIPFRAGMENT} to promote compliance with the policy on' .. ' biographies of living people', }, dmca = { description = 'For pages protected by the Wikimedia Foundation' .. ' due to [[Special:MyLanguage/Legal#DMCA|Digital Millennium Copyright Act]] takedown requests', explanation = function (protectionObj, args) local ret = 'Pursuant to a rights owner notice under the Digital' .. ' Millennium Copyright Act (DMCA) regarding some content' .. ' in this article, the Wikimedia Foundation acted under' .. ' applicable law and took down and restricted the content' .. ' in question.' if args.notice then ret = ret .. ' A copy of the received notice can be found here: ' .. args.notice .. '.' end ret = ret .. ' For more information, including websites discussing' .. ' how to file a counter-notice, please see' .. " [[Special:MyLanguage/Office actions|Office actions]] and the article's ${TALKPAGE}." .. "'''Do not remove this template from the article until the" .. " restrictions are withdrawn'''." return ret end, image = 'Padlock-black.svg', }, dispute = { description = 'For pages protected due to editing disputes', text = function (protectionObj, args) -- Find the value of "disputes". local display = 'disputes' local disputes if args.section then disputes = string.format( '[[%s:%s#%s|%s]]', mw.site.namespaces[protectionObj.title.namespace].talk.name, protectionObj.title.text, args.section, display ) else disputes = display end -- Make the blurb, depending on the expiry. local msg if type(protectionObj.expiry) == 'number' then msg = '${INTROFRAGMENT} or until editing %s have been resolved.' else msg = '${INTROFRAGMENT} until editing %s have been resolved.' end return string.format(msg, disputes) end, explanation = "This protection is '''not''' an endorsement of the" .. ' ${CURRENTVERSION}. ${EXPLANATIONBLURB}', tooltip = '${TOOLTIPFRAGMENT} due to editing disputes', }, ecp = { description = 'For articles in topic areas authorized by' .. ' [[Arbitration Committee|ArbCom]] or' .. ' meets the criteria for community use', tooltip = 'This ${PAGETYPE} is ${PROTECTIONLEVEL}' .. ' under extended confirmed editing restrictions', alt = 'Extended-protected ${PAGETYPE}', }, mainpage = { description = 'For pages protected for being displayed on the [[Main Page]]', text = 'This file is currently' .. ' [[Special:MyLanguage/Help:Protection|protected]] from' .. ' editing because it is currently or will soon be displayed' .. ' on the [[Special:MyLanguage/Main Page|Main Page]].', explanation = 'Images on the Main Page are protected due to their high' .. ' visibility. Please discuss any necessary changes on the ${TALKPAGE}.' .. '<br /><span style="font-size:90%;">' .. "'''Administrators:''' Once this image is definitely off the Main Page," .. ' please unprotect this file, or reduce to semi-protection,' .. ' as appropriate.</span>', }, office = { description = 'For pages protected by the Wikimedia Foundation', text = function (protectionObj, args) local ret = 'This ${PAGETYPE} is currently under the' .. ' scrutiny of the' .. ' [[Special:MyLanguage/Office actions|Wikimedia Foundation Office]]' .. ' and is protected.' if protectionObj.protectionDate then ret = ret .. ' It has been protected since ${PROTECTIONDATE}.' end return ret end, explanation = "If you can edit this page, please discuss all changes and" .. " additions on the ${TALKPAGE} first. '''Do not remove protection from this" .. " page unless you are authorized by the Wikimedia Foundation to do" .. " so.'''", image = 'Padlock-black.svg', }, reset = { description = 'For pages protected by the Wikimedia Foundation and' .. ' "reset" to a bare-bones version', text = 'This ${PAGETYPE} is currently under the' .. ' scrutiny of the' .. ' [[Special:MyLanguage/Office actions|Wikimedia Foundation Office]]' .. ' and is protected.', explanation = function (protectionObj, args) local ret = '' if protectionObj.protectionDate then ret = ret .. 'On ${PROTECTIONDATE} this ${PAGETYPE} was' else ret = ret .. 'This ${PAGETYPE} has been' end ret = ret .. ' reduced to a' .. ' simplified, "bare bones" version so that it may be completely' .. ' rewritten to ensure it meets the policies of' .. ' [[Special:MyLanguage/Neutral point of view|Neutral Point of View]] and [[w:en:WP:V|Verifiability]].' .. ' Standard Wikipedia policies will apply to its rewriting—which' .. ' will eventually be open to all editors—and will be strictly' .. ' enforced. The ${PAGETYPE} has been ${PROTECTIONLEVEL} while' .. ' it is being rebuilt.\n\n' .. 'Any insertion of material directly from' .. ' pre-protection revisions of the ${PAGETYPE} will be removed, as' .. ' will any material added to the ${PAGETYPE} that is not properly' .. ' sourced. The associated talk page(s) were also cleared on the' .. " same date.\n\n" .. "If you can edit this page, please discuss all changes and" .. " additions on the ${TALKPAGE} first. '''Do not override" .. " this action, and do not remove protection from this page," .. " unless you are authorized by the Wikimedia Foundation" .. " to do so. No editor may remove this notice.'''" return ret end, image = 'Padlock-black.svg', }, sock = { description = 'For pages protected due to' .. ' [[Special:MyLanguage/Sock puppetry|sock puppetry]]', text = '${INTROFRAGMENT} to prevent [[Sock puppetry|sock puppets]] of' .. ' [[Special:MyLanguage/Blocked user|blocked]] or' .. ' [[Special:MyLanguage/Banned user|banned users]]' .. ' from editing it.', tooltip = '${TOOLTIPFRAGMENT} to prevent sock puppets of blocked or banned users from' .. ' editing it', }, template = { description = 'For [[w:en:Wikipedia:High-risk templates|high-risk]]' .. ' templates and Lua modules', text = 'This is a permanently [[Special:MyLanguage/Help:Protection|protected]] ${PAGETYPE},' .. ' as it is [[w:en:Wikipedia:High-risk templates|high-risk]].', explanation = 'Please discuss any changes on the ${TALKPAGE}; you may' .. ' ${EDITREQUEST} to ask an' .. ' [[Special:MyLanguage/Meta:Administrators|administrator]] or' .. ' [[w:en:Wikipedia:Template editor|template editor]] to make an edit if' .. ' it is [[Help:Minor edit#When to mark an edit as a minor edit' .. '|uncontroversial]] or supported by' .. ' [[Special:MyLanguage/Consensus|consensus]]. You can also' .. ' [[Meta:Requests for help from a sysop or bureaucrat|request]] that the page be' .. ' unprotected.', tooltip = 'This high-risk ${PAGETYPE} is permanently ${PROTECTIONLEVEL}' .. ' to prevent vandalism', alt = 'Permanently protected ${PAGETYPE}', }, usertalk = { description = 'For pages protected against disruptive edits by a' .. ' particular user', text = '${INTROFRAGMENT} to prevent ${VANDAL} from using it to make disruptive edits,' .. ' such as abusing the' .. ' &#123;&#123;[[Template:unblock|unblock]]&#125;&#125; template.', explanation = 'If you cannot edit this user talk page and you need to' .. ' make a change or leave a message, you can' .. ' [[Meta:Requests for help from a sysop or bureaucrat' .. '|request an edit]],' .. ' [[Meta:Requests for help from a sysop or bureaucrat' .. '|request unprotection]],' .. ' [[Special:Userlogin|log in]],' .. ' or [[Special:UserLogin/signup|create an account]].', }, vandalism = { description = 'For pages protected against' .. ' [[Meta:Vandalism|vandalism]]', text = '${INTROFRAGMENT} due to [[Meta:Vandalism|vandalism]].', explanation = function (protectionObj, args) local ret = '' if protectionObj.level == 'sysop' then ret = ret .. "This protection is '''not''' an endorsement of the" .. ' ${CURRENTVERSION}. ' end return ret .. '${EXPLANATIONBLURB}' end, tooltip = '${TOOLTIPFRAGMENT} due to vandalism', } }, move = { dispute = { description = 'For pages protected against page moves due to' .. ' disputes over the page title', explanation = "This protection is '''not''' an endorsement of the" .. ' ${CURRENTVERSION}. ${EXPLANATIONBLURB}', image = 'Padlock-olive.svg' }, vandalism = { description = 'For pages protected against' .. ' [[w:en:Wikipedia:Vandalism#Page-move vandalism' .. ' |page-move vandalism]]' } }, autoreview = {}, upload = {} }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- -- GENERAL DATA TABLES -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Protection blurbs -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This table produces the protection blurbs available with the -- ${PROTECTIONBLURB} parameter. It is sorted by protection action and -- protection level, and is checked by the module in the following order: -- 1. page's protection action, page's protection level -- 2. page's protection action, default protection level -- 3. "edit" protection action, default protection level -- -- It is possible to use banner parameters inside this table. -- *required* - this table needs edit, move, autoreview and upload subtables. protectionBlurbs = { edit = { default = 'This ${PAGETYPE} is currently [[Help:Protection|' .. 'protected]] from editing', autoconfirmed = 'Editing of this ${PAGETYPE} by [[Special:MyLanguage/Newly' .. ' registered user|new]] or [[Special:MyLanguage/Unregistered' .. ' user|unregistered]] users is currently [[Special:MyLanguage/Help:Protection|disabled]]', extendedconfirmed = 'This ${PAGETYPE} is ${PROTECTIONLEVEL} as a result of' .. ' [[Special:MyLanguage/Arbitration Committee|ArbCom]] enforcement or meets the' .. ' [[w:en:Wikipedia:Protection policy#extended|criteria for community use]]', }, move = { default = 'This ${PAGETYPE} is currently [[Special:MyLanguage/Help:Protection|protected]]' .. ' from [[Special:MyLanguage/Help:Moving a page|page moves]]' }, autoreview = { autoconfirmed = 'All edits made to this ${PAGETYPE} by' .. ' [[Special:MyLanguage/Newly registered users|new]] or' .. ' [[Special:MyLanguage/Unregistered users|unregistered]]' .. ' users are currently' .. ' [[Flagged Revisions|subject to review]]', default = 'All edits made to this ${PAGETYPE} by users who are not' .. ' [[w:en:Wikipedia:Reviewing|reviewers]] or' .. ' [[Special:MyLanguage/Meta:Administrators|administrators]] are currently' .. ' [[Flagged Revisions|subject to review]]' }, upload = { default = 'Uploading new versions of this ${PAGETYPE} is currently disabled' } }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Explanation blurbs -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This table produces the explanation blurbs available with the -- ${EXPLANATIONBLURB} parameter. It is sorted by protection action, -- protection level, and whether the page is a talk page or not. If the page is -- a talk page it will have a talk key of "talk"; otherwise it will have a talk -- key of "subject". The table is checked in the following order: -- 1. page's protection action, page's protection level, page's talk key -- 2. page's protection action, page's protection level, default talk key -- 3. page's protection action, default protection level, page's talk key -- 4. page's protection action, default protection level, default talk key -- -- It is possible to use banner parameters inside this table. -- *required* - this table needs edit, move, autoreview and upload subtables. explanationBlurbs = { edit = { autoconfirmed = { subject = 'See the [[w:en:Wikipedia:Protection policy|' .. 'protection policy]] and ${PROTECTIONLOG} for more details. If you' .. ' cannot edit this ${PAGETYPE} and you wish to make a change, you can' .. ' ${EDITREQUEST}, discuss changes on the ${TALKPAGE},' .. ' [[Meta:Requests for help from a sysop or bureaucrat' .. '|request unprotection]], [[Special:Userlogin|log in]], or' .. ' [[Special:UserLogin/signup|create an account]].', default = 'See the [[w:en:Wikipedia:Protection policy|' .. 'protection policy]] and ${PROTECTIONLOG} for more details. If you' .. ' cannot edit this ${PAGETYPE} and you wish to make a change, you can' .. ' [[Meta:Requests for help from a sysop or bureaucrat' .. '|request unprotection]], [[Special:Userlogin|log in]], or' .. ' [[Special:UserLogin/signup|create an account]].', }, extendedconfirmed = { default = 'Extended confirmed protection prevents edits from all IP editors' .. ' and registered users with fewer than 30 days tenure and 500 edits.' .. ' The [[w:en:Wikipedia:Protection policy#extended|policy on community use]]' .. ' specifies that extended confirmed protection can be applied to combat' .. ' disruption, given that semi-protection has proven to be ineffective.' .. ' Please discuss any changes on the ${TALKPAGE}; you may' .. ' ${EDITREQUEST} to ask for unconversial changes supported by' .. ' [[Special:MyLanguage/Consensus|consensus]].' }, default = { subject = 'See the [[w:en:Wikipedia:Protection policy|' .. 'protection policy]] and ${PROTECTIONLOG} for more details.' .. ' Please discuss any changes on the ${TALKPAGE}; you' .. ' may ${EDITREQUEST} to ask an' .. ' [[Special:MyLanguage/Meta:Administrators|administrator]] to make an edit if it' .. ' is [[Help:Minor edit#When to mark an edit as a minor edit' .. '|uncontroversial]] or supported by [[Special:MyLanguage/Consensus' .. '|consensus]]. You may also [[Meta:Requests for help from a sysop or bureaucrat' .. '|request]] that this page be unprotected.', default = 'See the [[w:en:Wikipedia:Protection policy|' .. 'protection policy]] and ${PROTECTIONLOG} for more details.' .. ' You may [[Meta:Requests for help from a sysop or bureaucrat|request an' .. ' edit]] to this page, or [[Meta:Requests for help from a sysop or bureaucrat' .. '|ask]] for it to be unprotected.' } }, move = { default = { subject = 'See the [[w:en:Wikipedia:Protection policy|' .. 'protection policy]] and ${PROTECTIONLOG} for more details.' .. ' The page may still be edited but cannot be moved' .. ' until unprotected. Please discuss any suggested moves on the' .. ' ${TALKPAGE} or at [[Meta:Babel]]. You can also' .. ' [[Meta:Requests for help from a sysop or bureaucrat|request]] that the page be' .. ' unprotected.', default = 'See the [[w:en:Wikipedia:Protection policy|' .. 'protection policy]] and ${PROTECTIONLOG} for more details.' .. ' The page may still be edited but cannot be moved' .. ' until unprotected. Please discuss any suggested moves at' .. ' [[Meta:Babel]]. You can also' .. ' [[Meta:Requests for help from a sysop or bureaucrat|request]] that the page be' .. ' unprotected.' } }, autoreview = { default = { reviewer = 'See the [[w:en:Wikipedia:Protection policy|' .. 'protection policy]] and ${PROTECTIONLOG} for more details.' .. ' Edits to this ${PAGETYPE} will not be visible to readers' .. ' until they are accepted by a reviewer or an administrator.' .. ' To avoid the need for your edits to be reviewed, you may' .. ' [[Meta:Requests for help from a sysop or bureaucrat' .. '|request unprotection]]. Experienced editors may also' .. ' request the [[w:en:Wikipedia:Reviewing|reviewer user right]].', default = 'See the [[w:en:Wikipedia:Protection policy|' .. 'protection policy]] and ${PROTECTIONLOG} for more details.' .. ' Edits to this ${PAGETYPE} by new and unregistered users' .. ' will not be visible to readers until they are accepted by' .. ' a reviewer. To avoid the need for your edits to be' .. ' reviewed, you may' .. ' [[Meta:Requests for help from a sysop or bureaucrat' .. '|request unprotection]], [[Special:Userlogin|log in]], or' .. ' [[Special:UserLogin/signup|create an account]].' }, }, upload = { default = { default = 'See the [[w:en:Wikipedia:Protection policy|' .. 'protection policy]] and ${PROTECTIONLOG} for more details.' .. ' The page may still be edited but new versions of the file' .. ' cannot be uploaded until it is unprotected. You can' .. ' request that a new version be uploaded by using a' .. ' [[Template:Edit Protected|protected edit request]], or you' .. ' can [[Meta:Requests for help from a sysop or bureaucrat|request]]' .. ' that the file be unprotected.' } } }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Protection levels -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This table provides the data for the ${PROTECTIONLEVEL} parameter, which -- produces a short label for different protection levels. It is sorted by -- protection action and protection level, and is checked in the following -- order: -- 1. page's protection action, page's protection level -- 2. page's protection action, default protection level -- 3. "edit" protection action, default protection level -- -- It is possible to use banner parameters inside this table. -- *required* - this table needs edit, move, autoreview and upload subtables. protectionLevels = { edit = { default = 'protected', templateeditor = 'template-protected', extendedconfirmed = 'extended-protected', autoconfirmed = 'semi-protected', }, move = { default = 'move-protected' }, autoreview = { }, upload = { default = 'upload-protected' } }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Images -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This table lists different padlock images for each protection action and -- protection level. It is used if an image is not specified in any of the -- banner data tables, and if the page does not satisfy the conditions for using -- the ['image-filename-indef'] image. It is checked in the following order: -- 1. page's protection action, page's protection level -- 2. page's protection action, default protection level images = { edit = { default = 'Padlock.svg', templateeditor = 'Padlock-pink.svg', extendedconfirmed = 'Padlock-blue.svg', autoconfirmed = 'Padlock-silver.svg' }, move = { default = 'Padlock-olive.svg', }, autoreview = { autoconfirmed = 'Padlock-silver-light.svg', default = 'Padlock-orange.svg' }, upload = { default = 'Padlock-purple.svg' } }, -- Pages with a reason specified in this table will show the special "indef" -- padlock, defined in the 'image-filename-indef' message, if no expiry is set. indefImageReasons = { template = true }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Image links -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This table provides the data for the ${IMAGELINK} parameter, which gets -- the image link for small padlock icons based on the page's protection action -- and protection level. It is checked in the following order: -- 1. page's protection action, page's protection level -- 2. page's protection action, default protection level -- 3. "edit" protection action, default protection level -- -- It is possible to use banner parameters inside this table. -- *required* - this table needs edit, move, autoreview and upload subtables. imageLinks = { edit = { default = 'w:en:Wikipedia:Protection policy#full', templateeditor = 'w:en:Wikipedia:Protection policy#template', extendedconfirmed = 'w:en:Wikipedia:Protection policy#extended', autoconfirmed = 'w:en:Wikipedia:Protection policy#semi' }, move = { default = 'w:en:Wikipedia:Protection policy#move' }, autoreview = { autoconfirmed = 'w:en:Wikipedia:Protection policy#pc1', reviewer = 'w:en:Wikipedia:Protection policy#pc2' }, upload = { default = 'w:en:Wikipedia:Protection policy#upload' } }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Padlock indicator names -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This table provides the "name" attribute for the <indicator> extension tag -- with which small padlock icons are generated. All indicator tags on a page -- are displayed in alphabetical order based on this attribute, and with -- indicator tags with duplicate names, the last tag on the page wins. -- The attribute is chosen based on the protection action; table keys must be a -- protection action name or the string "default". padlockIndicatorNames = { autoreview = 'pp-autoreview', default = 'pp-default' }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Protection categories -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- --[[ -- The protection categories are stored in the protectionCategories table. -- Keys to this table are made up of the following strings: -- -- 1. the expiry date -- 2. the namespace -- 3. the protection reason (e.g. "dispute" or "vandalism") -- 4. the protection level (e.g. "sysop" or "autoconfirmed") -- 5. the action (e.g. "edit" or "move") -- -- When the module looks up a category in the table, first it will will check to -- see a key exists that corresponds to all five parameters. For example, a -- user page semi-protected from vandalism for two weeks would have the key -- "temp-user-vandalism-autoconfirmed-edit". If no match is found, the module -- changes the first part of the key to "all" and checks the table again. It -- keeps checking increasingly generic key combinations until it finds the -- field, or until it reaches the key "all-all-all-all-all". -- -- The module uses a binary matrix to determine the order in which to search. -- This is best demonstrated by a table. In this table, the "0" values -- represent "all", and the "1" values represent the original data (e.g. -- "indef" or "file" or "vandalism"). -- -- expiry namespace reason level action -- order -- 1 1 1 1 1 1 -- 2 0 1 1 1 1 -- 3 1 0 1 1 1 -- 4 0 0 1 1 1 -- 5 1 1 0 1 1 -- 6 0 1 0 1 1 -- 7 1 0 0 1 1 -- 8 0 0 0 1 1 -- 9 1 1 1 0 1 -- 10 0 1 1 0 1 -- 11 1 0 1 0 1 -- 12 0 0 1 0 1 -- 13 1 1 0 0 1 -- 14 0 1 0 0 1 -- 15 1 0 0 0 1 -- 16 0 0 0 0 1 -- 17 1 1 1 1 0 -- 18 0 1 1 1 0 -- 19 1 0 1 1 0 -- 20 0 0 1 1 0 -- 21 1 1 0 1 0 -- 22 0 1 0 1 0 -- 23 1 0 0 1 0 -- 24 0 0 0 1 0 -- 25 1 1 1 0 0 -- 26 0 1 1 0 0 -- 27 1 0 1 0 0 -- 28 0 0 1 0 0 -- 29 1 1 0 0 0 -- 30 0 1 0 0 0 -- 31 1 0 0 0 0 -- 32 0 0 0 0 0 -- -- In this scheme the action has the highest priority, as it is the last -- to change, and the expiry has the least priority, as it changes the most. -- The priorities of the expiry, the protection level and the action are -- fixed, but the priorities of the reason and the namespace can be swapped -- through the use of the cfg.bannerDataNamespaceHasPriority table. --]] -- If the reason specified to the template is listed in this table, -- namespace data will take priority over reason data in the protectionCategories -- table. reasonsWithNamespacePriority = { vandalism = true, }, -- The string to use as a namespace key for the protectionCategories table for each -- namespace number. categoryNamespaceKeys = { [ 2] = 'user', [ 3] = 'user', [ 4] = 'project', [ 6] = 'file', [ 8] = 'mediawiki', [ 10] = 'template', [ 12] = 'project', [ 14] = 'category', [100] = 'portal', [828] = 'module', }, protectionCategories = { ['all|all|all|all|all'] = 'Protected', ['all|all|office|all|all'] = 'Office-protected', ['all|all|reset|all|all'] = 'Office-protected', ['all|all|dmca|all|all'] = 'Office-protected', ['all|all|mainpage|all|all'] = 'fully-protected main page files', ['all|all|all|extendedconfirmed|all'] = 'pages under 30-500 editing restriction', ['all|all|ecp|extendedconfirmed|all'] = 'pages under 30-500 editing restriction', ['all|template|all|all|edit'] = 'fully-protected templates', ['all|all|all|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'semi-protected', ['indef|all|all|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'indefinitely semi-protected', ['all|all|blp|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'indefinitely semi-protected biographies of living people', ['temp|all|blp|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'temporarily semi-protected biographies of living people', ['all|all|dispute|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'pages semi-protected due to dispute', ['all|all|sock|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'pages semi-protected from banned users', ['all|all|vandalism|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'pages semi-protected against vandalism', ['all|category|all|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'semi-protected categories', ['all|file|all|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'semi-protected files', ['all|portal|all|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'semi-protected portals', ['all|project|all|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'semi-protected project pages', ['all|talk|all|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'semi-protected talk pages', ['all|template|all|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'semi-protected templates', ['all|user|all|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'semi-protected user and user talk pages', ['all|template|all|templateeditor|edit'] = 'template-protected templates', ['all|all|blp|sysop|edit'] = 'indefinitely protected biographies of living people', ['temp|all|blp|sysop|edit'] = 'temporarily protected biographies of living people', ['all|all|dispute|sysop|edit'] = 'pages protected due to dispute', ['all|all|sock|sysop|edit'] = 'pages protected from banned users', ['all|all|vandalism|sysop|edit'] = 'pages protected against vandalism', ['all|category|all|sysop|edit'] = 'protected categories', ['all|file|all|sysop|edit'] = 'fully-protected files', ['all|project|all|sysop|edit'] = 'fully-protected project pages', ['all|talk|all|sysop|edit'] = 'fully-protected talk pages', ['all|template|all|sysop|edit'] = 'fully-protected templates', ['all|user|all|sysop|edit'] = 'protected user and user talk pages', ['all|module|all|all|edit'] = 'fully-protected modules', ['all|module|all|templateeditor|edit'] = 'template-protected modules', ['all|module|all|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'semi-protected modules', ['all|all|all|sysop|move'] = 'move-protected', ['indef|all|all|sysop|move'] = 'indefinitely move-protected', ['all|all|dispute|sysop|move'] = 'pages move-protected due to dispute', ['all|all|vandalism|sysop|move'] = 'pages move-protected due to vandalism', ['all|portal|all|sysop|move'] = 'move-protected portals', ['all|portal|all|sysop|move'] = 'move-protected portals', ['all|project|all|sysop|move'] = 'move-protected project pages', ['all|talk|all|sysop|move'] = 'move-protected talk pages', ['all|template|all|sysop|move'] = 'move-protected templates', ['all|user|all|sysop|move'] = 'move-protected user and user talk pages', ['all|all|all|autoconfirmed|autoreview'] = 'pending changes protected pages (level 1)', ['all|all|all|reviewer|autoreview'] = 'pending changes protected pages (level 2)', ['all|file|all|all|upload'] = 'upload-protected files', }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Expiry category config -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This table configures the expiry category behaviour for each protection -- action. -- * If set to true, setting that action will always categorise the page if -- an expiry parameter is not set. -- * If set to false, setting that action will never categorise the page. -- * If set to nil, the module will categorise the page if: -- 1) an expiry parameter is not set, and -- 2) a reason is provided, and -- 3) the specified reason is not blacklisted in the reasonsWithoutExpiryCheck -- table. expiryCheckActions = { edit = nil, move = false, autoreview = true, upload = false }, reasonsWithoutExpiryCheck = { blp = true, template = true, }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Pagetypes -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This table produces the page types available with the ${PAGETYPE} parameter. -- Keys are namespace numbers, or the string "default" for the default value. pagetypes = { [0] = 'article', [6] = 'file', [10] = 'template', [14] = 'category', [828] = 'module', default = 'page' }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Strings marking indefinite protection -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This table contains values passed to the expiry parameter that mean the page -- is protected indefinitely. indefStrings = { ['indef'] = true, ['indefinite'] = true, ['indefinitely'] = true, ['infinite'] = true, }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Group hierarchy -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This table maps each group to all groups that have a superset of the original -- group's page editing permissions. hierarchy = { sysop = {}, reviewer = {'sysop'}, filemover = {'sysop'}, templateeditor = {'sysop'}, extendedconfirmed = {'sysop'}, autoconfirmed = {'reviewer', 'filemover', 'templateeditor', 'extendedconfirmed'}, user = {'autoconfirmed'}, ['*'] = {'user'} }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Wrapper templates and their default arguments -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This table contains wrapper templates used with the module, and their -- default arguments. Templates specified in this table should contain the -- following invocation, and no other template content: -- -- {{#invoke:Protection banner|main}} -- -- If other content is desired, it can be added between -- <noinclude>...</noinclude> tags. -- -- When a user calls one of these wrapper templates, they will use the -- default arguments automatically. However, users can override any of the -- arguments. wrappers = { ['Template:Pp'] = {}, ['Template:Pp-30-500'] = {'ecp'}, ['Template:Pp-blp'] = {'blp'}, -- we don't need Template:Pp-create ['Template:Pp-dispute'] = {'dispute'}, ['Template:Pp-main-page'] = {'mainpage'}, ['Template:Pp-move'] = {action = 'move'}, ['Template:Pp-move-dispute'] = {'dispute', action = 'move'}, -- we don't need Template:Pp-move-indef ['Template:Pp-move-vandalism'] = {'vandalism', action = 'move'}, ['Template:Pp-office'] = {'office'}, ['Template:Pp-office-dmca'] = {'dmca'}, ['Template:Pp-pc1'] = {action = 'autoreview', small = true}, ['Template:Pp-pc2'] = {action = 'autoreview', small = true}, ['Template:Pp-reset'] = {'reset'}, ['Template:Pp-semi-indef'] = {small = true}, ['Template:Pp-sock'] = {'sock'}, ['Template:PP-template'] = {'template', small = true}, ['Template:Pp-upload'] = {action = 'upload'}, ['Template:Pp-usertalk'] = {'usertalk'}, ['Template:Pp-vandalism'] = {'vandalism'}, }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- -- MESSAGES -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- msg = { -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Intro blurb and intro fragment -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- These messages specify what is produced by the ${INTROBLURB} and -- ${INTROFRAGMENT} parameters. If the protection is temporary they use the -- intro-blurb-expiry or intro-fragment-expiry, and if not they use -- intro-blurb-noexpiry or intro-fragment-noexpiry. -- It is possible to use banner parameters in these messages. ['intro-blurb-expiry'] = '${PROTECTIONBLURB} until ${EXPIRY}.', ['intro-blurb-noexpiry'] = '${PROTECTIONBLURB}.', ['intro-fragment-expiry'] = '${PROTECTIONBLURB} until ${EXPIRY},', ['intro-fragment-noexpiry'] = '${PROTECTIONBLURB}', -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Tooltip blurb -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- These messages specify what is produced by the ${TOOLTIPBLURB} parameter. -- If the protection is temporary the tooltip-blurb-expiry message is used, and -- if not the tooltip-blurb-noexpiry message is used. -- It is possible to use banner parameters in these messages. ['tooltip-blurb-expiry'] = 'This ${PAGETYPE} is ${PROTECTIONLEVEL} until ${EXPIRY}.', ['tooltip-blurb-noexpiry'] = 'This ${PAGETYPE} is ${PROTECTIONLEVEL}.', ['tooltip-fragment-expiry'] = 'This ${PAGETYPE} is ${PROTECTIONLEVEL} until ${EXPIRY},', ['tooltip-fragment-noexpiry'] = 'This ${PAGETYPE} is ${PROTECTIONLEVEL}', -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Special explanation blurb -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- An explanation blurb for pages that cannot be unprotected, e.g. for pages -- in the MediaWiki namespace. -- It is possible to use banner parameters in this message. ['explanation-blurb-nounprotect'] = 'See the [[w:en:Wikipedia:Protection policy|' .. 'protection policy]] and ${PROTECTIONLOG} for more details.' .. ' Please discuss any changes on the ${TALKPAGE}; you' .. ' may ${EDITREQUEST} to ask an' .. ' [[Special:MyLanguage/Meta:Administrators|administrator]] to make an edit if it' .. ' is [[Help:Minor edit#When to mark an edit as a minor edit' .. '|uncontroversial]] or supported by [[Special:MyLanguage/Consensus' .. '|consensus]].', -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Protection log display values -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- These messages determine the display values for the protection log link -- or the pending changes log link produced by the ${PROTECTIONLOG} parameter. -- It is possible to use banner parameters in these messages. ['protection-log-display'] = 'protection log', ['pc-log-display'] = 'pending changes log', -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Current version display values -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- These messages determine the display values for the page history link -- or the move log link produced by the ${CURRENTVERSION} parameter. -- It is possible to use banner parameters in these messages. ['current-version-move-display'] = 'current title', ['current-version-edit-display'] = 'current version', -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Talk page -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This message determines the display value of the talk page link produced -- with the ${TALKPAGE} parameter. -- It is possible to use banner parameters in this message. ['talk-page-link-display'] = 'talk page', -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Edit requests -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This message determines the display value of the edit request link produced -- with the ${EDITREQUEST} parameter. -- It is possible to use banner parameters in this message. ['edit-request-display'] = 'submit an edit request', -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Expiry date format -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This is the format for the blurb expiry date. It should be valid input for -- the first parameter of the #time parser function. ['expiry-date-format'] = 'F j, Y', -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Tracking categories -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- These messages determine which tracking categories the module outputs. ['tracking-category-incorrect'] = 'Pages with incorrect protection templates', ['tracking-category-template'] = 'Template-protected pages other than templates and modules', -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Images -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- These are images that are not defined by their protection action and protection level. ['image-filename-indef'] = 'Padlock.svg', ['image-filename-default'] = 'Transparent.gif', -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- End messages -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- } -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- End configuration -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- } b3debeqsz9z153uu1qzjaj77ber2ukn 15751 15750 2026-09-07T05:50:37Z A826 1864 ೧ revisions imported from [[:meta:Module:Protection_banner/config]] 15750 Scribunto text/plain -- This module provides configuration data for [[Module:Protection banner]]. return { -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- -- BANNER DATA -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- --[[ -- Banner data consists of six fields: -- * text - the main protection text that appears at the top of protection -- banners. -- * explanation - the text that appears below the main protection text, used -- to explain the details of the protection. -- * tooltip - the tooltip text you see when you move the mouse over a small -- padlock icon. -- * link - the page that the small padlock icon links to. -- * alt - the alt text for the small padlock icon. This is also used as tooltip -- text for the large protection banners. -- * image - the padlock image used in both protection banners and small padlock -- icons. -- -- The module checks in three separate tables to find a value for each field. -- First it checks the banners table, which has values specific to the reason -- for the page being protected. Then the module checks the defaultBanners -- table, which has values specific to each protection level. Finally, the -- module checks the masterBanner table, which holds data for protection -- templates to use if no data has been found in the previous two tables. -- -- The values in the banner data can take parameters. These are specified -- using ${TEXTLIKETHIS} (a dollar sign preceding a parameter name -- enclosed in curly braces). -- -- Available parameters: -- -- ${CURRENTVERSION} - a link to the page history or the move log, with the -- display message "current-version-edit-display" or -- "current-version-move-display". -- -- ${EDITREQUEST} - a link to create an edit request for the current page. -- -- ${EXPLANATIONBLURB} - an explanation blurb, e.g. "Please discuss any changes -- on the talk page; you may submit a request to ask an administrator to make -- an edit if it is minor or supported by consensus." -- -- ${IMAGELINK} - a link to set the image to, depending on the protection -- action and protection level. -- -- ${INTROBLURB} - the PROTECTIONBLURB parameter, plus the expiry if an expiry -- is set. E.g. "Editing of this page by new or unregistered users is currently -- disabled until dd Month YYYY." -- -- ${INTROFRAGMENT} - the same as ${INTROBLURB}, but without final punctuation -- so that it can be used in run-on sentences. -- -- ${PAGETYPE} - the type of the page, e.g. "article" or "template". -- Defined in the cfg.pagetypes table. -- -- ${PROTECTIONBLURB} - a blurb explaining the protection level of the page, e.g. -- "Editing of this page by new or unregistered users is currently disabled" -- -- ${PROTECTIONDATE} - the protection date, if it has been supplied to the -- template. -- -- ${PROTECTIONLEVEL} - the protection level, e.g. "fully protected" or -- "semi-protected". -- -- ${PROTECTIONLOG} - a link to the protection log or the pending changes log, -- depending on the protection action. -- -- ${TALKPAGE} - a link to the talk page. If a section is specified, links -- straight to that talk page section. -- -- ${TOOLTIPBLURB} - uses the PAGETYPE, PROTECTIONTYPE and EXPIRY parameters to -- create a blurb like "This template is semi-protected", or "This article is -- move-protected until DD Month YYYY". -- -- ${VANDAL} - links for the specified username (or the root page name) -- using Module:Vandal-m. -- -- Functions -- -- For advanced users, it is possible to use Lua functions instead of strings -- in the banner config tables. Using functions gives flexibility that is not -- possible just by using parameters. Functions take two arguments, the -- protection object and the template arguments, and they must output a string. -- -- For example: -- -- text = function (protectionObj, args) -- if protectionObj.level == 'autoconfirmed' then -- return 'foo' -- else -- return 'bar' -- end -- end -- -- Some protection object properties and methods that may be useful: -- protectionObj.action - the protection action -- protectionObj.level - the protection level -- protectionObj.reason - the protection reason -- protectionObj.expiry - the expiry. Nil if unset, the string "indef" if set -- to indefinite, and the protection time in unix time if temporary. -- protectionObj.protectionDate - the protection date in unix time, or nil if -- unspecified. -- protectionObj.bannerConfig - the banner config found by the module. Beware -- of editing the config field used by the function, as it could create an -- infinite loop. -- protectionObj:isProtected - returns a boolean showing whether the page is -- protected. -- protectionObj:isTemporary - returns a boolean showing whether the expiry is -- temporary. -- protectionObj:isIncorrect - returns a boolean showing whether the protection -- template is incorrect. --]] -- The master banner data, used if no values have been found in banners or -- defaultBanners. masterBanner = { text = '${INTROBLURB}', explanation = '${EXPLANATIONBLURB}', tooltip = '${TOOLTIPBLURB}', link = '${IMAGELINK}', alt = 'Page ${PROTECTIONLEVEL}' }, -- The default banner data. This holds banner data for different protection -- levels. -- *required* - this table needs edit, move, autoreview and upload subtables. defaultBanners = { edit = {}, move = {}, autoreview = { autoconfirmed = { alt = 'Page protected with pending changes level 1', tooltip = 'All edits by unregistered and new users are subject to review', image = 'Padlock-silver-light.svg' }, default = { alt = 'Page protected with pending changes level 2', tooltip = 'All edits by users who are not reviewers or administrators are' .. ' subject to review', image = 'Padlock-orange.svg' } }, upload = {} }, -- The banner data. This holds banner data for different protection reasons. -- In fact, the reasons specified in this table control which reasons are -- valid inputs to the first positional parameter. -- -- There is also a non-standard "description" field that can be used for items -- in this table. This is a description of the protection reason for use in the -- module documentation. -- -- *required* - this table needs edit, move, autoreview and upload subtables. banners = { edit = { blp = { description = 'For pages protected to promote compliance with the' .. ' [[w:Wikipedia:Biographies of living persons' .. '|biographies of living persons]] policy', text = '${INTROFRAGMENT} to promote compliance with' .. ' [[w:Wikipedia:Biographies of living persons' .. "|Wikipedia's&nbsp;policy on&nbsp;the&nbsp;biographies" .. ' of&nbsp;living&nbsp;people]].', tooltip = '${TOOLTIPFRAGMENT} to promote compliance with the policy on' .. ' biographies of living people', }, dmca = { description = 'For pages protected by the Wikimedia Foundation' .. ' due to [[Special:MyLanguage/Legal#DMCA|Digital Millennium Copyright Act]] takedown requests', explanation = function (protectionObj, args) local ret = 'Pursuant to a rights owner notice under the Digital' .. ' Millennium Copyright Act (DMCA) regarding some content' .. ' in this article, the Wikimedia Foundation acted under' .. ' applicable law and took down and restricted the content' .. ' in question.' if args.notice then ret = ret .. ' A copy of the received notice can be found here: ' .. args.notice .. '.' end ret = ret .. ' For more information, including websites discussing' .. ' how to file a counter-notice, please see' .. " [[Special:MyLanguage/Office actions|Office actions]] and the article's ${TALKPAGE}." .. "'''Do not remove this template from the article until the" .. " restrictions are withdrawn'''." return ret end, image = 'Padlock-black.svg', }, dispute = { description = 'For pages protected due to editing disputes', text = function (protectionObj, args) -- Find the value of "disputes". local display = 'disputes' local disputes if args.section then disputes = string.format( '[[%s:%s#%s|%s]]', mw.site.namespaces[protectionObj.title.namespace].talk.name, protectionObj.title.text, args.section, display ) else disputes = display end -- Make the blurb, depending on the expiry. local msg if type(protectionObj.expiry) == 'number' then msg = '${INTROFRAGMENT} or until editing %s have been resolved.' else msg = '${INTROFRAGMENT} until editing %s have been resolved.' end return string.format(msg, disputes) end, explanation = "This protection is '''not''' an endorsement of the" .. ' ${CURRENTVERSION}. ${EXPLANATIONBLURB}', tooltip = '${TOOLTIPFRAGMENT} due to editing disputes', }, ecp = { description = 'For articles in topic areas authorized by' .. ' [[Arbitration Committee|ArbCom]] or' .. ' meets the criteria for community use', tooltip = 'This ${PAGETYPE} is ${PROTECTIONLEVEL}' .. ' under extended confirmed editing restrictions', alt = 'Extended-protected ${PAGETYPE}', }, mainpage = { description = 'For pages protected for being displayed on the [[Main Page]]', text = 'This file is currently' .. ' [[Special:MyLanguage/Help:Protection|protected]] from' .. ' editing because it is currently or will soon be displayed' .. ' on the [[Special:MyLanguage/Main Page|Main Page]].', explanation = 'Images on the Main Page are protected due to their high' .. ' visibility. Please discuss any necessary changes on the ${TALKPAGE}.' .. '<br /><span style="font-size:90%;">' .. "'''Administrators:''' Once this image is definitely off the Main Page," .. ' please unprotect this file, or reduce to semi-protection,' .. ' as appropriate.</span>', }, office = { description = 'For pages protected by the Wikimedia Foundation', text = function (protectionObj, args) local ret = 'This ${PAGETYPE} is currently under the' .. ' scrutiny of the' .. ' [[Special:MyLanguage/Office actions|Wikimedia Foundation Office]]' .. ' and is protected.' if protectionObj.protectionDate then ret = ret .. ' It has been protected since ${PROTECTIONDATE}.' end return ret end, explanation = "If you can edit this page, please discuss all changes and" .. " additions on the ${TALKPAGE} first. '''Do not remove protection from this" .. " page unless you are authorized by the Wikimedia Foundation to do" .. " so.'''", image = 'Padlock-black.svg', }, reset = { description = 'For pages protected by the Wikimedia Foundation and' .. ' "reset" to a bare-bones version', text = 'This ${PAGETYPE} is currently under the' .. ' scrutiny of the' .. ' [[Special:MyLanguage/Office actions|Wikimedia Foundation Office]]' .. ' and is protected.', explanation = function (protectionObj, args) local ret = '' if protectionObj.protectionDate then ret = ret .. 'On ${PROTECTIONDATE} this ${PAGETYPE} was' else ret = ret .. 'This ${PAGETYPE} has been' end ret = ret .. ' reduced to a' .. ' simplified, "bare bones" version so that it may be completely' .. ' rewritten to ensure it meets the policies of' .. ' [[Special:MyLanguage/Neutral point of view|Neutral Point of View]] and [[w:en:WP:V|Verifiability]].' .. ' Standard Wikipedia policies will apply to its rewriting—which' .. ' will eventually be open to all editors—and will be strictly' .. ' enforced. The ${PAGETYPE} has been ${PROTECTIONLEVEL} while' .. ' it is being rebuilt.\n\n' .. 'Any insertion of material directly from' .. ' pre-protection revisions of the ${PAGETYPE} will be removed, as' .. ' will any material added to the ${PAGETYPE} that is not properly' .. ' sourced. The associated talk page(s) were also cleared on the' .. " same date.\n\n" .. "If you can edit this page, please discuss all changes and" .. " additions on the ${TALKPAGE} first. '''Do not override" .. " this action, and do not remove protection from this page," .. " unless you are authorized by the Wikimedia Foundation" .. " to do so. No editor may remove this notice.'''" return ret end, image = 'Padlock-black.svg', }, sock = { description = 'For pages protected due to' .. ' [[Special:MyLanguage/Sock puppetry|sock puppetry]]', text = '${INTROFRAGMENT} to prevent [[Sock puppetry|sock puppets]] of' .. ' [[Special:MyLanguage/Blocked user|blocked]] or' .. ' [[Special:MyLanguage/Banned user|banned users]]' .. ' from editing it.', tooltip = '${TOOLTIPFRAGMENT} to prevent sock puppets of blocked or banned users from' .. ' editing it', }, template = { description = 'For [[w:en:Wikipedia:High-risk templates|high-risk]]' .. ' templates and Lua modules', text = 'This is a permanently [[Special:MyLanguage/Help:Protection|protected]] ${PAGETYPE},' .. ' as it is [[w:en:Wikipedia:High-risk templates|high-risk]].', explanation = 'Please discuss any changes on the ${TALKPAGE}; you may' .. ' ${EDITREQUEST} to ask an' .. ' [[Special:MyLanguage/Meta:Administrators|administrator]] or' .. ' [[w:en:Wikipedia:Template editor|template editor]] to make an edit if' .. ' it is [[Help:Minor edit#When to mark an edit as a minor edit' .. '|uncontroversial]] or supported by' .. ' [[Special:MyLanguage/Consensus|consensus]]. You can also' .. ' [[Meta:Requests for help from a sysop or bureaucrat|request]] that the page be' .. ' unprotected.', tooltip = 'This high-risk ${PAGETYPE} is permanently ${PROTECTIONLEVEL}' .. ' to prevent vandalism', alt = 'Permanently protected ${PAGETYPE}', }, usertalk = { description = 'For pages protected against disruptive edits by a' .. ' particular user', text = '${INTROFRAGMENT} to prevent ${VANDAL} from using it to make disruptive edits,' .. ' such as abusing the' .. ' &#123;&#123;[[Template:unblock|unblock]]&#125;&#125; template.', explanation = 'If you cannot edit this user talk page and you need to' .. ' make a change or leave a message, you can' .. ' [[Meta:Requests for help from a sysop or bureaucrat' .. '|request an edit]],' .. ' [[Meta:Requests for help from a sysop or bureaucrat' .. '|request unprotection]],' .. ' [[Special:Userlogin|log in]],' .. ' or [[Special:UserLogin/signup|create an account]].', }, vandalism = { description = 'For pages protected against' .. ' [[Meta:Vandalism|vandalism]]', text = '${INTROFRAGMENT} due to [[Meta:Vandalism|vandalism]].', explanation = function (protectionObj, args) local ret = '' if protectionObj.level == 'sysop' then ret = ret .. "This protection is '''not''' an endorsement of the" .. ' ${CURRENTVERSION}. ' end return ret .. '${EXPLANATIONBLURB}' end, tooltip = '${TOOLTIPFRAGMENT} due to vandalism', } }, move = { dispute = { description = 'For pages protected against page moves due to' .. ' disputes over the page title', explanation = "This protection is '''not''' an endorsement of the" .. ' ${CURRENTVERSION}. ${EXPLANATIONBLURB}', image = 'Padlock-olive.svg' }, vandalism = { description = 'For pages protected against' .. ' [[w:en:Wikipedia:Vandalism#Page-move vandalism' .. ' |page-move vandalism]]' } }, autoreview = {}, upload = {} }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- -- GENERAL DATA TABLES -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Protection blurbs -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This table produces the protection blurbs available with the -- ${PROTECTIONBLURB} parameter. It is sorted by protection action and -- protection level, and is checked by the module in the following order: -- 1. page's protection action, page's protection level -- 2. page's protection action, default protection level -- 3. "edit" protection action, default protection level -- -- It is possible to use banner parameters inside this table. -- *required* - this table needs edit, move, autoreview and upload subtables. protectionBlurbs = { edit = { default = 'This ${PAGETYPE} is currently [[Help:Protection|' .. 'protected]] from editing', autoconfirmed = 'Editing of this ${PAGETYPE} by [[Special:MyLanguage/Newly' .. ' registered user|new]] or [[Special:MyLanguage/Unregistered' .. ' user|unregistered]] users is currently [[Special:MyLanguage/Help:Protection|disabled]]', extendedconfirmed = 'This ${PAGETYPE} is ${PROTECTIONLEVEL} as a result of' .. ' [[Special:MyLanguage/Arbitration Committee|ArbCom]] enforcement or meets the' .. ' [[w:en:Wikipedia:Protection policy#extended|criteria for community use]]', }, move = { default = 'This ${PAGETYPE} is currently [[Special:MyLanguage/Help:Protection|protected]]' .. ' from [[Special:MyLanguage/Help:Moving a page|page moves]]' }, autoreview = { autoconfirmed = 'All edits made to this ${PAGETYPE} by' .. ' [[Special:MyLanguage/Newly registered users|new]] or' .. ' [[Special:MyLanguage/Unregistered users|unregistered]]' .. ' users are currently' .. ' [[Flagged Revisions|subject to review]]', default = 'All edits made to this ${PAGETYPE} by users who are not' .. ' [[w:en:Wikipedia:Reviewing|reviewers]] or' .. ' [[Special:MyLanguage/Meta:Administrators|administrators]] are currently' .. ' [[Flagged Revisions|subject to review]]' }, upload = { default = 'Uploading new versions of this ${PAGETYPE} is currently disabled' } }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Explanation blurbs -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This table produces the explanation blurbs available with the -- ${EXPLANATIONBLURB} parameter. It is sorted by protection action, -- protection level, and whether the page is a talk page or not. If the page is -- a talk page it will have a talk key of "talk"; otherwise it will have a talk -- key of "subject". The table is checked in the following order: -- 1. page's protection action, page's protection level, page's talk key -- 2. page's protection action, page's protection level, default talk key -- 3. page's protection action, default protection level, page's talk key -- 4. page's protection action, default protection level, default talk key -- -- It is possible to use banner parameters inside this table. -- *required* - this table needs edit, move, autoreview and upload subtables. explanationBlurbs = { edit = { autoconfirmed = { subject = 'See the [[w:en:Wikipedia:Protection policy|' .. 'protection policy]] and ${PROTECTIONLOG} for more details. If you' .. ' cannot edit this ${PAGETYPE} and you wish to make a change, you can' .. ' ${EDITREQUEST}, discuss changes on the ${TALKPAGE},' .. ' [[Meta:Requests for help from a sysop or bureaucrat' .. '|request unprotection]], [[Special:Userlogin|log in]], or' .. ' [[Special:UserLogin/signup|create an account]].', default = 'See the [[w:en:Wikipedia:Protection policy|' .. 'protection policy]] and ${PROTECTIONLOG} for more details. If you' .. ' cannot edit this ${PAGETYPE} and you wish to make a change, you can' .. ' [[Meta:Requests for help from a sysop or bureaucrat' .. '|request unprotection]], [[Special:Userlogin|log in]], or' .. ' [[Special:UserLogin/signup|create an account]].', }, extendedconfirmed = { default = 'Extended confirmed protection prevents edits from all IP editors' .. ' and registered users with fewer than 30 days tenure and 500 edits.' .. ' The [[w:en:Wikipedia:Protection policy#extended|policy on community use]]' .. ' specifies that extended confirmed protection can be applied to combat' .. ' disruption, given that semi-protection has proven to be ineffective.' .. ' Please discuss any changes on the ${TALKPAGE}; you may' .. ' ${EDITREQUEST} to ask for unconversial changes supported by' .. ' [[Special:MyLanguage/Consensus|consensus]].' }, default = { subject = 'See the [[w:en:Wikipedia:Protection policy|' .. 'protection policy]] and ${PROTECTIONLOG} for more details.' .. ' Please discuss any changes on the ${TALKPAGE}; you' .. ' may ${EDITREQUEST} to ask an' .. ' [[Special:MyLanguage/Meta:Administrators|administrator]] to make an edit if it' .. ' is [[Help:Minor edit#When to mark an edit as a minor edit' .. '|uncontroversial]] or supported by [[Special:MyLanguage/Consensus' .. '|consensus]]. You may also [[Meta:Requests for help from a sysop or bureaucrat' .. '|request]] that this page be unprotected.', default = 'See the [[w:en:Wikipedia:Protection policy|' .. 'protection policy]] and ${PROTECTIONLOG} for more details.' .. ' You may [[Meta:Requests for help from a sysop or bureaucrat|request an' .. ' edit]] to this page, or [[Meta:Requests for help from a sysop or bureaucrat' .. '|ask]] for it to be unprotected.' } }, move = { default = { subject = 'See the [[w:en:Wikipedia:Protection policy|' .. 'protection policy]] and ${PROTECTIONLOG} for more details.' .. ' The page may still be edited but cannot be moved' .. ' until unprotected. Please discuss any suggested moves on the' .. ' ${TALKPAGE} or at [[Meta:Babel]]. You can also' .. ' [[Meta:Requests for help from a sysop or bureaucrat|request]] that the page be' .. ' unprotected.', default = 'See the [[w:en:Wikipedia:Protection policy|' .. 'protection policy]] and ${PROTECTIONLOG} for more details.' .. ' The page may still be edited but cannot be moved' .. ' until unprotected. Please discuss any suggested moves at' .. ' [[Meta:Babel]]. You can also' .. ' [[Meta:Requests for help from a sysop or bureaucrat|request]] that the page be' .. ' unprotected.' } }, autoreview = { default = { reviewer = 'See the [[w:en:Wikipedia:Protection policy|' .. 'protection policy]] and ${PROTECTIONLOG} for more details.' .. ' Edits to this ${PAGETYPE} will not be visible to readers' .. ' until they are accepted by a reviewer or an administrator.' .. ' To avoid the need for your edits to be reviewed, you may' .. ' [[Meta:Requests for help from a sysop or bureaucrat' .. '|request unprotection]]. Experienced editors may also' .. ' request the [[w:en:Wikipedia:Reviewing|reviewer user right]].', default = 'See the [[w:en:Wikipedia:Protection policy|' .. 'protection policy]] and ${PROTECTIONLOG} for more details.' .. ' Edits to this ${PAGETYPE} by new and unregistered users' .. ' will not be visible to readers until they are accepted by' .. ' a reviewer. To avoid the need for your edits to be' .. ' reviewed, you may' .. ' [[Meta:Requests for help from a sysop or bureaucrat' .. '|request unprotection]], [[Special:Userlogin|log in]], or' .. ' [[Special:UserLogin/signup|create an account]].' }, }, upload = { default = { default = 'See the [[w:en:Wikipedia:Protection policy|' .. 'protection policy]] and ${PROTECTIONLOG} for more details.' .. ' The page may still be edited but new versions of the file' .. ' cannot be uploaded until it is unprotected. You can' .. ' request that a new version be uploaded by using a' .. ' [[Template:Edit Protected|protected edit request]], or you' .. ' can [[Meta:Requests for help from a sysop or bureaucrat|request]]' .. ' that the file be unprotected.' } } }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Protection levels -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This table provides the data for the ${PROTECTIONLEVEL} parameter, which -- produces a short label for different protection levels. It is sorted by -- protection action and protection level, and is checked in the following -- order: -- 1. page's protection action, page's protection level -- 2. page's protection action, default protection level -- 3. "edit" protection action, default protection level -- -- It is possible to use banner parameters inside this table. -- *required* - this table needs edit, move, autoreview and upload subtables. protectionLevels = { edit = { default = 'protected', templateeditor = 'template-protected', extendedconfirmed = 'extended-protected', autoconfirmed = 'semi-protected', }, move = { default = 'move-protected' }, autoreview = { }, upload = { default = 'upload-protected' } }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Images -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This table lists different padlock images for each protection action and -- protection level. It is used if an image is not specified in any of the -- banner data tables, and if the page does not satisfy the conditions for using -- the ['image-filename-indef'] image. It is checked in the following order: -- 1. page's protection action, page's protection level -- 2. page's protection action, default protection level images = { edit = { default = 'Padlock.svg', templateeditor = 'Padlock-pink.svg', extendedconfirmed = 'Padlock-blue.svg', autoconfirmed = 'Padlock-silver.svg' }, move = { default = 'Padlock-olive.svg', }, autoreview = { autoconfirmed = 'Padlock-silver-light.svg', default = 'Padlock-orange.svg' }, upload = { default = 'Padlock-purple.svg' } }, -- Pages with a reason specified in this table will show the special "indef" -- padlock, defined in the 'image-filename-indef' message, if no expiry is set. indefImageReasons = { template = true }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Image links -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This table provides the data for the ${IMAGELINK} parameter, which gets -- the image link for small padlock icons based on the page's protection action -- and protection level. It is checked in the following order: -- 1. page's protection action, page's protection level -- 2. page's protection action, default protection level -- 3. "edit" protection action, default protection level -- -- It is possible to use banner parameters inside this table. -- *required* - this table needs edit, move, autoreview and upload subtables. imageLinks = { edit = { default = 'w:en:Wikipedia:Protection policy#full', templateeditor = 'w:en:Wikipedia:Protection policy#template', extendedconfirmed = 'w:en:Wikipedia:Protection policy#extended', autoconfirmed = 'w:en:Wikipedia:Protection policy#semi' }, move = { default = 'w:en:Wikipedia:Protection policy#move' }, autoreview = { autoconfirmed = 'w:en:Wikipedia:Protection policy#pc1', reviewer = 'w:en:Wikipedia:Protection policy#pc2' }, upload = { default = 'w:en:Wikipedia:Protection policy#upload' } }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Padlock indicator names -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This table provides the "name" attribute for the <indicator> extension tag -- with which small padlock icons are generated. All indicator tags on a page -- are displayed in alphabetical order based on this attribute, and with -- indicator tags with duplicate names, the last tag on the page wins. -- The attribute is chosen based on the protection action; table keys must be a -- protection action name or the string "default". padlockIndicatorNames = { autoreview = 'pp-autoreview', default = 'pp-default' }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Protection categories -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- --[[ -- The protection categories are stored in the protectionCategories table. -- Keys to this table are made up of the following strings: -- -- 1. the expiry date -- 2. the namespace -- 3. the protection reason (e.g. "dispute" or "vandalism") -- 4. the protection level (e.g. "sysop" or "autoconfirmed") -- 5. the action (e.g. "edit" or "move") -- -- When the module looks up a category in the table, first it will will check to -- see a key exists that corresponds to all five parameters. For example, a -- user page semi-protected from vandalism for two weeks would have the key -- "temp-user-vandalism-autoconfirmed-edit". If no match is found, the module -- changes the first part of the key to "all" and checks the table again. It -- keeps checking increasingly generic key combinations until it finds the -- field, or until it reaches the key "all-all-all-all-all". -- -- The module uses a binary matrix to determine the order in which to search. -- This is best demonstrated by a table. In this table, the "0" values -- represent "all", and the "1" values represent the original data (e.g. -- "indef" or "file" or "vandalism"). -- -- expiry namespace reason level action -- order -- 1 1 1 1 1 1 -- 2 0 1 1 1 1 -- 3 1 0 1 1 1 -- 4 0 0 1 1 1 -- 5 1 1 0 1 1 -- 6 0 1 0 1 1 -- 7 1 0 0 1 1 -- 8 0 0 0 1 1 -- 9 1 1 1 0 1 -- 10 0 1 1 0 1 -- 11 1 0 1 0 1 -- 12 0 0 1 0 1 -- 13 1 1 0 0 1 -- 14 0 1 0 0 1 -- 15 1 0 0 0 1 -- 16 0 0 0 0 1 -- 17 1 1 1 1 0 -- 18 0 1 1 1 0 -- 19 1 0 1 1 0 -- 20 0 0 1 1 0 -- 21 1 1 0 1 0 -- 22 0 1 0 1 0 -- 23 1 0 0 1 0 -- 24 0 0 0 1 0 -- 25 1 1 1 0 0 -- 26 0 1 1 0 0 -- 27 1 0 1 0 0 -- 28 0 0 1 0 0 -- 29 1 1 0 0 0 -- 30 0 1 0 0 0 -- 31 1 0 0 0 0 -- 32 0 0 0 0 0 -- -- In this scheme the action has the highest priority, as it is the last -- to change, and the expiry has the least priority, as it changes the most. -- The priorities of the expiry, the protection level and the action are -- fixed, but the priorities of the reason and the namespace can be swapped -- through the use of the cfg.bannerDataNamespaceHasPriority table. --]] -- If the reason specified to the template is listed in this table, -- namespace data will take priority over reason data in the protectionCategories -- table. reasonsWithNamespacePriority = { vandalism = true, }, -- The string to use as a namespace key for the protectionCategories table for each -- namespace number. categoryNamespaceKeys = { [ 2] = 'user', [ 3] = 'user', [ 4] = 'project', [ 6] = 'file', [ 8] = 'mediawiki', [ 10] = 'template', [ 12] = 'project', [ 14] = 'category', [100] = 'portal', [828] = 'module', }, protectionCategories = { ['all|all|all|all|all'] = 'Protected', ['all|all|office|all|all'] = 'Office-protected', ['all|all|reset|all|all'] = 'Office-protected', ['all|all|dmca|all|all'] = 'Office-protected', ['all|all|mainpage|all|all'] = 'fully-protected main page files', ['all|all|all|extendedconfirmed|all'] = 'pages under 30-500 editing restriction', ['all|all|ecp|extendedconfirmed|all'] = 'pages under 30-500 editing restriction', ['all|template|all|all|edit'] = 'fully-protected templates', ['all|all|all|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'semi-protected', ['indef|all|all|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'indefinitely semi-protected', ['all|all|blp|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'indefinitely semi-protected biographies of living people', ['temp|all|blp|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'temporarily semi-protected biographies of living people', ['all|all|dispute|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'pages semi-protected due to dispute', ['all|all|sock|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'pages semi-protected from banned users', ['all|all|vandalism|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'pages semi-protected against vandalism', ['all|category|all|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'semi-protected categories', ['all|file|all|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'semi-protected files', ['all|portal|all|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'semi-protected portals', ['all|project|all|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'semi-protected project pages', ['all|talk|all|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'semi-protected talk pages', ['all|template|all|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'semi-protected templates', ['all|user|all|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'semi-protected user and user talk pages', ['all|template|all|templateeditor|edit'] = 'template-protected templates', ['all|all|blp|sysop|edit'] = 'indefinitely protected biographies of living people', ['temp|all|blp|sysop|edit'] = 'temporarily protected biographies of living people', ['all|all|dispute|sysop|edit'] = 'pages protected due to dispute', ['all|all|sock|sysop|edit'] = 'pages protected from banned users', ['all|all|vandalism|sysop|edit'] = 'pages protected against vandalism', ['all|category|all|sysop|edit'] = 'protected categories', ['all|file|all|sysop|edit'] = 'fully-protected files', ['all|project|all|sysop|edit'] = 'fully-protected project pages', ['all|talk|all|sysop|edit'] = 'fully-protected talk pages', ['all|template|all|sysop|edit'] = 'fully-protected templates', ['all|user|all|sysop|edit'] = 'protected user and user talk pages', ['all|module|all|all|edit'] = 'fully-protected modules', ['all|module|all|templateeditor|edit'] = 'template-protected modules', ['all|module|all|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'semi-protected modules', ['all|all|all|sysop|move'] = 'move-protected', ['indef|all|all|sysop|move'] = 'indefinitely move-protected', ['all|all|dispute|sysop|move'] = 'pages move-protected due to dispute', ['all|all|vandalism|sysop|move'] = 'pages move-protected due to vandalism', ['all|portal|all|sysop|move'] = 'move-protected portals', ['all|portal|all|sysop|move'] = 'move-protected portals', ['all|project|all|sysop|move'] = 'move-protected project pages', ['all|talk|all|sysop|move'] = 'move-protected talk pages', ['all|template|all|sysop|move'] = 'move-protected templates', ['all|user|all|sysop|move'] = 'move-protected user and user talk pages', ['all|all|all|autoconfirmed|autoreview'] = 'pending changes protected pages (level 1)', ['all|all|all|reviewer|autoreview'] = 'pending changes protected pages (level 2)', ['all|file|all|all|upload'] = 'upload-protected files', }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Expiry category config -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This table configures the expiry category behaviour for each protection -- action. -- * If set to true, setting that action will always categorise the page if -- an expiry parameter is not set. -- * If set to false, setting that action will never categorise the page. -- * If set to nil, the module will categorise the page if: -- 1) an expiry parameter is not set, and -- 2) a reason is provided, and -- 3) the specified reason is not blacklisted in the reasonsWithoutExpiryCheck -- table. expiryCheckActions = { edit = nil, move = false, autoreview = true, upload = false }, reasonsWithoutExpiryCheck = { blp = true, template = true, }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Pagetypes -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This table produces the page types available with the ${PAGETYPE} parameter. -- Keys are namespace numbers, or the string "default" for the default value. pagetypes = { [0] = 'article', [6] = 'file', [10] = 'template', [14] = 'category', [828] = 'module', default = 'page' }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Strings marking indefinite protection -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This table contains values passed to the expiry parameter that mean the page -- is protected indefinitely. indefStrings = { ['indef'] = true, ['indefinite'] = true, ['indefinitely'] = true, ['infinite'] = true, }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Group hierarchy -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This table maps each group to all groups that have a superset of the original -- group's page editing permissions. hierarchy = { sysop = {}, reviewer = {'sysop'}, filemover = {'sysop'}, templateeditor = {'sysop'}, extendedconfirmed = {'sysop'}, autoconfirmed = {'reviewer', 'filemover', 'templateeditor', 'extendedconfirmed'}, user = {'autoconfirmed'}, ['*'] = {'user'} }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Wrapper templates and their default arguments -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This table contains wrapper templates used with the module, and their -- default arguments. Templates specified in this table should contain the -- following invocation, and no other template content: -- -- {{#invoke:Protection banner|main}} -- -- If other content is desired, it can be added between -- <noinclude>...</noinclude> tags. -- -- When a user calls one of these wrapper templates, they will use the -- default arguments automatically. However, users can override any of the -- arguments. wrappers = { ['Template:Pp'] = {}, ['Template:Pp-30-500'] = {'ecp'}, ['Template:Pp-blp'] = {'blp'}, -- we don't need Template:Pp-create ['Template:Pp-dispute'] = {'dispute'}, ['Template:Pp-main-page'] = {'mainpage'}, ['Template:Pp-move'] = {action = 'move'}, ['Template:Pp-move-dispute'] = {'dispute', action = 'move'}, -- we don't need Template:Pp-move-indef ['Template:Pp-move-vandalism'] = {'vandalism', action = 'move'}, ['Template:Pp-office'] = {'office'}, ['Template:Pp-office-dmca'] = {'dmca'}, ['Template:Pp-pc1'] = {action = 'autoreview', small = true}, ['Template:Pp-pc2'] = {action = 'autoreview', small = true}, ['Template:Pp-reset'] = {'reset'}, ['Template:Pp-semi-indef'] = {small = true}, ['Template:Pp-sock'] = {'sock'}, ['Template:PP-template'] = {'template', small = true}, ['Template:Pp-upload'] = {action = 'upload'}, ['Template:Pp-usertalk'] = {'usertalk'}, ['Template:Pp-vandalism'] = {'vandalism'}, }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- -- MESSAGES -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- msg = { -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Intro blurb and intro fragment -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- These messages specify what is produced by the ${INTROBLURB} and -- ${INTROFRAGMENT} parameters. If the protection is temporary they use the -- intro-blurb-expiry or intro-fragment-expiry, and if not they use -- intro-blurb-noexpiry or intro-fragment-noexpiry. -- It is possible to use banner parameters in these messages. ['intro-blurb-expiry'] = '${PROTECTIONBLURB} until ${EXPIRY}.', ['intro-blurb-noexpiry'] = '${PROTECTIONBLURB}.', ['intro-fragment-expiry'] = '${PROTECTIONBLURB} until ${EXPIRY},', ['intro-fragment-noexpiry'] = '${PROTECTIONBLURB}', -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Tooltip blurb -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- These messages specify what is produced by the ${TOOLTIPBLURB} parameter. -- If the protection is temporary the tooltip-blurb-expiry message is used, and -- if not the tooltip-blurb-noexpiry message is used. -- It is possible to use banner parameters in these messages. ['tooltip-blurb-expiry'] = 'This ${PAGETYPE} is ${PROTECTIONLEVEL} until ${EXPIRY}.', ['tooltip-blurb-noexpiry'] = 'This ${PAGETYPE} is ${PROTECTIONLEVEL}.', ['tooltip-fragment-expiry'] = 'This ${PAGETYPE} is ${PROTECTIONLEVEL} until ${EXPIRY},', ['tooltip-fragment-noexpiry'] = 'This ${PAGETYPE} is ${PROTECTIONLEVEL}', -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Special explanation blurb -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- An explanation blurb for pages that cannot be unprotected, e.g. for pages -- in the MediaWiki namespace. -- It is possible to use banner parameters in this message. ['explanation-blurb-nounprotect'] = 'See the [[w:en:Wikipedia:Protection policy|' .. 'protection policy]] and ${PROTECTIONLOG} for more details.' .. ' Please discuss any changes on the ${TALKPAGE}; you' .. ' may ${EDITREQUEST} to ask an' .. ' [[Special:MyLanguage/Meta:Administrators|administrator]] to make an edit if it' .. ' is [[Help:Minor edit#When to mark an edit as a minor edit' .. '|uncontroversial]] or supported by [[Special:MyLanguage/Consensus' .. '|consensus]].', -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Protection log display values -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- These messages determine the display values for the protection log link -- or the pending changes log link produced by the ${PROTECTIONLOG} parameter. -- It is possible to use banner parameters in these messages. ['protection-log-display'] = 'protection log', ['pc-log-display'] = 'pending changes log', -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Current version display values -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- These messages determine the display values for the page history link -- or the move log link produced by the ${CURRENTVERSION} parameter. -- It is possible to use banner parameters in these messages. ['current-version-move-display'] = 'current title', ['current-version-edit-display'] = 'current version', -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Talk page -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This message determines the display value of the talk page link produced -- with the ${TALKPAGE} parameter. -- It is possible to use banner parameters in this message. ['talk-page-link-display'] = 'talk page', -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Edit requests -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This message determines the display value of the edit request link produced -- with the ${EDITREQUEST} parameter. -- It is possible to use banner parameters in this message. ['edit-request-display'] = 'submit an edit request', -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Expiry date format -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This is the format for the blurb expiry date. It should be valid input for -- the first parameter of the #time parser function. ['expiry-date-format'] = 'F j, Y', -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Tracking categories -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- These messages determine which tracking categories the module outputs. ['tracking-category-incorrect'] = 'Pages with incorrect protection templates', ['tracking-category-template'] = 'Template-protected pages other than templates and modules', -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Images -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- These are images that are not defined by their protection action and protection level. ['image-filename-indef'] = 'Padlock.svg', ['image-filename-default'] = 'Transparent.gif', -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- End messages -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- } -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- End configuration -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- } b3debeqsz9z153uu1qzjaj77ber2ukn 828 4513 15758 2025-04-17T05:50:01Z meta>Veritas Sapientiae 0 1 revision imported from [[:commons:Module:Lua_banner/config]] 15758 Scribunto text/plain local cfg = {} -- Don’t touch this line. -- Subpage blacklist: these subpages will not be categorized (except for the -- error category, which is always added if there is an error). -- For example “Template:Foo/doc” matches the `doc = true` rule, so it will have -- no categories. “Template:Foo” and “Template:Foo/documentation” match no rules, -- so they *will* have categories. All rules should be in the -- ['<subpage name>'] = true, -- format. cfg['subpage_blacklist'] = { ['doc'] = true, ['sandbox'] = true, ['sandbox2'] = true, ['testcases'] = true, } -- Allow wishes: whether wishes for conversion to Lua are allowed. -- If true, calls with zero parameters are valid, and considered to be wishes: -- The box’s text is “This template should use Lua”, and cfg['wish_category'] is -- added. If false, such calls are invalid, an error message appears, and -- cfg['error_category'] is added. cfg['allow_wishes'] = false -- Default category: this category is added if the module call contains errors -- (e.g. no module listed). A category name without namespace, or nil -- to disable categorization (not recommended). cfg['error_category'] = 'Lua templates with errors' -- Wish category: this category is added if no module is listed, and wishes are -- allowed. (Not used if wishes are not allowed.) A category name without -- namespace, or nil to disable categorization. cfg['wish_category'] = nil -- Default category: this category is added if none of the below module_categories -- matches the first module listed. A category name without namespace, or nil -- to disable categorization. cfg['default_category'] = 'Lua-based templates' -- Module categories: one of these categories is added if the first listed module -- is the listed module (e.g. {{Lua|Module:String}} adds -- [[Category:Lua String-based templates]].) Format: -- ['<module name>'] = '<category name>' -- where neither <module name> nor <category name> contains namespace. An empty -- table (i.e. no module-based categorization) will suffice on smaller wikis. cfg['module_categories'] = { ['Citation'] = 'Lua-based citation templates', ['Citation/CS1'] = 'Lua-based citation templates', } return cfg -- Don’t touch this line. hmyys4dogcx9tsm85bmy1m3tdl6qizv 15759 15758 2026-09-07T05:50:37Z A826 1864 ೧ revisions imported from [[:meta:Module:Lua_banner/config]] 15758 Scribunto text/plain local cfg = {} -- Don’t touch this line. -- Subpage blacklist: these subpages will not be categorized (except for the -- error category, which is always added if there is an error). -- For example “Template:Foo/doc” matches the `doc = true` rule, so it will have -- no categories. “Template:Foo” and “Template:Foo/documentation” match no rules, -- so they *will* have categories. All rules should be in the -- ['<subpage name>'] = true, -- format. cfg['subpage_blacklist'] = { ['doc'] = true, ['sandbox'] = true, ['sandbox2'] = true, ['testcases'] = true, } -- Allow wishes: whether wishes for conversion to Lua are allowed. -- If true, calls with zero parameters are valid, and considered to be wishes: -- The box’s text is “This template should use Lua”, and cfg['wish_category'] is -- added. If false, such calls are invalid, an error message appears, and -- cfg['error_category'] is added. cfg['allow_wishes'] = false -- Default category: this category is added if the module call contains errors -- (e.g. no module listed). A category name without namespace, or nil -- to disable categorization (not recommended). cfg['error_category'] = 'Lua templates with errors' -- Wish category: this category is added if no module is listed, and wishes are -- allowed. (Not used if wishes are not allowed.) A category name without -- namespace, or nil to disable categorization. cfg['wish_category'] = nil -- Default category: this category is added if none of the below module_categories -- matches the first module listed. A category name without namespace, or nil -- to disable categorization. cfg['default_category'] = 'Lua-based templates' -- Module categories: one of these categories is added if the first listed module -- is the listed module (e.g. {{Lua|Module:String}} adds -- [[Category:Lua String-based templates]].) Format: -- ['<module name>'] = '<category name>' -- where neither <module name> nor <category name> contains namespace. An empty -- table (i.e. no module-based categorization) will suffice on smaller wikis. cfg['module_categories'] = { ['Citation'] = 'Lua-based citation templates', ['Citation/CS1'] = 'Lua-based citation templates', } return cfg -- Don’t touch this line. hmyys4dogcx9tsm85bmy1m3tdl6qizv 10 4514 15760 2025-11-16T17:41:59Z meta>Renamed user 34a3a995a576e0da3fb6b4ed792b4c63 0 /* TemplateData */ Add PT link 15760 wikitext text/x-wiki {{Documentation subpage}} {{Lua|Module:Fallback}} == Usage == Returns a value depending on a given language, using reasonable fallbacks if the contents of the switch does not directly map a value for that language. The given language to test, if it's not specified, is the user interface language of the viewing user. The language of the mapped value to return when there's no match in the switch for the given language (or one of its fallbacks), is English (<span style="font-family: monospace;">en</span>) unless another default language is specified (which will be tried after standard fallbacks but before English). == Parameters == * <span style="font-family: monospace;">lang=<code>''language-code''</code></span> (optional) — the switch by default will return a value according to the viewing user, this parameter allows changing this behavior. * <span style="font-family: monospace;"><code>''language-code''</code>=''“Mapped value in <code>language-code</code>”''</span> — maps the language to a value. *: Defining this parameter for a language that is used as a reasonable fallback for one or several other languages means that you won't need to define additional parameters to map these other languages, when that value is already accurate for these other languages. *: Commonly used languages that are used as reasonable fallbacks include major languages of the world: English (<code>en</code>), Chinese (<code>zh</code>), French (<code>fr</code>), Spanish (<code>es</code>), Arabic (<code>ar</code>), Russian (<code>ru</code>), and Indonesian (<code>id</code>); and to a lower scale, mostly as a fallback for regional languages: Hindi (<code>hi</code>), German (<code>de</code>), Portuguese (<code>pt</code>), and Dutch (<code>nl</code>). *: But this also includes any national language which may be a reasonable fallback for a minority/regional-only language, unless the later is used across borders, such as Catalan (<code>ca</code>) or Kurdish (<code>ku</code>) which should be defined separately. *: Usually, you don't need to provide a specific value for language variants in a different script, that are handled now by MediaWiki using builtin transliterators. This includes the two major variants of Chinese: simplified <code>zh-hans</code> and traditional <code>zh-hant</code>, the simplified variant being implied in the form used by the simpler recommended code <code>zh</code>); the traditional variant needs to be specified only if the default transliterator does not reliably convert some characters. * <span style="font-family: monospace;">default=<code>''language-code''</code></span> (optional) — allows to specify which language to use when reasonable fallbacks have failed. If its value matches a given item defined in the switch, the value mapped to this item will be returned when no other languages in the switch match; if the default is not specified, or does not match any item in the switch, the value mapped to English (the default language of this wiki) will be returned. *: So the switch does not necessarily have to define an English message, but it should contain at least: *:* <span style="font-family: monospace;"><code>language-code</code>=''“Mapped value in <code>language-code</code>”''</span>, if <span style="font-family: monospace;">default=<code>''language-code''</code></span> is present, *:* or <span style="font-family: monospace;">en=''“Mapped value in English”''</span>, when there's no specified default. *: Specifying another default language (and mapping a value specifically for it) does not prohibit mapping an additional specific value for English, but English will no longer be the last fallback. *: Note that the <code>''language-code''</code> indicated here may be arbitrary and can be a pseudo-language to specify a different value, even if it displays a message in English (or in any language). == Supported language codes == Language codes do not necessarily have to one of those used in a separate edition of a Wikimedia project (such as Wikipedia or Wiktionary), it could be a language supported only on a multilingual site in a single edition, such as Incubator, Commons, MediaWiki or Meta. But in all cases, the language codes used must be one of the language codes supported by MediaWiki for its localisation (otherwise they could be ignored in parameters of LangSwitch). Language codes are normally insensitive to letter case, but this template will not recognize language codes specified using any uppercase letter. Ideally those languages codes should be those recommended by the BCP 47 standard (essentially based on ISO 639, but with some restrictions, and many additions for supporting variants in different scripts, regions, orthographies, or locale conventions). So don't use the longer 3-letter language codes os ISO 639-3 if there's a 2-letter code from ISO-639-1. And don't use the 3-letter language family codes (from ISO 639-5). The template also supports (for compatibility and to allow smooth migrations) some legacy codes used in Wikimedia projects, but that are no longer recommended (and may be blocked now for new translations in the [[Special:Translate]] page), such as the two major Chinese variants, or the old code for the ''Taraskeviza'' orthographic variant of Belarusian. == Examples == ; Switch according to the language of the viewing user (currently for you, <span style="font-family: monospace;">lang={{uselang}}</span>) : :* <span style="font-family: monospace;"><nowiki>'''{{LangSwitch|ar=AR|de=DE|en=EN|es=ES|fr=FR|it=IT|ja=JA|ko=KO|nl=NL|pt=PT|ru=RU|tr=TR|zh=ZH}}'''</nowiki></span> gives '''{{LangSwitch|ar=AR|de=DE|en=EN|es=ES|fr=FR|it=IT|ja=JA|ko=KO|nl=NL|pt=PT|ru=RU|tr=TR|zh=ZH}}''' :* <span style="font-family: monospace;"><nowiki>'''{{LangSwitch|default=''edit''|en=EN|gd=GD|glk=GLK}}'''</nowiki></span> gives '''{{LangSwitch|default=''edit''|en=EN|gd=GD|glk=GLK}}''' :* <span style="font-family: monospace;"><nowiki>'''{{LangSwitch|default=''edit''|gd=GD|glk=GLK}}'''</nowiki></span> gives '''{{LangSwitch|default=''edit''|gd=GD|glk=GLK}}''' : ; Switch according to the language of the content of the current page (in this page, it is <span style="font-family: monospace;">{{CURRENTCONTENTLANGUAGE}}</span>) : :* <span style="font-family: monospace;"><nowiki>'''{{LangSwitch|lang={{CURRENTCONTENTLANGUAGE}}|ar=AR|de=DE|en=EN|es=ES|fr=FR|it=IT|ja=JA|ko=KO|nl=NL|pt=PT|ru=RU|tr=TR|zh=ZH}}'''</nowiki></span> gives '''{{LangSwitch|lang={{CURRENTCONTENTLANGUAGE}}|ar=AR|de=DE|en=EN|es=ES|fr=FR|it=IT|ja=JA|ko=KO|nl=NL|pt=PT|ru=RU|tr=TR|zh=ZH}}''' :* <span style="font-family: monospace;"><nowiki>'''{{LangSwitch|lang={{CURRENTCONTENTLANGUAGE}}|default=''edit''|en=EN|gd=GD|glk=GLK}}'''</nowiki></span> gives '''{{LangSwitch|lang={{CURRENTCONTENTLANGUAGE}}|default=''edit''|en=EN|gd=GD|glk=GLK}}''' :* <span style="font-family: monospace;"><nowiki>'''{{LangSwitch|lang={{CURRENTCONTENTLANGUAGE}}|default=''edit''|gd=GD|glk=GLK}}'''</nowiki></span> gives '''{{LangSwitch|lang={{CURRENTCONTENTLANGUAGE}}|default=''edit''|gd=GD|glk=GLK}}''' : ; Switch according to the language of a specific language : :* <span style="font-family: monospace;"><nowiki>'''{{LangSwitch|lang=gsw|default=[translate this]|it=IT}}'''</nowiki></span> gives '''{{LangSwitch|lang=gsw|default=[translate this]|it=IT}}''' :* <span style="font-family: monospace;"><nowiki>'''{{LangSwitch|lang=gsw|default=[translate this]|it=IT|en=EN}}'''</nowiki></span> gives '''{{LangSwitch|lang=gsw|default=[translate this]|it=IT|en=EN}}''' :* <span style="font-family: monospace;"><nowiki>'''{{LangSwitch|lang=gsw|default=[translate this]|it=IT|en=EN|fr=FR}}'''</nowiki></span> gives '''{{LangSwitch|lang=gsw|default=[translate this]|it=IT|en=EN|fr=FR}}''' :* <span style="font-family: monospace;"><nowiki>'''{{LangSwitch|lang=gsw|default=[translate this]|it=IT|en=EN|de=DE}}'''</nowiki></span> gives '''{{LangSwitch|lang=gsw|default=[translate this]|it=IT|en=EN|de=DE}}''' :* <span style="font-family: monospace;"><nowiki>'''{{LangSwitch|lang=gsw|default=[translate this]|it=IT|en=EN|de=DE|fr=FR}}'''</nowiki></span> gives '''{{LangSwitch|lang=gsw|default=[translate this]|it=IT|en=EN|de=DE|fr=FR}}''' :* <span style="font-family: monospace;"><nowiki>'''{{LangSwitch|lang=gsw|default=[translate this]|it=IT|en=EN|de=DE|fr=FR|gsw=GSW}}'''</nowiki></span> gives '''{{LangSwitch|lang=gsw|default=[translate this]|it=IT|en=EN|de=DE|fr=FR|gsw=GSW}}''' == TemplateData == {{TemplateData header}} <templatedata> { "params": { "lang": { "label": { "en": "Language code", "pt": "Código do idioma", "pt-br": "Código de idioma" }, "description": { "en": "The ISO 639 language code.", "pt": "O código do idioma ISO 639.", "pt-br": "O código de idioma ISO 639." }, "default": "{{int:lang}}", "type": "string" }, "default": { "label": { "en": "Default fallback", "pt": "Recuperação predefinida", "pt-br": "Fallback padrão" }, "description": { "en": "The default fallback result, used when the language is not provided.", "pt": "O resultado da recuperação predefinida, utilizado quando não é fornecido o idioma", "pt-br": "O resultado de fallback padrão, usado quando o idioma não é fornecido." }, "suggested": true, "type": "content" }, "en": { "label": { "en": "English", "pt": "Inglês", "pt-br": "Inglês" }, "description": { "en": "Used when the language is English or if `default` and the language is not provided.", "pt": "Utilizado quando o idioma é o inglês ou se não é fornecida a `predefinição` e o idioma.", "pt-br": "Usado quando o idioma é inglês ou se `default` e o idioma não forem fornecidos." }, "suggested": true, "type": "content" } } } </templatedata> <includeonly>{{Sandbox other|| <!-- template categories and interwiki links --> [[Category:Translation templates|LangSwitch]] [[Category:User interface language dependent templates|LangSwitch]]<!-- only if there's no lang parameter --> }}</includeonly> bfyn4tvrduxcul5c0owrfxd0ug612zp 15761 15760 2026-09-07T05:50:37Z A826 1864 ೧ revisions imported from [[:meta:Template:LangSwitch/doc]] 15760 wikitext text/x-wiki {{Documentation subpage}} {{Lua|Module:Fallback}} == Usage == Returns a value depending on a given language, using reasonable fallbacks if the contents of the switch does not directly map a value for that language. The given language to test, if it's not specified, is the user interface language of the viewing user. The language of the mapped value to return when there's no match in the switch for the given language (or one of its fallbacks), is English (<span style="font-family: monospace;">en</span>) unless another default language is specified (which will be tried after standard fallbacks but before English). == Parameters == * <span style="font-family: monospace;">lang=<code>''language-code''</code></span> (optional) — the switch by default will return a value according to the viewing user, this parameter allows changing this behavior. * <span style="font-family: monospace;"><code>''language-code''</code>=''“Mapped value in <code>language-code</code>”''</span> — maps the language to a value. *: Defining this parameter for a language that is used as a reasonable fallback for one or several other languages means that you won't need to define additional parameters to map these other languages, when that value is already accurate for these other languages. *: Commonly used languages that are used as reasonable fallbacks include major languages of the world: English (<code>en</code>), Chinese (<code>zh</code>), French (<code>fr</code>), Spanish (<code>es</code>), Arabic (<code>ar</code>), Russian (<code>ru</code>), and Indonesian (<code>id</code>); and to a lower scale, mostly as a fallback for regional languages: Hindi (<code>hi</code>), German (<code>de</code>), Portuguese (<code>pt</code>), and Dutch (<code>nl</code>). *: But this also includes any national language which may be a reasonable fallback for a minority/regional-only language, unless the later is used across borders, such as Catalan (<code>ca</code>) or Kurdish (<code>ku</code>) which should be defined separately. *: Usually, you don't need to provide a specific value for language variants in a different script, that are handled now by MediaWiki using builtin transliterators. This includes the two major variants of Chinese: simplified <code>zh-hans</code> and traditional <code>zh-hant</code>, the simplified variant being implied in the form used by the simpler recommended code <code>zh</code>); the traditional variant needs to be specified only if the default transliterator does not reliably convert some characters. * <span style="font-family: monospace;">default=<code>''language-code''</code></span> (optional) — allows to specify which language to use when reasonable fallbacks have failed. If its value matches a given item defined in the switch, the value mapped to this item will be returned when no other languages in the switch match; if the default is not specified, or does not match any item in the switch, the value mapped to English (the default language of this wiki) will be returned. *: So the switch does not necessarily have to define an English message, but it should contain at least: *:* <span style="font-family: monospace;"><code>language-code</code>=''“Mapped value in <code>language-code</code>”''</span>, if <span style="font-family: monospace;">default=<code>''language-code''</code></span> is present, *:* or <span style="font-family: monospace;">en=''“Mapped value in English”''</span>, when there's no specified default. *: Specifying another default language (and mapping a value specifically for it) does not prohibit mapping an additional specific value for English, but English will no longer be the last fallback. *: Note that the <code>''language-code''</code> indicated here may be arbitrary and can be a pseudo-language to specify a different value, even if it displays a message in English (or in any language). == Supported language codes == Language codes do not necessarily have to one of those used in a separate edition of a Wikimedia project (such as Wikipedia or Wiktionary), it could be a language supported only on a multilingual site in a single edition, such as Incubator, Commons, MediaWiki or Meta. But in all cases, the language codes used must be one of the language codes supported by MediaWiki for its localisation (otherwise they could be ignored in parameters of LangSwitch). Language codes are normally insensitive to letter case, but this template will not recognize language codes specified using any uppercase letter. Ideally those languages codes should be those recommended by the BCP 47 standard (essentially based on ISO 639, but with some restrictions, and many additions for supporting variants in different scripts, regions, orthographies, or locale conventions). So don't use the longer 3-letter language codes os ISO 639-3 if there's a 2-letter code from ISO-639-1. And don't use the 3-letter language family codes (from ISO 639-5). The template also supports (for compatibility and to allow smooth migrations) some legacy codes used in Wikimedia projects, but that are no longer recommended (and may be blocked now for new translations in the [[Special:Translate]] page), such as the two major Chinese variants, or the old code for the ''Taraskeviza'' orthographic variant of Belarusian. == Examples == ; Switch according to the language of the viewing user (currently for you, <span style="font-family: monospace;">lang={{uselang}}</span>) : :* <span style="font-family: monospace;"><nowiki>'''{{LangSwitch|ar=AR|de=DE|en=EN|es=ES|fr=FR|it=IT|ja=JA|ko=KO|nl=NL|pt=PT|ru=RU|tr=TR|zh=ZH}}'''</nowiki></span> gives '''{{LangSwitch|ar=AR|de=DE|en=EN|es=ES|fr=FR|it=IT|ja=JA|ko=KO|nl=NL|pt=PT|ru=RU|tr=TR|zh=ZH}}''' :* <span style="font-family: monospace;"><nowiki>'''{{LangSwitch|default=''edit''|en=EN|gd=GD|glk=GLK}}'''</nowiki></span> gives '''{{LangSwitch|default=''edit''|en=EN|gd=GD|glk=GLK}}''' :* <span style="font-family: monospace;"><nowiki>'''{{LangSwitch|default=''edit''|gd=GD|glk=GLK}}'''</nowiki></span> gives '''{{LangSwitch|default=''edit''|gd=GD|glk=GLK}}''' : ; Switch according to the language of the content of the current page (in this page, it is <span style="font-family: monospace;">{{CURRENTCONTENTLANGUAGE}}</span>) : :* <span style="font-family: monospace;"><nowiki>'''{{LangSwitch|lang={{CURRENTCONTENTLANGUAGE}}|ar=AR|de=DE|en=EN|es=ES|fr=FR|it=IT|ja=JA|ko=KO|nl=NL|pt=PT|ru=RU|tr=TR|zh=ZH}}'''</nowiki></span> gives '''{{LangSwitch|lang={{CURRENTCONTENTLANGUAGE}}|ar=AR|de=DE|en=EN|es=ES|fr=FR|it=IT|ja=JA|ko=KO|nl=NL|pt=PT|ru=RU|tr=TR|zh=ZH}}''' :* <span style="font-family: monospace;"><nowiki>'''{{LangSwitch|lang={{CURRENTCONTENTLANGUAGE}}|default=''edit''|en=EN|gd=GD|glk=GLK}}'''</nowiki></span> gives '''{{LangSwitch|lang={{CURRENTCONTENTLANGUAGE}}|default=''edit''|en=EN|gd=GD|glk=GLK}}''' :* <span style="font-family: monospace;"><nowiki>'''{{LangSwitch|lang={{CURRENTCONTENTLANGUAGE}}|default=''edit''|gd=GD|glk=GLK}}'''</nowiki></span> gives '''{{LangSwitch|lang={{CURRENTCONTENTLANGUAGE}}|default=''edit''|gd=GD|glk=GLK}}''' : ; Switch according to the language of a specific language : :* <span style="font-family: monospace;"><nowiki>'''{{LangSwitch|lang=gsw|default=[translate this]|it=IT}}'''</nowiki></span> gives '''{{LangSwitch|lang=gsw|default=[translate this]|it=IT}}''' :* <span style="font-family: monospace;"><nowiki>'''{{LangSwitch|lang=gsw|default=[translate this]|it=IT|en=EN}}'''</nowiki></span> gives '''{{LangSwitch|lang=gsw|default=[translate this]|it=IT|en=EN}}''' :* <span style="font-family: monospace;"><nowiki>'''{{LangSwitch|lang=gsw|default=[translate this]|it=IT|en=EN|fr=FR}}'''</nowiki></span> gives '''{{LangSwitch|lang=gsw|default=[translate this]|it=IT|en=EN|fr=FR}}''' :* <span style="font-family: monospace;"><nowiki>'''{{LangSwitch|lang=gsw|default=[translate this]|it=IT|en=EN|de=DE}}'''</nowiki></span> gives '''{{LangSwitch|lang=gsw|default=[translate this]|it=IT|en=EN|de=DE}}''' :* <span style="font-family: monospace;"><nowiki>'''{{LangSwitch|lang=gsw|default=[translate this]|it=IT|en=EN|de=DE|fr=FR}}'''</nowiki></span> gives '''{{LangSwitch|lang=gsw|default=[translate this]|it=IT|en=EN|de=DE|fr=FR}}''' :* <span style="font-family: monospace;"><nowiki>'''{{LangSwitch|lang=gsw|default=[translate this]|it=IT|en=EN|de=DE|fr=FR|gsw=GSW}}'''</nowiki></span> gives '''{{LangSwitch|lang=gsw|default=[translate this]|it=IT|en=EN|de=DE|fr=FR|gsw=GSW}}''' == TemplateData == {{TemplateData header}} <templatedata> { "params": { "lang": { "label": { "en": "Language code", "pt": "Código do idioma", "pt-br": "Código de idioma" }, "description": { "en": "The ISO 639 language code.", "pt": "O código do idioma ISO 639.", "pt-br": "O código de idioma ISO 639." }, "default": "{{int:lang}}", "type": "string" }, "default": { "label": { "en": "Default fallback", "pt": "Recuperação predefinida", "pt-br": "Fallback padrão" }, "description": { "en": "The default fallback result, used when the language is not provided.", "pt": "O resultado da recuperação predefinida, utilizado quando não é fornecido o idioma", "pt-br": "O resultado de fallback padrão, usado quando o idioma não é fornecido." }, "suggested": true, "type": "content" }, "en": { "label": { "en": "English", "pt": "Inglês", "pt-br": "Inglês" }, "description": { "en": "Used when the language is English or if `default` and the language is not provided.", "pt": "Utilizado quando o idioma é o inglês ou se não é fornecida a `predefinição` e o idioma.", "pt-br": "Usado quando o idioma é inglês ou se `default` e o idioma não forem fornecidos." }, "suggested": true, "type": "content" } } } </templatedata> <includeonly>{{Sandbox other|| <!-- template categories and interwiki links --> [[Category:Translation templates|LangSwitch]] [[Category:User interface language dependent templates|LangSwitch]]<!-- only if there's no lang parameter --> }}</includeonly> bfyn4tvrduxcul5c0owrfxd0ug612zp 10 4515 15764 2026-09-07T05:59:47Z A826 1864 ಹೊಸ ಪುಟ: [[File:SheSaid_2026_kannada_poster.svg|300px|link=Project:ಅವಳ-ಮಾತು|alt=ಅಭಿಯಾನದ ಕುರಿತಾದ ಮಾಹಿತಿಯಿಂದ ಸುತ್ತುವರಿಯಲ್ಪಟ್ಟ, ಹಲವಾರು ಮಹಿಳೆಯರನ್ನು ಒಳಗೊಂಡಿರುವ ಒಂದು ಚಿತ್ರಣ.]] *'''[[q:wikiquote:SheSaid]]''' *[[q:wikiquote:SheSaid/RedLists|RedLists]] and [[q:wikiquote:SheSaid/Suggestions|Suggestions]] *ವಿಕಿಕ... 15764 wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:SheSaid_2026_kannada_poster.svg|300px|link=Project:ಅವಳ-ಮಾತು|alt=ಅಭಿಯಾನದ ಕುರಿತಾದ ಮಾಹಿತಿಯಿಂದ ಸುತ್ತುವರಿಯಲ್ಪಟ್ಟ, ಹಲವಾರು ಮಹಿಳೆಯರನ್ನು ಒಳಗೊಂಡಿರುವ ಒಂದು ಚಿತ್ರಣ.]] *'''[[q:wikiquote:SheSaid]]''' *[[q:wikiquote:SheSaid/RedLists|RedLists]] and [[q:wikiquote:SheSaid/Suggestions|Suggestions]] *[[ವಿಕಿಕೋಟ್:ಅವಳ-ಮಾತು/೨೦೨೬|೨೦೨೬]], *[[m:Wiki Loves Women/SheSaid|Global]] <small>[https://kn.wikiquote.org/w/index.php?title=Template:SheSaid_menu&action=edit&action=edit edit this template]</small><noinclude>[[Category:ಅವಳ ಮಾತು]]</noinclude> 1x5qkv9dwappw6ebkhcxzbkxd0vev1h 10 4516 15765 2026-09-07T06:01:02Z A826 1864 ಹೊಸ ಪುಟ: [[File:SheSaid_2026_kannada_poster_English_version.svg|300px|link=Project:ಅವಳ-ಮಾತು|alt=A graphic of several women, surrounded by information about the campaign]] *'''[[q:wikiquote:SheSaid]]''' *[[q:wikiquote:SheSaid/RedLists|RedLists]] and [[q:wikiquote:SheSaid/Suggestions|Suggestions]] *[[ವಿಕಿಕೋಟ್:ಅವಳ-ಮಾತು/೨೦೨೬|2026]], *[[m:Wiki Loves Women/SheSaid|Global]] <noinclude>[[Category:ಅವಳ ಮಾತು]]</noinclude> 15765 wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:SheSaid_2026_kannada_poster_English_version.svg|300px|link=Project:ಅವಳ-ಮಾತು|alt=A graphic of several women, surrounded by information about the campaign]] *'''[[q:wikiquote:SheSaid]]''' *[[q:wikiquote:SheSaid/RedLists|RedLists]] and [[q:wikiquote:SheSaid/Suggestions|Suggestions]] *[[ವಿಕಿಕೋಟ್:ಅವಳ-ಮಾತು/೨೦೨೬|2026]], *[[m:Wiki Loves Women/SheSaid|Global]] <noinclude>[[Category:ಅವಳ ಮಾತು]]</noinclude> mfv78tmduxxxbnugyjhpfv12ppoos7b